Book - Text-Book of the Embryology of Man and Mammals 16-2: Difference between revisions

From Embryology
(Created page with "II. The Development of the Sensory Organs, Eye, Ear, and Organ of Smell. As the outer germ-layer is the parental tissue of the central nervous system, so also does it form the...")
 
 
(31 intermediate revisions by 2 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
II. The Development of the Sensory Organs, Eye, Ear, and Organ  
{{Hertwig1892}}
of Smell.
 
==The Development of the Sensory Organs, Eye, Ear, and Organ of Smell==


As the outer germ-layer is the parental tissue of the central nervous system, so also does it form the substratum for the higher sensory organs, the eye, the ear, and the organ of smell. For it furnishes the sensory epithelium, a component which, in comparison with the remaining parts, derived from the mesenchyrna, is, it is true, of very small volume, but, notwithstanding, by far the most important both from a functional and a morphological point of view. Whether a sensory organ is adapted for seeing, hearing, smelling, or tasting depends primarily upon the character of its sensory epithelium, i.e., upon whether it is composed of optic, auditory, olfactory, or gustatory cells. But also morphologically the epithelial part is preeminent, because it is chiefly this which determines the fundamental form of the sensory organs and affords the fixed centre around which the remaining accessory components are arranged. The genetic connection with the outer germ-layer may be most clearly recognised in many Invertebrates, inasmuch as here the sensory organs are permanently located in the epidermis? whereas in Vertebrates, as is well known, they are, for the sake of protection, embedded in deep-lying tissues. I begin with the eye, and then proceed to the organ of hearing and that of smell.  
As the outer germ-layer is the parental tissue of the central nervous system, so also does it form the substratum for the higher sensory organs, the eye, the ear, and the organ of smell. For it furnishes the sensory epithelium, a component which, in comparison with the remaining parts, derived from the mesenchyrna, is, it is true, of very small volume, but, notwithstanding, by far the most important both from a functional and a morphological point of view. Whether a sensory organ is adapted for seeing, hearing, smelling, or tasting depends primarily upon the character of its sensory epithelium, i.e., upon whether it is composed of optic, auditory, olfactory, or gustatory cells. But also morphologically the epithelial part is preeminent, because it is chiefly this which determines the fundamental form of the sensory organs and affords the fixed centre around which the remaining accessory components are arranged. The genetic connection with the outer germ-layer may be most clearly recognised in many Invertebrates, inasmuch as here the sensory organs are permanently located in the epidermis? whereas in Vertebrates, as is well known, they are, for the sake of protection, embedded in deep-lying tissues. I begin with the eye, and then proceed to the organ of hearing and that of smell.  


A. The Development of the Eye.
==The Development of the Eye==
 
As has already been stated in the description of the brain, the lateral walls of the primary fore-brain (figs. 234, 263) are evaginated
 
 
kh


As has already been stated in the description of the brain, the lateral walls of the primary fore-brain (figs. 234, 263) are evaginated and produce the primary optic vesicles (au), which are constricted off more and more and remain in connection with the between-brain by means of a slender stalk only (fig. 204 A st). They possess spacious cavities within, which are connected with the system of brain-ventricles through the narrow canal of the stalk of the optic vesicle. In many Vertebrates, in which the central nervous system is formed as a solid structure, as in the Cyclostom.es and Teleosts, the optic vesicles are also without cavities ; these do not make their appearance until the central nervous system becomes a tube.


Tcb




<div id="Fig263"></div>
[[File:Hertwig263.jpg|600px]]


r.h tr  
'''Fig. 263. Brain of a human embryo of the third week''' (Lg). Profile reconstruction, after His. yh, Cerebral vesicle; zh, between-brain vesicle; mh, mid-brain vesicle; kh, nh, vesicles of cerebellum and medulla oblongata ; au, optic vesicle ; gb, auditory vesicle ; tr, infundibulum ; rf, area rhomboidalis ; nb, nuchal flexure ; kb, cephalic flexure.


t/h
Fig. 263. Brain of a human embryo of the third week (Lg). Profile reconstruction, after His. yh, Cerebral vesicle; zh, between-brain vesicle; mh, mid-brain vesicle; kh, nh, vesicles of cere
bellum and medulla oblongata ; au, optic vesicle ; gb, auditory vesicle ; tr, inf undibulum ;
r/, area rhomboidalis ; nb, nuchal flexure ; kb, cephalic flexure.
and produce the primary optic vesicles (au), which are constricted off more and more and remain in connection with the between-brain by means of a slender stalk only (fig. 204 A st). They possess spacious cavities within, which are connected with the system of brain-ventricles through the narrow canal of the stalk of the optic vesicle. In many Vertebrates, in which the central nervous system is formed as a solid structure, as in the Cyclostom.es and Teleosts, the optic vesicles are also without cavities ; these do not make their appearance until the central nervous system becomes a tube.


Since the brain is for a long time separated from the primitive epidermis by only an exceedingly thin sheet of connective tissue, the primary optic vesicles at the time of their evagination either apply themselves directly to the epidermis, as in the case of the Chick, or are separated from it by only a very thin intervening  
Since the brain is for a long time separated from the primitive epidermis by only an exceedingly thin sheet of connective tissue, the primary optic vesicles at the time of their evagination either apply themselves directly to the epidermis, as in the case of the Chick, or are separated from it by only a very thin intervening  
layer, as in Mammals.  
layer, as in Mammals.  


Upon each optic vesicle can be distinguished a lateral, a median, an upper and a lower wall. I designate as lateral that surface which reaches the epidermis at the surface of the body, as median the opposite wall joined with the stalk of the optic  
Upon each optic vesicle can be distinguished a lateral, a median, an upper and a lower wall. I designate as lateral that surface which reaches the epidermis at the surface of the body, as median the opposite wall joined with the stalk of the optic vesicle, and finally as lower the one which lies on a level with the floor of the between-brain. These designations will be useful in acquainting ourselves with the changes which the form of the optic vesicle undergoes during its imagination, which occurs at two places, namely, at its lateral and lower surfaces. One of the imaginations is connected with the development of the lens, the other with the formation of the vitreous body.


<div id="Fig264"></div>
[[File:Hertwig264.jpg|600px]]


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
'''Fig. 264. Two diagrams illustrating the development of the eye.'''
 
* A, The primary optic vesicle (au), joined by a hollow  
Fig. 264. Two diagrams illustrating the development of the eye.  
 
A, The primary optic vesicle (au), joined by a hollow  
stalk (st) to the between-brain (zh), is invaginated as a result of the development of the lens-pit (Ig).  
stalk (st) to the between-brain (zh), is invaginated as a result of the development of the lens-pit (Ig).  
 
* B, The lens-pit has become abstricted to form a lens
B, The lens-pit has become abstricted to form a lens
vesicle (Is). From the optic vesicle has arisen the optic cup with double walls, an inner (ib) and an outer (ab) ; 1st, stalk of the lens ; gl, vitreous body.  
vesicle (Is). From the optic vesicle has arisen the optic cup with double walls, an inner (ib) and an outer (ab) ; 1st, stalk of the lens ; gl, vitreous body.  
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++




vesicle, and finally as lower the one which lies on a level with the floor of the between-brain. These designations will be useful in acquainting ourselves with the changes which the form of the optic vesicle undergoes during its imagination, which occurs at two places, namely, at its lateral and lower surfaces. One of the imaginations is connected with the development of the lens, the other with the formation of the vitreous body.


The first fundament of the lens appears in the Chick as early as the second day of incubation, in the Rabbit about ten days after the fertilisation of the egg. At the place where the epidermis passes over the surface of the primary optic vesicle (fig. 264 A Ig), it becomes slightly thickened and invaginated into a small pit (lenspit). The pit, by its deepening and by the approximation of its edges until they meet, is converted into a lens-vesicle (fig. 264 B Is], which for a time preserves its connection with its parental substratum, the epidermis, by means of a solid epithelial cord (1st). Upon being constricted off the lens-vesicle naturally pushes the adjacent lateral wall of the optic vesicle before it and folds the latter in against the median wall.  
The first fundament of the lens appears in the Chick as early as the second day of incubation, in the Rabbit about ten days after the fertilisation of the egg. At the place where the epidermis passes over the surface of the primary optic vesicle (fig. 264 A Ig), it becomes slightly thickened and invaginated into a small pit (lenspit). The pit, by its deepening and by the approximation of its edges until they meet, is converted into a lens-vesicle (fig. 264 B Is], which for a time preserves its connection with its parental substratum, the epidermis, by means of a solid epithelial cord (1st). Upon being constricted off the lens-vesicle naturally pushes the adjacent lateral wall of the optic vesicle before it and folds the latter in against the median wall.  


At the same time with the development of the lens, the primary optic vesicle is also invaginated from below along a line which stretches from the epidermis to the attachment of the stalk of the optic vesicle, and is even continued along the latter for some distance (tig. 265 aus). A loop of a blood-vessel from the enveloping connective tissue, embedded in soft, gelatinous substance (gl), here grows against the lower surface of the primary optic vesicle and its stalk, and pushes up before it the lower wall.  
At the same time with the development of the lens, the primary optic vesicle is also invaginated from below along a line which stretches from the epidermis to the attachment of the stalk of the optic vesicle, and is even continued along the latter for some distance (tig. 265 aus). A loop of a blood-vessel from the enveloping connective tissue, embedded in soft, gelatinous substance (gl), here grows against the lower surface of the primary optic vesicle and its stalk, and pushes up before it the lower wall.  


In consequence of the two invaginations the optic vesicle acquires the form of a beaker or cup, the foot of which is represented by its stalk (Sn). But the optic cup, as we can from this time forward designate the structure, exhibits two peculiarities. First, it has, as it were, a defect (fig. 265 aus) in its lower wall ; for there runs along the latter from the margin of the broad opening which embraces the lens (/) to the attachment of the stalk (Sn) a fissure (aus), which is caused by the development of the vitreous body (gl) and bears the name fcetal optic fissure [or choroid fissure\. At first it is rather wide, but then becomes narrower and narrower by the approximation of its edges and finally closed altogether. Secondly, the optic cup, like the toy called the cup of Tantalus, is provided with double walls, which are continuous with each other along the edge of the front opening and also along the fissure. They will henceforth be designated as inner (figs. 264 B and 265 ib) and outer (ab) layers; the former is the invaginated, the latter the uninvaginatecl part of the primary optic vesicle.  
In consequence of the two invaginations the optic vesicle acquires the form of a beaker or cup, the foot of which is represented by its stalk (Sn). But the optic cup, as we can from this time forward designate the structure, exhibits two peculiarities. First, it has, as it were, a defect (fig. 265 aus) in its lower wall ; for there runs along the latter from the margin of the broad opening which embraces the lens (/) to the attachment of the stalk (Sn) a fissure (aus), which is caused by the development of the vitreous body (gl) and bears the name fcetal optic fissure [or choroid fissure\. At first it is rather wide, but then becomes narrower and narrower by the approximation of its edges and finally closed altogether. Secondly, the optic cup, like the toy called the cup of Tantalus, is provided with double walls, which are continuous with each other along the edge of the front opening and also along the fissure. They will henceforth be designated as inner (figs. 264 B and 265 ib) and outer (ab) layers; the former is the invaginated, the latter the uninvaginatecl part of the primary optic vesicle.  


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Fig. 265. Plastic representation of the optic cup with lens and vitreous body.


o.b, Outer wall of the cup ; lb, its inner wall ; h, cavity between the two walls, which later disappears entirely ; Sn, fundament of the optic nerve. (Stalk of the optic vesicle with a furrow on its lower surface.) aus, Optic [choroid] fissure ; yl, vitreous body ; I, lens.
<div id="Fig265"></div>
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
[[File:Hertwig265.jpg|600px]]


'''Fig. 265. Plastic representation of the optic cup with lens and vitreous body.'''


:o.b, Outer wall of the cup ; lb, its inner wall ; h, cavity between the two walls, which later disappears entirely ; Sn, fundament of the optic nerve. (Stalk of the optic vesicle with a furrow on its lower surface.) aus, Optic [choroid] fissure ; yl, vitreous body ; I, lens.




Line 66: Line 55:
Finally outer and inner layers come to lie in close contact (fig. 2G(&gt; pi and ?). The fundaments of the lens (le and If) and the vitreous body (g) constitute the contents of the cup. The vitreous body fills the bottom of the cup, the lens its opening.  
Finally outer and inner layers come to lie in close contact (fig. 2G(&gt; pi and ?). The fundaments of the lens (le and If) and the vitreous body (g) constitute the contents of the cup. The vitreous body fills the bottom of the cup, the lens its opening.  


In the process of itfvagination the stalk of the optic vesicle has


<div id="Fig266"></div>
[[File:Hertwig266.jpg|600px]]


Fig.'.266. Section through the optic fundament of an embryo Mouse, after KESSLER.  
'''Fig. 266. Section through the optic fundament of an embryo Mouse''', after KESSLER.  


j&gt;i, Pigniented epithelium of the eye (outer lamella of the optic cup, or secondary optic vesicle) ; r, retina (inner lamella of the optic cup) ; /M, marginal zone of the optic cup, which forms the pars ciliaris et iridis retinas ; y, vitreous body with blood-vessels ; tv, tunica vasculosa lentis ; bk, blood-corpuscles ; ch, choroidea ; If, lens-fibres ; le, lens-epithelium ; I' ', zone of the lens-fibre nuclei ; It, fundament of the cornea ; he, external corneal epithelium.  
j&gt;i, Pigmented epithelium of the eye (outer lamella of the optic cup, or secondary optic vesicle) ; r, retina (inner lamella of the optic cup) ; /M, marginal zone of the optic cup, which forms the pars ciliaris et iridis retinas ; y, vitreous body with blood-vessels ; tv, tunica vasculosa lentis ; bk, blood-corpuscles ; ch, choroidea ; If, lens-fibres ; le, lens-epithelium ; I' ', zone of the lens-fibre nuclei ; It, fundament of the cornea ; he, external corneal epithelium.  




In the process of invagination the stalk of the optic vesicle has also changed its form. Originally it is a small tube with an epithelial wall, but afterwards it becomes an inverted trough with double walls, inasmuch as its lower surface participates in the invagination caused by that growth of connective tissue which toward the periphery furnishes the vitreous body. Later the edges of the trough bend together and fuse with each other. In this way the connective tissue cord, with the arteria centralis retina?, which traverses it, is enclosed within the stalk, which is now a quite compact structure.


also changed its form. Originally it is a small tube with an epithelial wall, but afterwards it becomes an inverted trough with double walls, inasmuch as its lower surface participates in the invagination caused by that growth of connective tissue which toward the periphery furnishes the vitreous body. Later the edges of the trough bend together and fuse with each other. In this way the connective


Finally the tissue of the intermediate layer, apart from its producing the vitreous body, takes a further active share in the development of the whole eye, inasmuch as that portion of it which is adjacent to the optic cup is differentiated into the choroid membrane (tig. 266 ch) and the sclerotica of the eye.


THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 471
tissue cord, with the arteria centralis retina?, which traverses it, is enclosed within the stalk, which is now a quite compact structure.
Finally the tissue of the intermediate layer, apart from its producing the vitreous body, takes a further active share in the development of the whole eye, inasmuch as that portion of it which is adjacent to the optic cup is differentiated into the choroid membrane (tig. 266 ch) and the sclerotica of the eye.


After having thus delineated briefly the source of the most important components of the eye, it will be my purpose in what follows to pursue in detail the development of each part separately. I shall begin with the lens and vitreous body, then pass to the optic cup, and at that point add an account of the formation of the choroid membrane and the sclerotica, as well as the optic nerve ; in a final section I shall treat of the organs that are accessory to the optic cup the eye-lids, the lachrymal glands and their ducts.  
After having thus delineated briefly the source of the most important components of the eye, it will be my purpose in what follows to pursue in detail the development of each part separately. I shall begin with the lens and vitreous body, then pass to the optic cup, and at that point add an account of the formation of the choroid membrane and the sclerotica, as well as the optic nerve ; in a final section I shall treat of the organs that are accessory to the optic cup the eye-lids, the lachrymal glands and their ducts.  


(a) The Development of the Lens.
===The Development of the Lens===


When the lens- vesicle has been completely constricted off from the primitive epidermis (fig. 264 B Is), it possesses a thick wall, which is composed of two or three layers of epithelial cells, and encloses a cavity that in Birds is partially filled with fluid, but in the case of Mammals by a mass of small cells. The mass of cells is the result of a proliferation of the most superficial flattened sheet of the primitive epidermis ; it is without importance in the further development a transient mass, that soon degenerates and is absorbed when the lensfibres are developed. (ARNOLD, MIHALKOVICS, GOTTSCHAU, KORANYI.)  
When the lens- vesicle has been completely constricted off from the primitive epidermis (fig. 264 B Is), it possesses a thick wall, which is composed of two or three layers of epithelial cells, and encloses a cavity that in Birds is partially filled with fluid, but in the case of Mammals by a mass of small cells. The mass of cells is the result of a proliferation of the most superficial flattened sheet of the primitive epidermis ; it is without importance in the further development a transient mass, that soon degenerates and is absorbed when the lensfibres are developed. (ARNOLD, MIHALKOVICS, GOTTSCHAU, KORANYI.)  
Externally the epithelial vesicle is sharply limited by a thin membrane, which is afterwards thickened into the capsule of the lens (capsula lentis). There are two opposing views in regard to its development. According to one, the capsule is a cuticular structure, that is to say, a structure secreted by the cells of the lens at their bast's ; according to the other view it is the product of a connectivetissue layer, to be described more fully hereafter, enveloping the lens-vesicle.  
Externally the epithelial vesicle is sharply limited by a thin membrane, which is afterwards thickened into the capsule of the lens (capsula lentis). There are two opposing views in regard to its development. According to one, the capsule is a cuticular structure, that is to say, a structure secreted by the cells of the lens at their bast's ; according to the other view it is the product of a connectivetissue layer, to be described more fully hereafter, enveloping the lens-vesicle.  


In later stages considerable differences arise in the development of the anterior and posterior walls (fig. 266). In the region of the anterior wall the epithelium (le) becomes more and more flattened ; the cylindrical cells are converted into cubical elements, which are preserved throughout life in a single layer and constitute the so-called lens-epithelium in the lens of the adult (fig. 266 le). In the posterior


In later stages considerable differences arise in the development of the anterior and posterior walls (fig. 266). In the region of the anterior wall the epithelium (le) becomes more and more flattened ; the cylindrical cells are converted into cubical elements, which are preserved throughout life in a single layer and constitute the so-called lens-epithelium in the lens of the adult (fig. 266 le). In the posterior wall, on the contrary, the cells increase greatly in length (fig. 266) and grow out into long fibres, which form a protuberance projecting into the cavity of the vesicle. The fibres stand perpendicular to the posterior wall, are longest in its middle, become shorter towards the equator of the lens (figs. 266, 267 Z), and finally appear as ordinary cylindrical cells; these in turn become still shorter and are continuous with the cubical cells (le) of the lens-epithelium. In this way there exists at the equator a zone of transition between the fibrous portion and the epithelial part of the lens.


472
<div id="Fig267"></div>
[[File:Hertwig267.jpg|600px]]


'''Fig. 267. Part of a section through the fundament of the eye of an embryo Mouse.''' Somewhat older stage than that shown in fig. 266. After KESSLER.


EMBRYOLOGY.  
A part of the lens, the rim of the optic cup, the cornea, and the anterior chamber of the eye. pi, 1'igmented epithelium of the eye ; r, retina ; rz, marginal zone of the optic cup; y, bloodvessels of the vitreous body in the vascular capsule of the lens ; tv, tunica vasculosa lentis ; x, connection of the latter with the choroid membrane of the eye ; I', transition of the lensepithelium into the lens-fibres ; Ic, lens-epithelium ; k, anterior chamber of the eye ; d, Descemet's membrane ; //, cornea ; he, corneal epithelium.  




The next change consists in the elongation of the fibres until their anterior ends have reached the epithelium (fig. 267). Consequently the vesicle has now become a solid structure, which, as the lens-core, furnishes the foundation of the lens of the adult.


wall, on the contrary, the cells increase greatly in length (iig. 2G6 (/') and grow out into long fibres, which form a protuberance projecting into the cavity of the vesicle. The fibres stand perpendicular to the posterior wall, are longest in its middle, become shorter towards the equator of the lens (figs. 266, 267 Z), and finally appear as ordinary
- ...'" ". /'v.- A
&gt;. - , ' .. * -. .
, ;_
letv k d h he
Fig. 267. Part of a section through the fundament of the eye of an embryo Mouse. Somewhat older stage than that shown in fig. 266. After KESSLER.
A part of the lens, the rim of the optic cup, the cornea, and the anterior chamber of the eye. pi, 1'igmented epithelium of the eye ; r, retina ; rz, marginal zone of the optic cup; y, bloodvessels of the vitreous body in the vascular capsule of the lens ; tv, tunica vasculosa lentis ; x, connection of the latter with the choroid membrane of the eye ; I', transition of the lensepithelium into the lens-fibres ; Ic, lens-epithelium ; k, anterior chamber of the eye ; d, DJESCEMET'S membrane ; //, cornea ; he, corneal epithelium.
cylindrical cells; these in turn become still shorter and are continuous with the cubical cells (le) of the lens-epithelium. In this way there exists at the equator a zone of transition between the fibrous portion and the epithelial part of the lens.
The next change consists in the elongation of the fibres until their anterior ends have reached the epithelium (fig. 267). Consequently
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER.
473
the vesicle has now become a solid structure, which, as the lens-core, furnishes the foundation of the lens of the adult.


The further increase in the size of the lens is an appositional growth. Around the core first formed arise new lens-fibres, which are arranged parallel to the surface of the organ and are united into coats. These lie in layers one over another, which in macerated lenses may be detached like the coats of an onion. All fibres (fig. 268 If, If") extend from the anterior to the posterior surface, where their ends meet one another along regular lines, which in the embryo and the new-born animal have the form of two three-rayed figures, the so-called stars of the lens (fig. 268 vst and list). These exhibit the peculiarity that the rays of the anterior face alternate with those of the posterior face, so that the three rays of one star halve the spaces between the three rays of the other.  
The further increase in the size of the lens is an appositional growth. Around the core first formed arise new lens-fibres, which are arranged parallel to the surface of the organ and are united into coats. These lie in layers one over another, which in macerated lenses may be detached like the coats of an onion. All fibres (fig. 268 If, If") extend from the anterior to the posterior surface, where their ends meet one another along regular lines, which in the embryo and the new-born animal have the form of two three-rayed figures, the so-called stars of the lens (fig. 268 vst and list). These exhibit the peculiarity that the rays of the anterior face alternate with those of the posterior face, so that the three rays of one star halve the spaces between the three rays of the other.  


In the adult the figure becomes more complicated, because lateral rays arise on


In the adult the figure becomes more complicated, because lateral rays arise on each of the three chief rays.


each of the three chief rays.


How have the newly deposited fibres been formed ? Their origin is ultimately to be referred to the lens-epithelium of the front surface of the organ. In these cells figures of nuclear division can  
How have the newly deposited fibres been formed ? Their origin is ultimately to be referred to the lens-epithelium of the front surface of the organ. In these cells figures of nuclear division can frequently be observed even in late stages of development. The cells which result from division serve to replace those which grow out into lens-fibres, and are placed upon the already formed layers. The new formation takes place only at the equator of the lens (fig. 267) in the zone of transition (I'} previously described, where, in the adult as well as in the recently born animal, the cubical epithelial cells gradually merge into cylindrical and fibrous elements, as one can convince himself from any properly directed section.  
frequently be observed even in late stages of development. The cells which result from division serve to replace those which grow out into lens-fibres, and are placed upon the already formed layers. The new formation takes place only at the equator of the lens (fig. 267) in the zone of transition (I'} previously described, where, in the adult as well as in the recently born animal, the cubical epithelial cells gradually merge into cylindrical and fibrous elements, as one can convince himself from any properly directed section.  


In the adult, as is well known, there exist no special provisions for the nutrition of the lens, which, after attaining full size, is not much altered, and certainly undergoes only a slight metastasis. With the embryo it is otherwise. Here a more active growth necessitates a  
In the adult, as is well known, there exist no special provisions for the nutrition of the lens, which, after attaining full size, is not much altered, and certainly undergoes only a slight metastasis. With the embryo it is otherwise. Here a more active growth necessitates a special apparatus for nutrition. This is furnished in Mammals by the tunica vasculosa lentis (figs. 266, 267 tv}. By this is understood a highly vascular connective -tissue membrane, which envelops the outer surface of the capsule of the lens on all sides. In Man it is already distinctly developed as early as the second month. Its vessels are derived from those of the vitreous body. Consequently on the posterior wall of the lens they are large. These, resolved into numerous fine branches, bend around the equator of the lens, and run toward the middle of the anterior surface, where they form terminal loops, and also unite with blood-vessels of the choroid membrane (fig. 267 x).


<div id="Fig268"></div>
[[File:Hertwig268.jpg|600px]]


 
'''Fig. 268. Diagram of the arrangement of the lens-fibres.'''
Fig. 268. Diagram of the arrangement of the lens-fibres.  


One sees the opposite positions of the anterior (vsl) and the posterior (/&lt;*&lt;) stars of the lens. if, Course of the lens-fibres on the anterior surface of the lens and their termination at the anterior star of the lens ; If", continuation of the same fibres Co the posterior star on the posterior surface.  
One sees the opposite positions of the anterior (vsl) and the posterior (/&lt;*&lt;) stars of the lens. if, Course of the lens-fibres on the anterior surface of the lens and their termination at the anterior star of the lens ; If", continuation of the same fibres Co the posterior star on the posterior surface.  




Separate parts of the nourishing membrane of the lens, having been discovered at different times by various investigators, have received special names, as membrana pupillaris, m. capsulo-pupillaris, m. capsularis. The first to be observed was the membrana pupillaris, the part of the vascular membrane which is situated behind the pupil on the anterior surface of the lens. It was the most easily found, because occasionally it persists even after birth as a fine membrane closing the pupil, and producing atresia pupillw congenita. Later it was found that the membrana pupillaris is also continued laterally from the pupil on the anterior face of the lens, and this part was called membrana capsulo-pupillaris. Finally it was discovered that the blood-vessels are spread out on the posterior wall of the lens the membrana capsularis. It is superfluous to retain all these names, and most suitable to speak of a nutritive membrane of tlie lens, or a membrana vasculosa lentis.


474 EMBRYOLOGY.


special apparatus for nutrition. This is furnished in Mammals by the tunica vasculosa lentis (figs. 266, 267 tv}. By this is understood a highly vascular connective -tissue membrane, which envelops the outer surface of the capsule of the lens on all sides. In Man it is already distinctly developed as early as the second month. Its vessels are derived from those of the vitreous body. Consequently on the posterior wall of the lens they are large. These, resolved into numerous fine branches, bend around the equator of the lens, and run toward the middle of the anterior surface, where they form terminal loops, and also unite with blood-vessels of the choroid membrane (fig. 267 x).  
This vascular membrane attains its greatest development in the seventh month, after which it begins to degenerate. Ordinarily it has entirely disappeared before birth ; only in exceptional cases do some parts of it persist. Toward the end of embryonic life, moreover, the chief growth of the lens itself has ceased. For according to weighings carried on by the anatomist HUSCHKE, it has a weight of 123 milligrammes in the new-born child, and 190 milligrammes in the adult, so that the total increase which the organ undergoes during life amounts to only 67 milligrammes.


Separate parts of the nourishing membrane of the lens, having been discovered at different times by various investigators, have received special names, as membrana pupillaris, m. capsulo-pupillaris, m. capsularis. The first to be observed was the membrana pupillaris, the part of the vascular membrane which is situated behind the pupil on the anterior surface of the lens. It was the most easily found, because occasionally it persists even after birth as a fine membrane closing the pupil, and producing atresia pupillw congenita. Later it was found that the membrana pupillaris is also continued laterally from the pupil on the anterior face of the lens, and this part was called membrana capsulo-pupillaris. Finally it was discovered that the blood-vessels are spread out on the posterior wall of the lens the membrana capsularis. It is superfluous to retain all these names, and most suitable to speak of a nutritive membrane of tlie lens, or a membrana vasculosa lentis.
===The Development of the Vitreous Body===


This vascular membrane attains its greatest development in the seventh month, after which it begins to degenerate. Ordinarily it has entirely disappeared before birth ; only in exceptional cases do some parts of it persist. Toward the end of embryonic life, moreover, the chief growth of the lens itself has ceased. For according to weighings carried on by the anatomist HUSCHKE, it has a weight of 123 milligrammes in the new-born child, and 190 milligrammes in the adult, so that the total increase which the organ undergoes during life amounts to only 67 milligrammes.  
The question of the development of the vascular membrane of the lens leads to that of the vitreous body. As was previously mentioned, there grows out from the embryonic connective tissue a process with a vascular loop, which makes its way into the primary optic vesicle and its stalk (fig. 265). The vascular loop then begins to send out new lateral branches ; likewise the connective-tissue matrix, which is at first scanty, increases greatly and is characterised by its extraordinarily slight consistency and its large proportion of water (figs. 266, 267 g). There are also to be found in it here and there isolated stellate connective -tissue cells ; but these disappear later, and in their place occur migratory cells (leucocytes), which are assumed to be immigrated white blood-corpuscles.  


(b) The Development of the Vitreous Body.


The question of the development of the vascular membrane of the lens leads to that of the vitreous body. As was previously mentioned, there grows out from the embryonic connective tissue a process with a vascular loop, which makes its way into the primary optic vesicle and its stalk (fig. 265). The vascular loop then begins to send out new lateral branches ; likewise the connective-tissue matrix, which is at first scanty, increases greatly and is characterised by its extraordinarily slight consistency and its large proportion of water (figs. 266, 267 g). There are also to be found in it here and there isolated stellate connective -tissue cells ; but these disappear later, and in their place occur migratory cells (leucocytes), which are assumed to be immigrated white blood-corpuscles.  
There are two opposing views regarding the nature and development of the vitreous body. According to KESSLER we have to do, not with a genuine connective substance, but with a transudation,a fluid, which has been secreted from the vascular loops ; the cells are from, the beginning simply immigrated white blood -corpuscles KOLLIKER, SCHWALBE, and other investigators, on the contrary, regard the vitreous body as a genuine connective substance. According to SCHWALBE'S definition, to which I adhere, it consists of an exceedingly watery connective tissue, whose fixed cells have early disappeared, but whose interfibrillar substance infiltrated with water is traversed by migratory cells. The vitreous body is afterwards surrounded by a structureless membrane, the membrana hyaloidea, which, according to some investigators, belongs to the retina, although, according to the researches of SCHWALBE, this view is not admissible.  


There are two opposing views regarding the nature and development of the vitreous body. According to KESSLER we have to do, not with a genuine connective substance, but with a transudation,a fluid, which has been secreted from the vascular loops ; the cells are from, the beginning simply immigrated white blood -corpuscles KOLLIKER, SCHWALBE, and other investigators, on the contrary, regard the vitreous body as a genuine connective substance. According to SCHWALBE'S definition, to which I adhere, it consists of an exceedingly watery connective tissue, whose fixed cells have early disappeared, but whose interfibrillar substance infiltrated with water is traversed by migratory cells. The vitreous body is afterwards surrounded by a structureless membrane, the membrana hyaloidea, which, according to some investigators, belongs to the retina, although, according to the researches of SCHWALBE, this view is not admissible.


The vitreous body, which in the adult is quite destitute of bloodvessels, is bountifully supplied with them in the embryo. They come from the arteria centralis retince, the branch of the ophthalmic artery that runs along the axis of the optic nerve.  
The vitreous body, which in the adult is quite destitute of bloodvessels, is bountifully supplied with them in the embryo. They come from the arteria centralis retince, the branch of the ophthalmic artery that runs along the axis of the optic nerve.  


The arteria centralis retinae is prolonged from the papilla of the optic nerve as a branch which is designated as the arteria hyaloidea. This, resolved into several branches, runs forward through the vitreous body to the posterior surface of the lens, where its numerous terminal ramifications spread out in the tunica vasculosa, and at the equator pass over on to the anterior face of the lens. During the last months of embryonic life the vessels of the vitreous body, together with the nutritive membrane of the lens, undergo degeneration ; they entirely disappear, with the exception of a rudiment of the chief stem, which runs forward from the entrance of the optic nerve to the anterior surface of the vitreous body, and during the degeneration is converted into a canal filled with fluid, the canalis liyaloideus.  
The arteria centralis retinae is prolonged from the papilla of the optic nerve as a branch which is designated as the arteria hyaloidea. This, resolved into several branches, runs forward through the vitreous body to the posterior surface of the lens, where its numerous terminal ramifications spread out in the tunica vasculosa, and at the equator pass over on to the anterior face of the lens. During the last months of embryonic life the vessels of the vitreous body, together with the nutritive membrane of the lens, undergo degeneration ; they entirely disappear, with the exception of a rudiment of the chief stem, which runs forward from the entrance of the optic nerve to the anterior surface of the vitreous body, and during the degeneration is converted into a canal filled with fluid, the canalis liyaloideus.  




===The Development of the Secondary Optic Cup and the, Goats of the Eye===


476
The optic cup is further metamorphosed at the same time with the layer of mesenchyma which envelops it, and which furnishes the middle and outer tunics of the eye, so that it seems to be desirable to treat of both at the same time. I begin with the stage represented in figures 266 and 269. The optic cup still possesses at this time a broad opening, in which the lens (le) is embraced. The latter is either separated from the epidermis by only an exceedingly thin sheet of mesenchyma, as in the Mammals (fig. 266), or its anterior face is in immediate contact with the epidermis, as in the Chick (fig. 269). In the beginning, therefore, there is no separate fundament for the cornea between lens and epidermis ; moreover, both the anterior chamber of the eye and the iris are wanting.  
 
 
KM BRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
(c) The Development of the Secondary Optic Cup and the, Goats
of the Eye.
 
The optic cup is further metamorphosed at the same time with  
the layer of mesenchyma which envelops it, and which furnishes the middle and outer tunics of the eye, so that it seems to be desirable to treat of both at the same time. I begin with the stage represented in figures 266 and 269. The optic cup still possesses at this time a broad opening, in which the lens (le) is embraced. The latter is either separated from the epidermis by only an exceedingly thin sheet of mesenchyma, as in the Mammals (fig. 266), or its anterior face is in immediate contact with the epidermis, as in the Chick (fig. 269). In the beginning, therefore, there is no separate fundament for the cornea between lens and epidermis ; moreover, both the anterior chamber of the eye and the iris are wanting.  


The fundament of the cornea is derived from the surrounding mesenchyma, which, as a richly cellular tissue, envelops the eyeball. In the Chick (fig. 269), as early as the fourth day, it grows in between the epidermis and the front surface of the lens as a thin sheet (bi}. At first this sheet is structureless, then numerous mesenchymatic cells migrate into it from, the margin and become the corneal corpuscles. These produce the cornea! fibres in the same way that embryonic connective-tissue cells do the connectivetissue fibres, while the structureless sheet in part goes to form the cementing substance between them, and in part is preserved on the anterior and posterior walls as thin layers


The fundament of the cornea is derived from the surrounding mesenchyma, which, as a richly cellular tissue, envelops the eyeball. In the Chick (fig. 269), as early as the fourth day, it grows in between the epidermis and the front surface of the lens as a thin sheet (bi}. At first this sheet is structureless, then numerous mesenchymatic cells migrate into it from, the margin and become the corneal corpuscles. These produce the cornea! fibres in the same way that embryonic connective-tissue cells do the connectivetissue fibres, while the structureless sheet in part goes to form the cementing substance between them, and in part is preserved on the anterior and posterior walls as thin layers destitute of cells ; these layers, undergoing chemical metamorphosis, become respectively the membrana elastica anterior and the membrane of DESCEMET.
{|
| <div id="Fig269"></div>
[[File:Hertwig269.jpg|200px]]


 
'''Fig. 269. Section through the anterior portion of the fundament of the eye in an embryo Chick on the fifth day of incubation''', after KESSLEE.  
Fig. 269. Section through the anterior portion of the fundament of the eye in an embryo Chick on the fifth day of incubation,  
after KESSLEE.  


he, Corneal epithelium ; h, lens-epithelium ; h, structureless sheet of the corneal fundament ; li, embryonic connective stibstance, which envelops the optic cup and, penetrating between lensepithelium (/c) and corneal epithelium (Ac), furnishes the fundament of the cornea ; ah, outer, ib, inner layer of the secondary optic cup.  
he, Corneal epithelium ; h, lens-epithelium ; h, structureless sheet of the corneal fundament ; li, embryonic connective stibstance, which envelops the optic cup and, penetrating between lensepithelium (/c) and corneal epithelium (Ac), furnishes the fundament of the cornea ; ah, outer, ib, inner layer of the secondary optic cup.  
|


The internal endothelium of the cornea is developed at an extraordinarily early epoch in the Chick. For as soon as the structureless sheet previously mentioned (fig. 269 A) has attained a certain thickness, mesenchymatic cells proceeding from the margin spread themselves out on its inner surface as a single-layered thin cell-membrane. With this begins also the formation of the anterior chamber of the eye. For the thin fundament of the cornea, which at first lay in immediate contact with the front surface of the lens, now becomes somewhat elevated from the latter, and separated from it by a fissure-like space filled with fluid (humor aqueus). The fissure is first observable at the margin of the secondary optic cup, and spreads out from this region toward the anterior pole of the lens. The anterior chamber of the eye does not, however, acquire a greater size and its definite form until the development of the iris.


THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 477
destitute of cells ; these layers, undergoing chemical metamorphosis, become respectively the membrana elastica anterior and the membrane of DESCEMET.
The internal endothelium of the cornea is developed at an extraordinarily early epoch in the Chick. For as soon as the structureless sheet previously mentioned (fig. 269 A) has attained a certain thickness, mesenchymatic cells proceeding from the margin spread themselves out on its inner surface as a single-layered thin cell-membrane. With this begins also the formation of the anterior chamber of the eye. For the thin fundament of the cornea, which at first lay in immediate contact with the front surface of the lens, now becomes somewhat elevated from the latter, and separated from it by a fissure-like space filled with fluid (humor aqueus). The fissure is first observable at the margin of the secondary optic cup, and spreads out from this region toward the anterior pole of the lens. The anterior chamber of the eye does not, however, acquire a greater size and its definite form until the development of the iris.


Two opposing views exist concerning the origin of the structureless sheet which has been described as constituting the first fundament of the cornea in the Chick. According to KESSLER it is a product of the secretion of the epidermis, whereas the corneal corpuscles migrate in from the mesenchyma. In his opinion, therefore, the cornea is composed of two entirely different fundaments. According to KOLLIKER, on the contrary, all its parts are developed out of the mesenchyma, and the homogeneous matrix simply outstrips the cells in its growth and extension.  
Two opposing views exist concerning the origin of the structureless sheet which has been described as constituting the first fundament of the cornea in the Chick. According to KESSLER it is a product of the secretion of the epidermis, whereas the corneal corpuscles migrate in from the mesenchyma. In his opinion, therefore, the cornea is composed of two entirely different fundaments. According to KOLLIKER, on the contrary, all its parts are developed out of the mesenchyma, and the homogeneous matrix simply outstrips the cells in its growth and extension.  


In Mammals (fig. 266) the conditions differ somewhat from those of the Chick ; for as soon as the lens-vesicle in Mammals is fully constricted off, it is already enveloped by a thin sheet of mesenchyma (fi) with few cells, which separates it from the epidermis. The thin layer is rapidly thickened by the immigration of cells from the vicinity. Then it is separated into two layers (fig. 267), the pupillar membrane (tv) and the fundament of the cornea (A). The former is a thin, very vascular membrane lying on the anterior surface of the lens ; its network of blood-vessels communicates on the one hand posteriorly with the vessels of the vitreous body, together with which it constitutes the tunica vasculosa lentis, and on the other anastomoses at the margin of the optic cup with the vascular network of the latter. The fundament of the cornea is first sharply delimited from the pupillary membrane at the time when the anterior chamber of the eye (&amp;) is formed as a narrow fissure, which gradually increases in extent with the appearance of the iris.


In Mammals (fig. 266) the conditions differ somewhat from those of the Chick ; for as soon as the lens-vesicle in Mammals is fully constricted off, it is already enveloped by a thin sheet of mesenchyma (fi) with few cells, which separates it from the epidermis. The thin layer is rapidly thickened by the immigration of cells from the vicinity. Then it is separated into two layers (fig. 267), the pupillar membrane (tv) and the fundament of the cornea (A). The former is a thin, very vascular membrane lying on the anterior surface of the lens ; its network of blood-vessels communicates on the one hand posteriorly with the vessels of the vitreous body, together with which it constitutes the tunica vasculosa lentis, and on the other anastomoses at the margin of the optic cup with the vascular network of the latter. The fundament of the cornea is first sharply delimited from the pupillary membrane at the time when the anterior chamber of the eye and is formed as a narrow fissure, which gradually increases in extent with the appearance of the iris.
|}


<div id="Fig270"></div>
[[File:Hertwig270.jpg|200px]]


478
'''Fig. 270. Section through the margin of the optic cup of an embryo Turdus musicus''', after KESSLER.


/, Retina ; pi, pigmented epithelium of the retina (outer lamella of the optic cup) ; It, connective-tissue envelope of the optic cup (choroidea and sclera) ; * ora serrata (boundary between the marginal zone and the fundus of the optic cup) ; ck, ciliary body ; 1, 2, 3, iris ; 1 and 2, inner and outer lamellae of the pars iridLs retinae ; 3, connective-tissue plate of the iris ; Ip, ligamentum pectinatum iridis ; sch, canal of SCHLEMM ; D, DESCEMET'S membrane ; h, cornea ; he, corneal epithelium.


EMBRYOLOGY.
pi I',
1. 2. 3. 1 L&gt; sch D
Fig. 270. Section through the margin of the optic cup of an embryo Turdus musicus,
after KESSLER.
/, Retina ; pi, pigmented epithelium of the retina (outer lamella of the optic cup) ; It, connective-tissue envelope of the optic cup (choroidea and sclera) ; * ora serrata (boundary between the marginal zone and the fundus of the optic cup) ; ck, ciliary body ; 1, 2, 3, iris ; 1 and 2, inner and outer lamellae of the pars iridLs i*etin?e ; 3, connective-tissue plate of the iris ; Ip, ligamentum pectinatum iridis ; sch, canal of SCHLEMM ; D, DESCEMET'S membrane ; h, cornea ; he, corneal epithelium.


During those processes the condition of the optic cup itself has also changed. Its outer and inner lamellae continually become more and more unlike. The former (figs. 2G6, 2G7 pi) remains thin and composed of a single layer of cubical epithelial cells. Black pigment granules are deposited in this in increasing abundance, until finally the whole lamella appears upon sections as a black streak. The inner layer (?), on the contrary, remains entirely free from pigment, with the exception of a part of the marginal zone ; the cells, as in the wall of the brain vesicles, become elongated and spindleshaped, and lie in many superposed layers.


During those processes the condition of the optic cup itself has also changed. Its outer and inner lamellae continually become more and more unlike. The former (figs. 2G6, 2G7 pi) remains thin and composed of a single layer of cubical epithelial cells. Black pigment granules are deposited in this in increasing abundance, until finally the whole lamella appears upon sections as a black streak. The inner layer (?), on the contrary, remains entirely free from pigment, with the exception of a part of the marginal zone ; the cells, as in the wall of the brain vesicles, become elongated and spindleshaped, and lie in many superposed layers.


Moreover the bottom of the cup and its rim assume different conditions, and hasten to fulfil different destinies; the former is converted into the retina, the latter is principally concerned in the production of the ciliary body and the iris.  
Moreover the bottom of the cup and its rim assume different conditions, and hasten to fulfil different destinies; the former is converted into the retina, the latter is principally concerned in the production of the ciliary body and the iris.  


The edge of the cup (fig. 267 rz, fig. 270*, and fig. 271) becomes very much reduced in thickness by the cells of its inner layer arranging themselves in a single sheet, remaining for a time cylindrical, and then assuming a cubical form. But with its reduction in thickness there goes hand in hand an increase in its superficial extent. Consequently the margin of the optic cup now grows into the anterior chamber of the eye between cornea and tbe anterior surface of the lens, until it has nearly reached the middle of the latter. Then it at last bounds only a small orifice which leads into the cavity of the optic cup the pupil. The pigment layer of the iris is derived from the marginal region of the cup, as KESSLER first


The edge of the cup (fig. 267 rz, fig. 270*, and fig. 271) becomes very much reduced in thickness by the cells of its inner layer arranging themselves in a single sheet, remaining for a time cylindrical, and then assuming a cubical form. But with its reduction in thickness there goes hand in hand an increase in its superficial extent. Consequently the margin of the optic cup now grows into the anterior chamber of the eye between cornea and tbe anterior surface of the lens, until it has nearly reached the middle of the latter. Then it at last bounds only a small orifice which leads into the cavity of the optic cup the pupil. The pigment layer of the iris is derived from the marginal region of the cup, as KESSLER first showed (fig. 270 l and 2 ). Pigment granules are now deposited in the inner epithelial layer, just as in the outer lamella, so that at last the two are no longer distinguishable as separate layers.


THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER.


The mesenchymatic layer which envelops the two epithelial lamella keeps pace with them in their superficial extension. It becomes thickened and furnishes the stroma of the iris with its abundant non-striated muscles and blood-vessels (fig. 270 s ). In Mammals (fig. 267 x) this is for a time continuous with the tunica vasculosa lentis (tv), in consequence of which the pupil in embryos is closed by a thin vascular connective-tissue membrane, as has already been stated.




479
The part of the optic cup which is adjacent to the pigment layer of the iris and surrounds the equator of the lens, and which likewise belongs to the attenuated marginal zone of the cup (fig. 270 c), undergoes an interesting alteration. In conjunction with the neighboring layer of connective substance, it is converted into the ciliary body of the eye. This process begins in the Chick on the ninth or tenth day of incubation (KESSLER), in Man at the end of the second or beginning of the third month (KOLLIKER). The attenuated epithelial double lamella of the cup, in consequence of an especially vigorous growth in area, is laid into numerous, [nearly] parallel short folds, which are arranged radially around the equator of the lens. As in the iris, so here, the adjacent mesenchymatic layer participates in the growth and penetrates between the folds in the form of fine processes. A cross section through the foldeel part of the optic cup of a Cat embryo 10 cm. long (fig. 271) affords information concerning the original form of these processes in Mammals. It shows that the individual folds are very thin and enclose within them only a very small amount of embryonic connective tissue (bi ') with fine capillaries, and that, unlike the pigment epithelium of the iris, only the outer of the two epithelial layers (ab) is pigmented, whereas the inner (ib) remains unpigmented even later and is composed of cylindrical cells.


<div id="Fig271"></div>
[[File:Hertwig271.jpg|600px]]


'''Fig. 271. Cross section through the ciliary par of the eye of an embryo Cat 10 cm. long''', after KESSLEB.


Three ciliary processes formed by the folding of the optic cup are shown, li, Connective-tissue part of the ciliary body ; ib, inner layer, a I. outer pigmented layer of the optic cup li', sheet of connective tissue that has penetrated into the epithelial fold.




,7,  
Subsequently tho ciliary processes become greatly thickened through increase of the very vascular connective-tissue framework, and acquire a firm union with the capsule of the lens through the formation of the zonula Zinnii. In Man the latter is formed, according to KOLLIKER'S account, during the fourth month, in a manner that here, as well as in other Mammals, is still incompletely explained.




LIEBEEKi'JKN remarks that the zonula is distinctly recognisable in eyes which have attained half their definite size. If one takes out of an eye the vitreous body together with the lens, and then removes the latter by opening the capsule on the front side, the margin of the capsule appears surrounded by blood-vessels which pass from the posterior over on to the anterior surface.


showed (fig. 270 l and 2 ). Pigment granules are now deposited in the inner epithelial layer, just as in the outer lamella, so that at last the two are no longer distinguishable as separate layers.


The mesenchymatic layer which envelops the two epithelial lamella keeps pace with them in their superficial extension. It becomes thickened and furnishes the stroma of the iris with its abundant non-striated muscles and blood-vessels (fig. 270 s ). In Mammals (fig. 267 x) this is for a time continuous with the tunica vasculosa lentis (tv), in consequence of which the pupil in embryos is closed by a thin vascular connective - tissue membrane, as has already been stated.  
" At the places where the processus ciliares are entirely removed, tufts of fine fibres are to be seen which correspond to, and fill up, the depressions between the ciliary processes ; but between these tufts is also to be seen a thin layer of the same kind of finely striate masses, which must have lain at the same level as the ciliary processes." Furthermore LIEBERKUKN states that " there lie within this striated tissue numerous cell-bodies of the same appearance as those that are found elsewhere in the embryonic vitreous body at a later period."


The part of the optic cup which is adjacent to the pigment layer of the iris and surrounds the equator of the lens, and which likewise belongs to the attenuated marginal zone of the cup (fig. 270 c&amp;), undergoes an interesting alteration. In conjunction with the neighboring layer of connective substance, it is converted into the ciliary body of the eye. This process begins in the Chick on the
ninth or tenth day of incubation (KESSLER), in Man at the end of the second or beginning of the third month (KOLLIKER). The attenuated epithelial double lamella of the cup, in consequence of an especially vigorous growth in area, is laid into numerous, [nearly] parallel short folds, which are arranged radially around the equator of the lens. As in the iris, so here, the adjacent mesenchymatic layer participates in the growth and penetrates between the folds in the form of fine processes. A cross section through the foldeel part of the optic cup of a Cat embryo 10 cm. long (fig. 271) affords information concerning the original form of these processes in Mammals. It shows that the individual folds are very thin and enclose within them only a very small amount of embryonic connective tissue (bi ') with fine capillaries, and that, unlike the pigment epithelium of the iris, only the outer of the two epithelial layers (ab) is pigmented,


ANG-ELUCCI believes that the zonula arises from the anterior part of the vitreous body ; at the time when iris and ciliary processes are developed he finds the vitreous body traversed by fine fibres, which extend from the ora serrata to the margin of the lens. He describes as lying between the fibres sparse migratory cells, which are maintained, however, to have no share in the formation of the fibres.


Fig. 271. Cross section through the ciliary par of the eye of an embryo Cat 10 cm. long, after KESSLEB.


Three ciliary processes formed by the folding of the optic cup are shown, li, Connective-tissue part of the ciliary body ; ib, inner layer, a I. outer pigmented layer of the optic cup li', sheet of connective tissue that has penetrated into the epithelial fold.  
The fundus of the optic cup (figs. 266, 267, 270) furnishes the most important part of the eye the retina. The inner lamella of the cup (r) becomes greatly thickened, and, in consequence of its cells being elongated into spindles and overlapping one another in several layers, acquires an appearance similar to that of the wall of the embryonic brain. Subsequently it becomes marked off by an indented line, the ora serrata (at the place indicated by a star in fig. 270), from the adjoining attenuated part of the optic vesicle, which furnishes the ciliary folds. It also early acquires at its two surfaces a sharp limitation through the secretion of two delicate membranes : on the side toward the fundament of the vitreous body it is bounded by the membrana limitans interim ; on that toward the outer lamella, which becomes pigmented epithelium, by the membrana limitans externa.  




In the course of development its cells, all of which are at first alike, become specialised in very different ways, as a result of which there are produced the well-known layers distinguished by MAX SCHULTZE. I shall not go into the details of this histological differentiation, but shall mention some further points of general importance.


480 EMBRYOLOGY.


whereas the inner (ib) remains unpigmented even later and is composed of cylindrical cells.  
As WILHELM MULLER in his " Stammesentwicklung des Sehorgans der Wirbelthiere " has clearly shown, the development of the originally similar epithelial cells of the retina takes place in all Vertebrates in two chief directions : a part of them become sensory epithelium and the specific structures of the central nervous system ganglionic cells and nerve-fibres ; another part are metamorphosed into supporting and isolating elements into MULLER'S radial fibres and the granular [reticular or molecular] layers, which can be grouped together as epithelial sustentative tissue (fulcrum). Finally, with the descendants of the epithelium are associated connective-tissue elements, which grow from the surrounding connective tissue into the epithelial layer for its better nutrition, in the same manner as in the central nervous system. These ingrowths are branches of the arteria centralis retinae with their extremely thin connective-tissue sheaths. The Lampreys alone form an exception, their retina remaining free from blood-vessels. In all other Vertebrates bloodvessels are present, but they are limited to the inner layers of the retina, leaving the outer granular (Kb'rner) layer and that of the rods and cones free ; the latter have been distinguished as sensory epitheliuni from the remaining portions with their nerve-fibres and ganglionic cells the brain-part of the retina.  


Subsequently tho ciliary processes become greatly thickened through increase of the very vascular connective-tissue framework, and acquire a firm union with the capsule of the lens through the formation of the zonula Zinnii. In Man the latter is formed, according to KOLLIKER'S account, during the fourth month, in a manner that here, as well as in other Mammals, is still incompletely explained.


LiEBEEKi'JKN remarks that the zonula is distinctly recognisable in eyes which have attained half their definite size. If one takes out of an eye the vitreous body together with the lens, and then removes the latter by opening the capsule on the front side, the margin of the capsule appears surrounded by blood-vessels which pass from the posterior over on to the anterior surface.
Of all the parts of the retina the layer of rods and cones is the last to be developed. According to the investigations of KOLLIKER, BABUCHIN, MAX SCHULTZE, and W. MULLER, it arises as a product of the outer granular (Korner) layer, which, composed of fine spindle-shaped elements, is held to be, as has been stated, the essential sensory epithelium of the eye. In the Chick the development of the rods and cones can be made out on the tenth day of incubation. MAX SCHULTZE states concerning young Cats and Rabbits, which are born blind, that the fundament of the rods and cones can be distinguished for the first time in the early days after birth ; in other Mammals and in Man, on the contrary, they are formed before birth.  
 
" At the places where the processus ciliares are entirely removed, tufts of fine fibres are to be seen which correspond to, and fill up, the depressions between the ciliary processes ; but between these tufts is also to be seen a thin layer of the same kind of finely striate masses, which must have lain at the same level as the ciliary processes." Furthermore LIEBERKUKN states that " there lie within this striated tissue numerous cell-bodies of the same appearance as those that are found elsewhere in the embryonic vitreous body at a later period."
ANG-ELUCCI believes that the zonula arises from the anterior part of the vitreous body ; at the time when iris and ciliary processes are developed he finds the vitreous body traversed by fine fibres, which extend from the ora serrata to the margin of the lens. He describes as lying between the fibres sparse migratory cells, which are maintained, however, to have no share in the formation of the fibres.  


The fundus of the optic cup (figs. 266, 267, 270) furnishes the most important part of the eye the retina. The inner lamella of the cup (r) becomes greatly thickened, and, in consequence of its cells being elongated into spindles and overlapping one another in several layers, acquires an appearance similar to that of the wall of the embryonic brain. Subsequently it becomes marked off by an indented line, the ora serrata (at the place indicated by a star in fig. 270), from the adjoining attenuated part of the optic vesicle, which furnishes the ciliary folds. It also early acquires at its two surfaces a sharp limitation through the secretion of two delicate membranes : on the side toward the fundament of the vitreous body it is bounded by the membrana limitans interim ; on that toward the outer lamella, which becomes pigmented epithelium, by the membrana limitans externa.


In the course of development its cells, all of which are at first alike, become specialised in very different ways, as a result of which there are produced the well-known layers distinguished by MAX SCHULTZE. I shall not go into the details of this histological differentiation, but shall mention some further points of general importance.  
In all Vertebrates, as long as rods and cones are not present, the inner layer of the optic cup is bounded on the side toward the outer layer by an entirely smooth contour, due to the membrana limitans externa. Then there appear upon the latter numerous, small, lustrous elevations, which have been secreted by the outer granules or visual cells. The elevations, which consist of a protoplasmic substance and are stained red in carmine, become elongated and acquire the form of the inner limb of the retinal element. Finally there is formed at their outer ends the outer limb, which MAX SCHULTZE and W. MULLER compare to a cuticular product, on account of its lamellate structure.  


As WILHELM MULLER in his " Stammesentwicklung des Sehorgans der Wirbelthiere " has clearly shown, the development of the originally similar epithelial cells of the retina takes place in all Vertebrates in two chief directions : a part of them become sensory epithelium and the specific structures of the central nervous system ganglionic cells and nerve-fibres ; another part are metamorphosed into supporting and isolating elements into MULLER'S radial fibres and the granular [reticular or molecular] layers, which can be grouped together as epithelial sustentative tissue (fulcrum). Finally, with the descendants of the epithelium are associated connective-tissue elements, which grow from the surrounding connective tissue into the epithelial layer for its better nutrition, in the same manner as in the central nervous system. These ingrowths are branches of the arteria centralis retinae with their extremely thin connective-tissue sheaths. The Lampreys alone form an exception, their retina remaining free from blood-vessels. In all other Vertebrates bloodvessels are present, but they are limited to the inner layers of the retina, leaving the outer granular (Kb'rner) layer and that of the rods and cones free ; the latter have been distinguished as sensory epitheliuni from the remaining portions with their nerve-fibres and ganglionic cells the brain-part of the retina.


Of all the parts of the retina the layer of rods and cones is the last to be developed. According to the investigations of KOLLIKER, BABUCHIN, MAX SCHULTZE, and W. MULLER, it arises as a product of the outer granular (Korner) layer, which, composed of fine spindle-shaped elements, is held to be, as has been stated, the essential sensory epithelium of the eye. In the Chick the development of the rods and cones can be made out on the tenth day of incubation. MAX SCHULTZE states concerning young Cats and Rabbits, which are born blind, that the fundament of the rods and cones can be distinguished for the first time in the early days after birth ; in other Mammals and in Man, on the contrary, they are formed before birth.  
Inasmuch as the rods and cones of the retinal cells grow out in this way beyond the membrana limitans externa, they penetrate into the closely applied outer lamella of the optic cup, which becomes the pigmented epithelium of the retina (figs. 266, 267, 270 pi} ; their outer limbs come to lie in minute niches of the large, hexagonal pigment-cells, so that the individual elements are separated from one another by pigmented partitions.  


In all Vertebrates, as long as rods and cones are not present, the inner layer of the optic cup is bounded on the side toward the outer layer by an entirely smooth contour, due to the membrana limitans externa. Then there appear upon the latter numerous, small, lustrous elevations, which have been secreted by the outer granules or visual cells. The elevations, which consist of a protoplasmic substance and are stained red in carmine, become elongated and acquire the form of the inner limb of the retinal element. Finally there is formed at their outer ends the outer limb, which MAX SCHULTZE and W. MULLER compare to a cuticular product, on account of its lamellate structure.


Inasmuch as the rods and cones of the retinal cells grow out in this way beyond the membrana limitans externa, they penetrate into the closely applied outer lamella of the optic cup, which becomes the pigmented epithelium of the retina (figs. 266, 267, 270 pi} ; their outer limbs come to lie in minute niches of the large, hexagonal pigment-cells, so that the individual elements are separated from one another by pigmented partitions.  
A few additional words concerning the connective tissue enveloping the fundament of the optic cup. It acquires here, as on the ciliary body and the iris, a special, and for this region characteristic, stamp. It is differentiated into vascular [choroid] and fibrous [sclerotic] membranes, which in Man are distinguishable in the sixth week (KOLLIKER). The former is characterised by its vascularity at an early period, and develops on the side toward the optic cup a special layer, provided with a fine network of capillary vessels, the membrana choriocapillaris, for the nourishment of the pigment-layer and the layer of rods and cones, which have no blood-vessels of their own. It further differs from the ciliary body in the fact that at the fundament of the optic cup the choroid membrane is easily separable from the adjoining membranes of the eye, whereas in the ciliary body a firm union exists between all the membranes.  


A few additional words concerning the connective tissue enveloping the fundament of the optic cup. It acquires here, as on the ciliary body and the iris, a special, and for this region characteristic, stamp. It is differentiated into vascular [choroid] and fibrous [sclerotic] membranes, which in Man are distinguishable in the sixth week (KOLLIKER). The former is characterised by its vascularity at an early period, and develops on the side toward the optic cup a special layer, provided with a fine network of capillary vessels, the membrana choriocapillaris, for the nourishment of the pigment-layer and the layer of rods and cones, which have no blood-vessels of their own. It further differs from the ciliary body in the fact that at
/ 4/
the fundament of the optic cup the choroid membrane is easily separable from the adjoining membranes of the eye, whereas in the ciliary body a firm union exists between all the membranes.


If we now glance back at the processes of development last described, one thing will appear clear to us from this short sketch : that the changes in the form of the secondary optic cup are of preeminent importance for the origin of the individual regions of the eye. Through different processes of growth, which have received a general discussion in Chapter IV., there have been formed in the cup three distinct portions. By means of an increase in thickness and various differentiations of the numerous cell-layers, there is formed the retina ; by an increase of surface, on the contrary, is produced an anterior, thinner part, which bounds the pupil and is subdivided into two regions by the formation of folds in the vicinity of the lens. From the folded part, which joins the retina at the ora serrata, is  
If we now glance back at the processes of development last described, one thing will appear clear to us from this short sketch : that the changes in the form of the secondary optic cup are of preeminent importance for the origin of the individual regions of the eye. Through different processes of growth, which have received a general discussion in Chapter IV., there have been formed in the cup three distinct portions. By means of an increase in thickness and various differentiations of the numerous cell-layers, there is formed the retina ; by an increase of surface, on the contrary, is produced an anterior, thinner part, which bounds the pupil and is subdivided into two regions by the formation of folds in the vicinity of the lens. From the folded part, which joins the retina at the ora serrata, is formed the epithelial lining of the ciliary body ; from the thin portion which surrounds the pupil and which remains smooth, the pigniented epithelium (uvea) of the iris. Consequently there are now to be distinguished on the secondary optic cup three regions, as retinal, ciliary, and iridal parts. To each of these territories the contiguous connective tissue, and especially the part which becomes the middle tunic of the eye, is adapted in a particular manner ; here it furnishes the connective- tissue plate of the iris with its non-striated musculature, there the connective-tissue framework of the ciliary body with the ciliary muscle, and in the third region the vascular choroidea with the choriocapillaris and lamina fusca.




THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 483
In the development of the optic cup there arose on its lower wall a fissure (fig. 265 cms), which marks the place at which the fundament of the vitreous body grew into the interior of the cup. What is the ultimate fate of this fissure, which is usually referred to in the literature as choroid fissure It is for a time easily recognisable, after pigment has been deposited in the outer lamella of the optic cup. It then appears on the lower median side of the eyeball as a clear, unpigmented streak, which reaches forward from the entrance of the optic nerve to the margin of the pupil.  
formed the epithelial lining of the ciliary body ; from the thin portion which surrounds the pupil and which remains smooth, the pigniented epithelium (uvea) of the iris. Consequently there are now to be distinguished on the secondary optic cup three regions, as retinal, ciliary, and iridal parts. To each of these territories the contiguous connective tissue, and especially the part which becomes the middle tunic of the eye, is adapted in a particular manner ; here it furnishes the connective- tissue plate of the iris with its non-striated musculature, there the connective-tissue framework of the ciliary body with the ciliary muscle, and in the third region the vascular choroidea with the choriocapillaris and lamina fusca.  


In the development of the optic cup there arose on its lower wall a fissure (fig. 265 cms), which marks the place at which the fundament of the vitreous body grew into the interior of the cup. What is the ultimate fate of this fissure, which is usually referred to in the literature as choroid fissure 1
It is for a time easily recognisable, after pigment has been deposited in the outer lamella of the optic cup. It then appears on the lower median side of the eyeball as a clear, unpigmented streak, which reaches forward from the entrance of the optic nerve to the margin of the pupil.


The name choroid fissure takes its origin from this phenomenon. It was given at a time when the formation of the optic cup was not adequately known, when the pigmented epithelium was still referred to the choroidea. Therefore in the absence of pigment along a clear streak on the under side of the eyeball it was supposed that a defect of the choroidea a choroid fissure had been observed.  
The name choroid fissure takes its origin from this phenomenon. It was given at a time when the formation of the optic cup was not adequately known, when the pigmented epithelium was still referred to the choroidea. Therefore in the absence of pigment along a clear streak on the under side of the eyeball it was supposed that a defect of the choroidea a choroid fissure had been observed.  


The clear streak afterwards disappears. The fissure of the eye is closed by the fusion of its edges and the deposition of pigment in the raphe. In the Chick this takes place on the ninth day, in Man during the sixth or seventh week.  
The clear streak afterwards disappears. The fissure of the eye is closed by the fusion of its edges and the deposition of pigment in the raphe. In the Chick this takes place on the ninth day, in Man during the sixth or seventh week.  


In still another respect is the choroid fissure noteworthy.  
In still another respect is the choroid fissure noteworthy.  


In many Vertebrates (Fishes, Reptiles, Birds) a highly vascular process of the choroidea grows through the fissure, before its closure, into the vitreous body and there forms a lamellar projection, which extends from the optic nerve to the lens. In Birds it has received the name " pecten," because it is folded into numerous parallel ridges. It consists almost entirely of the walls of blood-vessels, which are held together by a small amount of a black pigmented connective tissue.  
In many Vertebrates (Fishes, Reptiles, Birds) a highly vascular process of the choroidea grows through the fissure, before its closure, into the vitreous body and there forms a lamellar projection, which extends from the optic nerve to the lens. In Birds it has received the name " pecten," because it is folded into numerous parallel ridges. It consists almost entirely of the walls of blood-vessels, which are held together by a small amount of a black pigmented connective tissue.  


In Mammals such a growth into the vitreous body is wanting.  
In Mammals such a growth into the vitreous body is wanting.  


The closure of the choroid fissure takes place at an early period and completely.  
The closure of the choroid fissure takes place at an early period and completely.  


Occasionally in Man the normal course of development is interrupted, so that the margins of the choroid fissure remain apart. The usual consequence of this is a defective development of the vascular tunic of the eye at the corresponding place an indication of the extent to which the development of the connective-tissue envelope is dependent on the formative processes of the two epithelial layers, as has already been stated. Both retinal and choroidal pigment are therefore wanting along a streak which begins at the optic nerve, so that the white solera of the eye shows through to the inside and can be recognised in examinations with the ophthalmoscope. When the defect reaches forward to the margin of the pupil, a fissure is formed in the iris which is easily recognised upon external observation of the eye. The two structures resulting from this interrupted development are distinguished from each other as choroidal and iridal fissures (coloboma choroidere and coloboma iridis).


Occasionally in Man the normal course of development is interrupted, so that the margins of the choroid fissure remain apart. The usual consequence of this is a defective development of the vascular tunic of the eye at the corresponding place an indication of the extent to which the development of the connective-tissue envelope is dependent on the formative processes of the two epithelial layers, as has already been stated. Both retinal and choroidal pigment are therefore wanting along a streak which begins at the optic nerve, so that the white solera of the eye shows through to the inside and can be recognised in examinations with the ophthalmoscope. When the defect reaches forward to the margin of the pupil, a fissure is formed in the iris which is easily recognised upon external observation of the eye. The two structures resulting from this interrupted development are distinguished from each other as choroidal and iridal fissures (coloboma choroidere and coloboma iridis).


 
===The Development of the Optic Nerve===
(d) The Development of the Optic Nerve.


The stalk of the optic vesicle (fig. 272), by which the vesicle is united with the between-brain, is in direct connection with both  
The stalk of the optic vesicle (fig. 272), by which the vesicle is united with the between-brain, is in direct connection with both  
Line 322: Line 247:




 
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 
(il'K
 


Fig. 272. Plastic representation of the optic cup with lens and vitreous body.  
Fig. 272. Plastic representation of the optic cup with lens and vitreous body.  
Line 331: Line 253:
ab, Outer wall of the cup; ib, its inner wall ; h, space between the two walls, which afterwards entirely disappears ; Sn, fundament of the optic nerve (stalk of the optic vesicle with groove-formation along its lower face) ; ims, choroid fissure ; yl, vitreous body ; I, lens.  
ab, Outer wall of the cup; ib, its inner wall ; h, space between the two walls, which afterwards entirely disappears ; Sn, fundament of the optic nerve (stalk of the optic vesicle with groove-formation along its lower face) ; ims, choroid fissure ; yl, vitreous body ; I, lens.  


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 485
Originally the optic nerve is a tube with a small lumen, which unites the cavity of the optic vesicle Avith the third ventricle (tig. 264 A). It is gradually converted into a solid cord. In the case of most Vertebrates this is produced simply by a thickening of the walls of the stalk, due to cell-proliferation, until the cavity is obliterated. In Mammals only the larger portion, that which adjoins the brain, is metamorphosed in this manner ; the smaller part, that which is united with the optic vesicle, is, on the contrary, infolded by the prolongation of the choroid fissure backward for some distance, whereby the ventral wall is pressed in against the dorsal. Consequently the optic nerve here assumes the form of a groove, in which is imbedded a connective-tissue cord with a blood-vessel that becomes the arteria centralis retinae. By the growing together of the edges of the groove, the cord afterwards becomes completely enclosed.  
Originally the optic nerve is a tube with a small lumen, which unites the cavity of the optic vesicle Avith the third ventricle (tig. 264 A). It is gradually converted into a solid cord. In the case of most Vertebrates this is produced simply by a thickening of the walls of the stalk, due to cell-proliferation, until the cavity is obliterated. In Mammals only the larger portion, that which adjoins the brain, is metamorphosed in this manner ; the smaller part, that which is united with the optic vesicle, is, on the contrary, infolded by the prolongation of the choroid fissure backward for some distance, whereby the ventral wall is pressed in against the dorsal. Consequently the optic nerve here assumes the form of a groove, in which is imbedded a connective-tissue cord with a blood-vessel that becomes the arteria centralis retinae. By the growing together of the edges of the groove, the cord afterwards becomes completely enclosed.  


Line 340: Line 261:
According to the older view, which LTEBERKUHN shares, the optic fibres are developed in loco by the elongation of the spindle-shaped cells. According to His, KOLLIKER, and W. MULLER, 011 the contrary, the wall of the optic vesicle furnishes the sustentative tissue only, whereas the nerve-fibres grow into it from outside, either from the brain toward the retina (His, KOLLIKER), or in the reverse direction (MULLER). The stalk of the optic vesicle would constitute, according to this view, only a guiding structure as it were would predetermine the way for its growth. When the ingrowth has taken place, the sustentative cells are, as KOLLIKER describes them, arranged radially and so united with one another that they constitute a delicate framework with longitudinally elongated spaces. In the latter are lodged the small bundles of very fine non-nuclear nervefibres and numerous cells, arranged in longitudinal rows, which likewise belong to the epithelial sustentative tissue and help to complete the trestle-work.  
According to the older view, which LTEBERKUHN shares, the optic fibres are developed in loco by the elongation of the spindle-shaped cells. According to His, KOLLIKER, and W. MULLER, 011 the contrary, the wall of the optic vesicle furnishes the sustentative tissue only, whereas the nerve-fibres grow into it from outside, either from the brain toward the retina (His, KOLLIKER), or in the reverse direction (MULLER). The stalk of the optic vesicle would constitute, according to this view, only a guiding structure as it were would predetermine the way for its growth. When the ingrowth has taken place, the sustentative cells are, as KOLLIKER describes them, arranged radially and so united with one another that they constitute a delicate framework with longitudinally elongated spaces. In the latter are lodged the small bundles of very fine non-nuclear nervefibres and numerous cells, arranged in longitudinal rows, which likewise belong to the epithelial sustentative tissue and help to complete the trestle-work.  


The embryonic optic nerve is enveloped in a connective-tissue sheath, which is separated, as in the case of the brain and secondary optic cup, into an inner, soft, vascular and an outer compact  
The embryonic optic nerve is enveloped in a connective-tissue sheath, which is separated, as in the case of the brain and secondary optic cup, into an inner, soft, vascular and an outer compact fibrous layer. The former, or the pial sheath, unites the pia mater of the brain and the choroid membrane of the eye ; the latter, or the dural sheath, is a continuation of the dura mater and at the eyeball becomes continuous with the sclerotica. Later the optic nerve acquires a still more complicated structure, owing to the fact that vascular processes of the pial sheath grow into it and provide the nerve-bundles and the epithelial sustentative cells belonging to them wit] i connective-tissue investments.  
 
 
486 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
fibrous layer. The former, or the pial sheath, unites the pia mater of the brain and the choroid membrane of the eye ; the latter, or the dural sheath, is a continuation of the dura mater and at the eyeball becomes continuous with the sclerotica. Later the optic nerve acquires a still more complicated structure, owing to the fact that vascular processes of the pial sheath grow into it and provide the nerve-bundles and the epithelial sustentative cells belonging to them wit] i connective-tissue investments.  


As has been previously stated, the direction in which optic fibres grow into the stalk of the optic vesicle is still a subject of controversy. His, with whom KOLLIKER is in agreement, maintains that they grow out from groups of ganglionic cells (thalamus opticus, corpora quadrigemina), and are only secondarily distributed in the retina. He supports his view on the one hand by the agreement in this particular which exists with the development of the remaining peripheral nerves, and on the other by the circumstance that the nerve-fibres are first distinctly recognisable in the vicinity of the brain.  
As has been previously stated, the direction in which optic fibres grow into the stalk of the optic vesicle is still a subject of controversy. His, with whom KOLLIKER is in agreement, maintains that they grow out from groups of ganglionic cells (thalamus opticus, corpora quadrigemina), and are only secondarily distributed in the retina. He supports his view on the one hand by the agreement in this particular which exists with the development of the remaining peripheral nerves, and on the other by the circumstance that the nerve-fibres are first distinctly recognisable in the vicinity of the brain.  
Line 351: Line 267:
W. MULLEE, on the contrary, believes that the outgrowth takes place in the opposite direction ; he maintains that the nerve-fibres arise as prolongations of the ganglionic cells located in the retina, and that they enter into union with the central nervous apparatus only secondarily. He is strengthened in his opinion by the conditions in Petromyzon, which he declares to be one of the most valuable objects for the solution of the controversy concerning the origin of the optic nerve. I refer, moreover, in connection with this controversy, to the section which treats of the development of the peripheral nervous system (p. 452).  
W. MULLEE, on the contrary, believes that the outgrowth takes place in the opposite direction ; he maintains that the nerve-fibres arise as prolongations of the ganglionic cells located in the retina, and that they enter into union with the central nervous apparatus only secondarily. He is strengthened in his opinion by the conditions in Petromyzon, which he declares to be one of the most valuable objects for the solution of the controversy concerning the origin of the optic nerve. I refer, moreover, in connection with this controversy, to the section which treats of the development of the peripheral nervous system (p. 452).  


(e) The Development of the Accessory Apparatus of the Eye.
===The Development of the Accessory Apparatus of the Eye===


There are associated with the eyeball auxiliary apparatus, which serve in different ways for the protection of the cornea : the eyelids with the Meibomian glands and the eyelashes, the lachrymal glands and the lachrymal ducts.  
There are associated with the eyeball auxiliary apparatus, which serve in different ways for the protection of the cornea : the eyelids with the Meibomian glands and the eyelashes, the lachrymal glands and the lachrymal ducts.  
Line 357: Line 273:
The eyelids, the upper and under, are developed at an early period by the formation, at some distance from the margin, of the cornea, of two folds of the skin, which protrude beyond the surface. The folds grow over the cornea from above and below until their edges meet and thus produce in front of the eyeball the conjunctival sac, which opens out through the fissure between the lids. The sac derives its name from the fact that the innermost layer of the lid-fold, which is reflected on to the anterior surface of the eyeball at the fornix conjuiictme, is of the nature of a mucous membrane, and is designated as the conjunctiva, or connecting membrane, of the eye.  
The eyelids, the upper and under, are developed at an early period by the formation, at some distance from the margin, of the cornea, of two folds of the skin, which protrude beyond the surface. The folds grow over the cornea from above and below until their edges meet and thus produce in front of the eyeball the conjunctival sac, which opens out through the fissure between the lids. The sac derives its name from the fact that the innermost layer of the lid-fold, which is reflected on to the anterior surface of the eyeball at the fornix conjuiictme, is of the nature of a mucous membrane, and is designated as the conjunctiva, or connecting membrane, of the eye.  


In many Mammals and likewise in Man there is during embryoniclife a temporary closure of the conjunctival sac. The edges of the lids  
In many Mammals and likewise in Man there is during embryoniclife a temporary closure of the conjunctival sac. The edges of the lids become united throughout their whole extent, their epithelial investments fusing with each other. In Man the concrescence begins in the third month, and usually undergoes retrogression a short time before birth. But in many Reptiles (Snakes) the closure is permanent. Thus a thin transparent membrane is formed in front of the cornea.  
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 487
become united throughout their whole extent, their epithelial investments fusing with each other. In Man the concrescence begins in the third month, and usually undergoes retrogression a short time before birth. But in many Reptiles (Snakes) the closure is permanent. Thus a thin transparent membrane is formed in front of the cornea.  


In Man during the concrescence of the eyelids there are developed at their margins the Meibomian glands. The cells of the rete Malpighii begin to proliferate and to send into the middle connectivetissue plate of the eyelid solid rods, which afterwards become covered with lateral buds. The glands, at first entirely solid, acquire a lumen by the fatty degeneration and dissolution of the axial cells.  
In Man during the concrescence of the eyelids there are developed at their margins the Meibomian glands. The cells of the rete Malpighii begin to proliferate and to send into the middle connectivetissue plate of the eyelid solid rods, which afterwards become covered with lateral buds. The glands, at first entirely solid, acquire a lumen by the fatty degeneration and dissolution of the axial cells.  
Line 378: Line 290:
which runs from the inner angle of the eye to the nasal chamber. By means of this furrow two ridges, which play an important part in the formation of the face, the maxillary process and the outer nasal process, are sharply marked off from each other ; these will engage our attention later. According to COSTE and KOLLIKER the lachrymal duct arises by the simple approximation and concrescence of the edges of the lachrymal groove. These older conclusions have been contradicted by BORN and LEGAL, one of whom has investigated Reptiles and Birds, the other Mammals. According to them there arises, in nearly the same manner as in Amphibia, through proliferation of the mucous epithelium, at the bottom of the lachrymal groove an epithelial ridge, which becomes detached but is not converted into a canal until a rather late period. When we raise the question, how phylogenetically the lachrymal duct may have first originated, we shall doubtless find that it has been derived from a groove, by means of which the sac of the conjunctiva and the nasal chamber are first put into connection. When, therefore, we see the lachrymal duct established from the very beginning simply as a solid ridge, as for example in the Amphibia, we must call to mind how in other cases also originally groove-like fundaments, such as the medullary furrow, make their appearance, under special circumstances, as solid ridges,  
which runs from the inner angle of the eye to the nasal chamber. By means of this furrow two ridges, which play an important part in the formation of the face, the maxillary process and the outer nasal process, are sharply marked off from each other ; these will engage our attention later. According to COSTE and KOLLIKER the lachrymal duct arises by the simple approximation and concrescence of the edges of the lachrymal groove. These older conclusions have been contradicted by BORN and LEGAL, one of whom has investigated Reptiles and Birds, the other Mammals. According to them there arises, in nearly the same manner as in Amphibia, through proliferation of the mucous epithelium, at the bottom of the lachrymal groove an epithelial ridge, which becomes detached but is not converted into a canal until a rather late period. When we raise the question, how phylogenetically the lachrymal duct may have first originated, we shall doubtless find that it has been derived from a groove, by means of which the sac of the conjunctiva and the nasal chamber are first put into connection. When, therefore, we see the lachrymal duct established from the very beginning simply as a solid ridge, as for example in the Amphibia, we must call to mind how in other cases also originally groove-like fundaments, such as the medullary furrow, make their appearance, under special circumstances, as solid ridges,  


 
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


Fig. 273. Head of a human embryo, from which the mandibular processes have been removed to allow a survey of the roof of the primitive oral cavity.  
Fig. 273. Head of a human embryo, from which the mandibular processes have been removed to allow a survey of the roof of the primitive oral cavity.  


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


Finally, as far as regards the development of the lachrymal tubules in Birds and Mammals, BORN and LEGAL refer the upper tubule to the proximal part of the epithelial ridge, and maintain that the lower one buds out from the upper. EWETSKY, on the contrary, declares that the proximal end of the epithelial ridge expands at the inner angle of the eye, and becomes divided by the ingrowth of underlying connective tissue, and metamorphosed into the two tubules, so that both arise from a common fundament.
Finally, as far as regards the development of the lachrymal tubules in Birds and Mammals, BORN and LEGAL refer the upper tubule to the proximal part of the epithelial ridge, and maintain that the lower one buds out from the upper. EWETSKY, on the contrary, declares that the proximal end of the epithelial ridge expands at the inner angle of the eye, and becomes divided by the ingrowth of underlying connective tissue, and metamorphosed into the two tubules, so that both arise from a common fundament.
 
 
 
SUMMARY.
 
1. The lateral walls of the primary fore- brain vesicle are evaginated to form the optic vesicles.
 
2. The optic vesicles remain united by means of a stalk, the future optic nerve, with that part of the primary fore-brain vesicle which becomes the bet ween -brain.
 
3. The optic vesicle is converted into the optic cup through the imagination of its lateral and lower walls by the fundaments of the lens and vitreous body.
 
4. At the place where the lateral wall of the primary optic vesicle encounters the outer germ-layer, the latter becomes thickened, then depressed into a pit, and finally constricted off as a lens-vesicle.
 
5. The cells of the posterior wall of the lens-vesicle grow out into lens-fibres, those of the anterior wall become the lens-epithelium.  


6. The fundament of the lens is enveloped at the time of its principal growth by a vascular capsule (tunica vasculosa lentis), which afterwards entirely disappears.
===Summary===


7. The membrana capsulo-pupillaris is the anterior part of the tunica vasculosa lentis and lies behind the pupil.  
# The lateral walls of the primary fore- brain vesicle are evaginated to form the optic vesicles.  
# The optic vesicles remain united by means of a stalk, the future optic nerve, with that part of the primary fore-brain vesicle which becomes the bet ween -brain.
# The optic vesicle is converted into the optic cup through the imagination of its lateral and lower walls by the fundaments of the lens and vitreous body.
# At the place where the lateral wall of the primary optic vesicle encounters the outer germ-layer, the latter becomes thickened, then depressed into a pit, and finally constricted off as a lens-vesicle.
# The cells of the posterior wall of the lens-vesicle grow out into lens-fibres, those of the anterior wall become the lens-epithelium.
# The fundament of the lens is enveloped at the time of its principal growth by a vascular capsule (tunica vasculosa lentis), which afterwards entirely disappears.
# The membrana capsulo-pupillaris is the anterior part of the tunica vasculosa lentis and lies behind the pupil.
# The development of the vitreous body causes the choroid fissure.
# The optic cup has double walls ; it consists of an inner and an outer epithelium, which are continuous with each other at the opening of the cup, which embraces the lens, and at the choroid fissure.
# Mesenchymatic cells from the vicinity grow in between the lens and the somewhat closely applied epidermis to form the cornea and DESCEMET'S membrane, the latter being separated from the tunica vasculosa lentis by a fissure, the anterior chamber of the eye.
# The optic cup is differentiated into a posterior portion, within the territory of which its inner layer becomes thickened and constitutes the retina, and an anterior portion, which begins at the ora serrata, becomes very much reduced in thickness, and extends over the front surface of the lens, growing into the anterior chamber of the eye until the originally wide opening of the cup is reduced to the size of the pupil.
# The anterior attenuated portion of the cup is, in turn, divided into two zones, of which the posterior becomes folded at the periphery of the equator of the lens to form the ciliary processes, whereas in front it remains smooth ; so that in the whole cup three parts may now be distinguished, as retina, pars ciliaris, and pars iridis retinae.
# Corresponding to the three portions of the epithelial optic cup, the adjoining connective -tissue envelope takes on somewhat different conditions as the choroid proper, and as the connective-tissue framework of the ciliary body and that of the iris.
# The skin surrounding the cornea becomes infolded to form the upper and lower eyelids and the nictitating membrane, of which the last is rudimentary in Man, persisting only as the plica semilunaris.
# The epithelial layers of the edges of the two eyelids grow together in the last months of development, but become separated again before birth.
# The lachrymal groove in Mammals passes from the inner angle of the eye, between the maxillary and outer nasal processes, to the nasal chamber.
# The lachrymal duct for carrying away the lachrymal fluid is formed by the downgrowth and constricting off of an epithelial ridge from the bottom of the lachrymal groove, the ridge becoming hollow.
# The two lachrymal tubules are developed by the division of the epithelial ridge at the angle of the eye.


8. The development of the vitreous body causes the choroid fissure.
==The Development of the Organ of Hearing==
 
9. The optic cup has double walls ; it consists of an inner and an outer epithelium, which are continuous with each other at the opening of the cup, which embraces the lens, and at the choroid fissure.
 
10. Mesenchymatic cells from the vicinity grow in between the lens and the somewhat closely applied epidermis to form the cornea and DESCEMET'S membrane, the latter being separated from the tunica vasculosa lentis by a fissure, the anterior chamber of the eye.
 
1 1 . The optic cup is differentiated into a posterior portion, within the territory of which its inner layer becomes thickened and constitutes the retina, and an anterior portion, which begins at the ora
 
 
490 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
serrata, becomes very much reduced in thickness, and extends over the front surface of the lens, growing into the anterior chamber of the eye until the originally wide opening of the cup is reduced to the size of the pupil.
 
12. The anterior attenuated portion of the cup is, in turn, divided into two zones, of which the posterior becomes folded at the periphery of the equator of the lens to form the ciliary processes, whereas in front it remains smooth ; so that in the whole cup three parts may now be distinguished, as retina, pars ciliaris, and pars iridis retinae.
 
13. Corresponding to the three portions of the epithelial optic cup, the adjoining connective -tissue envelope takes on somewhat different conditions as the choroid proper, and as the connective-tissue framework of the ciliary body and that of the iris.
 
14. The skin surrounding the cornea becomes infolded to form the upper and lower eyelids and the nictitating membrane, of which the last is rudimentary in Man, persisting only as the plica semilunaris.
 
15. The epithelial layers of the edges of the two eyelids grow together in the last months of development, but become separated again before birth.
 
16. The lachrymal groove in Mammals passes from the inner angle of the eye, between the maxillary and outer nasal processes, to the nasal chamber.
 
17. The lachrymal duct for carrying away the lachrymal fluid is formed by the downgrowth and constricting off of an epithelial ridge from the bottom of the lachrymal groove, the ridge becoming hollow.
 
18. The two lachrymal tubules are developed by the division of the epithelial ridge at the angle of the eye.
 
 
 
B. The Development of the Organ of Hearing.


In the case of the ear numerous parts of quite different origin unite, in much the same manner as in the case of the eye, to form a single very complicated apparatus ; of these, too, it is the portion to which the auditory nerve is distributed the membranous labyrinth with its auditory epithelium that is by far the most important, outstripping as it does all the remaining parts in its development : it must consequently be considered first.  
In the case of the ear numerous parts of quite different origin unite, in much the same manner as in the case of the eye, to form a single very complicated apparatus ; of these, too, it is the portion to which the auditory nerve is distributed the membranous labyrinth with its auditory epithelium that is by far the most important, outstripping as it does all the remaining parts in its development : it must consequently be considered first.  




 
===The Development of the Otocyst into the Labyrinth===
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER . GERM-LAYER.
 
 
 
491
 
 
(a) The Development of the Otocyst into the Labyrinth.


The membranous labyrinth is preeminently a product of the outer germ-layer. However great its complication in the adult is, a complication that has given it the name labyrinth, its earliest fundament is exceedingly simple. It arises on the dorsal surface of the embryo in the region of the medulla oblongata (fig. 263 gb), above the first visceral cleft and the attachment of the second visceral arch (fig. 274 above the numeral 3). Here over a circular territory the outer germ-layer becomes thickened and soon sinks down into an auditory pit. This process can be traced very easily in the embryo Chick on and after the end of the second day of incubation, and in the embryo Rabbit fifteen days old. The auditory nerve makes its way from the brain, near at hand, to the fnndus of the pit, where it terminates in a ganglionic enlargement.  
The membranous labyrinth is preeminently a product of the outer germ-layer. However great its complication in the adult is, a complication that has given it the name labyrinth, its earliest fundament is exceedingly simple. It arises on the dorsal surface of the embryo in the region of the medulla oblongata (fig. 263 gb), above the first visceral cleft and the attachment of the second visceral arch (fig. 274 above the numeral 3). Here over a circular territory the outer germ-layer becomes thickened and soon sinks down into an auditory pit. This process can be traced very easily in the embryo Chick on and after the end of the second day of incubation, and in the embryo Rabbit fifteen days old. The auditory nerve makes its way from the brain, near at hand, to the fnndus of the pit, where it terminates in a ganglionic enlargement.  
Line 454: Line 333:
The next stage shows the pit converted into an auditory vesicle. In the Chick this takes place in the course of the third day. The invagination of the outer germ-layer grows deeper and deeper, and by the approximation of its margins becomes pear-shaped ; soon the connection with the outer germ-layer becomes entirely lost, as is shown by a section through the head of an embryo Sheep (fig. 275 Ib).  
The next stage shows the pit converted into an auditory vesicle. In the Chick this takes place in the course of the third day. The invagination of the outer germ-layer grows deeper and deeper, and by the approximation of its margins becomes pear-shaped ; soon the connection with the outer germ-layer becomes entirely lost, as is shown by a section through the head of an embryo Sheep (fig. 275 Ib).  


In nearly all Vertebrates the auditory vesicle is constricted off from the ectoderm in the same manner. The Selachians are an exception : here the auditory vesicle which is metamorphosed into the labyrinth retains permanently its connection with the surface of the  
In nearly all Vertebrates the auditory vesicle is constricted off from the ectoderm in the same manner. The Selachians are an exception : here the auditory vesicle which is metamorphosed into the labyrinth retains permanently its connection with the surface of the body in the form of a long narrow tube, which traverses the cartilaginous primordial cranium and is in union dorsally with the epidermis at the sin-face of the body, where it possesses an external opening.
 
{|
 
| <div id="Fig274"></div>
 
[[File:Hertwig274.jpg|400px]]
Fig. 274. Head of a human embryo 7'5 mm. long, neck measurement. From His, "Menschliehe Embryonen."  
| '''Fig. 274. Head of a human embryo 7.5 mm. long, neck measurement.''' From His, "Menschliehe Embryonen."  
The auditoiy vesicle lies atove the first visceral cleft. In the circumference of the visceral cleft there are to be seen six elevations, designated by numerals, from which the external ear is developed.  
The auditory vesicle lies atove the first visceral cleft. In the circumference of the visceral cleft there are to be seen six elevations, designated by numerals, from which the external ear is developed.  
 
|}
 
 
492
 
 
EM BRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
nh
rl Ih
 
 
dc
 
 
body in the form of a long narrow tube, which traverses the cartilaginous primordial cranium and is in union dorsally with the epidermis at the sin-face of the body, where it possesses an external opening.


In its first fundament the organ of hearing in Vertebrates resembles in the highest degree those structures wliicli, in the Invertebrates are interpreted as organs of hearing. These are lymph-filled vesicles lying under the skin, which are likewise developed out of the epidermis. Either they are wholly constricted off from the epidermis, or they remain connected with it by means of a long, ciliate, epithelial canal, as in the Cephalopods, even after they have become surrounded  
In its first fundament the organ of hearing in Vertebrates resembles in the highest degree those structures wliicli, in the Invertebrates are interpreted as organs of hearing. These are lymph-filled vesicles lying under the skin, which are likewise developed out of the epidermis. Either they are wholly constricted off from the epidermis, or they remain connected with it by means of a long, ciliate, epithelial canal, as in the Cephalopods, even after they have become surrounded  
by connective tissue. In both cases the vesicles are lined with epithelium which consists of two kinds of cells : first of low, flat elements, which ordinarily exhibit ciliary movements and thereby put in motion the fluid within the vesicle, and secondly of longer cylindrical, or thread-like, auditory cells with stiff hairs, which project into the endolymph. The auditory cells are either distributed individually over the inner surface of the auditory vesicle or arranged in groups, or they are united at a particular place into an auditory epithelium, the auditory patch (macula acustica) or the auditory ridge (crista acustica), which may be either single or double. To all the auditory vesicles of the Invertebrates there is sent, moreover, a nerve which ends at the sensory cells in fine fibrillre. Finally, there is present as a characteristic structure a firm, crystalline body, the otolith, which is suspended in the midst of the endolymph and is ordinarily set in vibration by the motion of the cilia. It consists of crystals of phosphate or carbonate of lime.  
by connective tissue. In both cases the vesicles are lined with epithelium which consists of two kinds of cells : first of low, flat elements, which ordinarily exhibit ciliary movements and thereby put in motion the fluid within the vesicle, and secondly of longer cylindrical, or thread-like, auditory cells with stiff hairs, which project into the endolymph. The auditory cells are either distributed individually over the inner surface of the auditory vesicle or arranged in groups, or they are united at a particular place into an auditory epithelium, the auditory patch (macula acustica) or the auditory ridge (crista acustica), which may be either single or double. To all the auditory vesicles of the Invertebrates there is sent, moreover, a nerve which ends at the sensory cells in fine fibrillre. Finally, there is present as a characteristic structure a firm, crystalline body, the otolith, which is suspended in the midst of the endolymph and is ordinarily set in vibration by the motion of the cilia. It consists of crystals of phosphate or carbonate of lime.  


Sometimes there is only a single large, in most cases concentrically laminated, spherical body, sometimes a number of small calcareous crystals, which are held together by means of a soft pulpy substance.  
Sometimes there is only a single large, in most cases concentrically laminated, spherical body, sometimes a number of small calcareous crystals, which are held together by means of a soft pulpy substance.  
{|
| <div id="Fig275"></div>
[[File:Hertwig275.jpg|500px]]
|
'''Fig. 275. Vertical cross-section through the vesicle of the labyrinth of an embryo Sheep 1-3 cm. long''', after BOETTCHER. Magnified 30 diameters.


 
wh, Wall of the after-brain ; rl, recessus labyrinthi ; Ib, vesicle of the labyrinth ; gc, ganglion cochleare, which is in contact with a part of the labyrinth-vesicle (dc) that grows out into the ductus cochlearis.  
 
|}
 
Fig. 275. Vertical [cross] section through the vesicle of the labyrinth of an embryo Sheep 1-3 cm. long, after BOETTCHER. Magnified 30 diameters.
 
'iih, Wall of the after-brain ; rl, recessus labyrinth! ; Ib, vesicle of the labyrinth ; &lt;/c, ganglion cochleare, which is in contact with a part of the labyrinth-vesicle (dc) that grows out into the ductns cochlearis.  
 
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER.
 
 
 
493
 
 
rl
 
 
am (&gt;:b)
^
"in"
vV
hb
dc
 


It is difficult to follow the formation of the otoliths within the otocyst. In one case, which FOL was able to follow, they were developed by an epithelial cell in the wall of the vesicle. The cell secretes small calcareous concretions in its protoplasm, becomes enlarged in consequence, and protrudes as an elevation into the endolymph. When it has become more heavily loaded with calcic salts, it is connected with the wall by means of a stalk only, and finally it becomes entirely detached from the wall and falls into the cavity of the vesicle, in which it is kept floating and rotating by the ciliate cells.  
It is difficult to follow the formation of the otoliths within the otocyst. In one case, which FOL was able to follow, they were developed by an epithelial cell in the wall of the vesicle. The cell secretes small calcareous concretions in its protoplasm, becomes enlarged in consequence, and protrudes as an elevation into the endolymph. When it has become more heavily loaded with calcic salts, it is connected with the wall by means of a stalk only, and finally it becomes entirely detached from the wall and falls into the cavity of the vesicle, in which it is kept floating and rotating by the ciliate cells.  


In Vertebrates the otocyst, which, as we have seen, agrees in its first fundament with the organ of hearing in Invertebrates, is converted into a very complicated structure, the membranous labyrinth, -the evolution of which in Mammals I shall describe in some detail. It undergoes metamorphoses, in which the formation of folds and constrictions plays the principal part (fig. 276). The auditorv sac de
In Vertebrates the otocyst, which, as we have seen, agrees in its first fundament with the organ of hearing in Invertebrates, is converted into a very complicated structure, the membranous labyrinth, -the evolution of which in Mammals I shall describe in some detail. It undergoes metamorphoses, in which the formation of folds and constrictions plays the principal part (fig. 276). The auditorv sac detached from the epidermis, and lying at the side of the after-brain, soon exhibits a small, dorsally directed projection, the recessus labyrinthi or ductus endoly niphaticus (fig. 275 rl). Probably we have to do in this with the remnant of the original stalk by means of which the auditory vesicle was connected with the epidermis. According to some investigators, on the contrary, the .stalk disappears entirely and this evagination is a new structure. The first assumption is favored especially by the previously mentioned condition in the Selachians the presence of a long tube, which maintains a permanent connection between labyrinth and epidermis.  
/
tached from the epidermis, and lying at the side of the after-brain, soon exhibits a small, dorsally directed projection, the recessus labyrinthi or ductus endoly niphaticus (fig. 275 rl). Probably we have to do in this with the remnant of the original stalk by means of which the auditory vesicle was connected with the epidermis. According to some investigators, on the contrary, the .stalk disappears entirely and this evagination is a new structure. The first assumption is favored especially by the previously mentioned condition in the Selachians the presence of a long tube, which maintains a permanent connection between labyrinth and epidermis.  
 
 


<div id="Fig276"></div>
[[File:Hertwig276.jpg|600px]]


Fig. 276. Membranous labyrinth of the left side of a [human] embryo, after a wax model by KRAUSE.  
Fig. 276. Membranous labyrinth of the left side of a [human] embryo, after a wax model by KRAUSE.  
Line 524: Line 366:
//, Recessus labyrinth! ; dc, ductus cochlearis ; hb, pocket from which the horizontal semicircular canal is formed ; a in', enlargement of the pocket which becomes the ampulla of the horizontal canal ; am (rb), vb', * common pocket from which the two vertical semicircular canals are developed ; am (vb), enlargement of the common pocket from which the ampulla of the anterior vertical canal arises. An opening (w) has been formed in the pocket, through which one sees the recessus labyrinthi. * Region of the pocket which becomes the common arm of the two vertical canals (sinus superior) ; rb', part of the common pocket which furnishes the posterior vertical canal.  
//, Recessus labyrinth! ; dc, ductus cochlearis ; hb, pocket from which the horizontal semicircular canal is formed ; a in', enlargement of the pocket which becomes the ampulla of the horizontal canal ; am (rb), vb', * common pocket from which the two vertical semicircular canals are developed ; am (vb), enlargement of the common pocket from which the ampulla of the anterior vertical canal arises. An opening (w) has been formed in the pocket, through which one sees the recessus labyrinthi. * Region of the pocket which becomes the common arm of the two vertical canals (sinus superior) ; rb', part of the common pocket which furnishes the posterior vertical canal.  


 
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 
494
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 


Later this appendage of the labyrinth (figs. 276-9 rl) grows out dorsally to a great length, during which its walls come into dose contact with each other, excepting at the blind end, which is enlarged into a small sac (fig. 279 rl*).  
Later this appendage of the labyrinth (figs. 276-9 rl) grows out dorsally to a great length, during which its walls come into dose contact with each other, excepting at the blind end, which is enlarged into a small sac (fig. 279 rl*).  


Meanwhile the auditory sac itself (figs. 275-7) begins to be elongated and to be formed into a ventrally directed conical process (dc), the first fundament of the ductus cochlearis, which is curved inward a little toward the brain (fig. 277 nh), and the concave side of which  
Meanwhile the auditory sac itself (figs. 275-7) begins to be elongated and to be formed into a ventrally directed conical process (dc), the first fundament of the ductus cochlearis, which is curved inward a little toward the brain (fig. 277 nh), and the concave side of which lies in close contact with the previously mentioned ganglionic enlargement (yc) of the auditory nerve (hn).
 
 
hn vb
 
 
dc




<div id="Fig277"></div>
[[File:Hertwig277.jpg|600px]]


Fig, 277. Cross section through the head of a Sheep embryo 1'6 cm. long, in the region of the labyrinth-sac. On the right side is represented a section which passes through the middle of the sac ; on the left, one that is situated somewhat farther forward. After BOETTCHER.  
Fig, 277. Cross section through the head of a Sheep embryo 1'6 cm. long, in the region of the labyrinth-sac. On the right side is represented a section which passes through the middle of the sac ; on the left, one that is situated somewhat farther forward. After BOETTCHER.  
Line 549: Line 380:
hn, Auditory nerve ; vb, vertical semicircular canal ; gc, ganglion cochleare (spirale) ; dc, ductus cochlearis ; /, inward-projecting fold, whereby the sac of the labyrinth is divided into utriculus and sacculus ; rl, recessns labyrinth! ; tth, after-brain.  
hn, Auditory nerve ; vb, vertical semicircular canal ; gc, ganglion cochleare (spirale) ; dc, ductus cochlearis ; /, inward-projecting fold, whereby the sac of the labyrinth is divided into utriculus and sacculus ; rl, recessns labyrinth! ; tth, after-brain.  


lies in close contact with the previously mentioned ganglionic enlargement (yc) of the auditory nerve (hn).
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


It will be serviceable in the following description if we now distinguish an upper and a lower division of the labyrinth. They are not yet, it is true, distinctly delimited from each other, but in later stages they become more sharply separated by an inward-projecting fold (figs. 277-9/).


The upper part (pars superior} furnishes the utriculus and the semicircidar canals. Of the latter the two vertical canals arise first, the horizontal canal being formed later. The method of their origin


It will be serviceable in the following description if we now distinguish an upper and a lower division of the labyrinth. They are not yet, it is true, distinctly delimited from each other, but in later stages they become more sharply separated by an inward-projecting fold (figs. 277-9/).


THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER.  
The upper part (pars superior} furnishes the utriculus and the semicircidar canals. Of the latter the two vertical canals arise first, the horizontal canal being formed later. The method of their origin was early ascertained by the zoologist RATHKE in the case of Coluber. Recently KRAUSE has still further elucidated the interesting processes by the construction of wax models of the conditions in mammalian embryos.  
 
 
 
495
 
 
was early ascertained by the zoologist RATHKE in the case of Coluber. Recently KRAUSE has still further elucidated the interesting processes by the construction of wax models of the conditions in mammalian embryos.  
 
As is to be seen from the various sections (figs. 277, 278), but still better from the model (fig. 276) produced by reconstruction, the semicircular canals are developed by the protrusion of several evaginations of the wall of the sac, which have the form of thin pockets or discs (hb, vb) with a semicircular outline. The marginal part of each such e vagination now becomes con side i 1 ably enlarged, whereas the
 
 
remaining
 
 
 
vb
 


U J
As is to be seen from the various sections (figs. 277, 278), but still better from the model (fig. 276) produced by reconstruction, the semicircular canals are developed by the protrusion of several evaginations of the wall of the sac, which have the form of thin pockets or discs (hb, vb) with a semicircular outline. The marginal part of each such e vagination now becomes con side i 1 ably enlarged, whereas the remaining portions of the two epithelial layers come into close contact and begin to fuse. As the result of this simple process -the enlargement at the margin and the fusion of the walls which takes place in the middle there is formed a semicircular canal, which communicates at two places with the original cavity of the vesicle. At one of its openings the canal is early enlarged into an ampulla (fig. 276 am and am'}. The middle part, in which the fusion has taken place, soon disappears, the epithelial membrane being broken through by a growth of the connective tissue (fig. 276 6).  
hb  
 
 
dc
 
 
portions  
of the two epithelial layers come into close contact and begin to fuse. As the result of this simple process -the enlargement at the margin and the fusion of the walls which takes place in the middle there is formed a semicircular canal, which communicates at two places with the original cavity of the vesicle. At one of its openings the canal is early enlarged into an ampulla (fig. 276 am and am'}. The middle part, in which the fusion has taken place, soon disappears, the epithelial membrane being broken through by a growth of the connective tissue (fig. 276 6).  


There exists an interesting difference between the development of the horizontal and the two vertical canals, which was discovered by KRAUSE. Whereas the horizontal canal is established as a small pocket by itself (fig. 276 hb), the two vertical canals arise together from a single large pocket-like fundament (fig. 276 am (vb), *, vb').  
There exists an interesting difference between the development of the horizontal and the two vertical canals, which was discovered by KRAUSE. Whereas the horizontal canal is established as a small pocket by itself (fig. 276 hb), the two vertical canals arise together from a single large pocket-like fundament (fig. 276 am (vb), *, vb').  


 
<div id="Fig278"></div>
[[File:Hertwig278.jpg|600px]]


Fig. 278. Cross section through half of the head of a foetal Sheep 2 cm. long, in the region of the labyrinth, after BOETTCHEK. Magnified 30 diameters.  
Fig. 278. Cross section through half of the head of a foetal Sheep 2 cm. long, in the region of the labyrinth, after BOETTCHEK. Magnified 30 diameters.  
Line 593: Line 399:
rl, Recessus labyrinth! ; vb, hb, vertical and horizontal semicircular canals; U, utriculus ; f, inward-projecting fold, by which the labyrinth-sac is divided into utriculus and sacculus ; dc, ductus cochlearis ; yc, ganglion cochleare.  
rl, Recessus labyrinth! ; vb, hb, vertical and horizontal semicircular canals; U, utriculus ; f, inward-projecting fold, by which the labyrinth-sac is divided into utriculus and sacculus ; dc, ductus cochlearis ; yc, ganglion cochleare.  


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++




496
The walls of this large pocket come into contact with each other and fuse at two different places. At one of them there has already been formed, in the preparation from which this model (fig. 276) was constructed, an opening (o) by the resorption of the fused epithelial areas, whereas at the second place (vb 1 ) the epithelial membrane is still preserved. Between the fused parts of the pocket there remains open a middle region, which is indicated in the model by an asterisk, and this becomes the common arm (sinus superior) of the two vertical canals. Thus embryology furnishes for this peculiarity, too, a simple satisfactory explanation.  
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
The walls of this large pocket come into contact with each other and fuse at two different places. At one of them there has already been formed, in the preparation from which this model (fig. 276) was constructed, an opening (o) by the resorption of the fused epithelial areas, whereas at the second place (vb 1 ) the epithelial membrane is still preserved. Between the fused parts of the pocket there remains open a middle region, which is indicated in the model by an asterisk,  
 
 
 
 
i '&lt;:!&amp;,.  
 
i f. ;mj$\..
 
J
w P ''"
 
 
Jck




<div id="Fig279"></div>
[[File:Hertwig279.jpg|600px]]


Fig. 279. View produced by combination from two cross sections through the labyrinth of a  
Fig. 279. View produced by combination from two cross sections through the labyrinth of a  
Line 625: Line 414:
cochlea ; sp, sinus petrosus inferior.  
cochlea ; sp, sinus petrosus inferior.  


and this becomes the common arm (sinus superior) of the two vertical canals. Thus embryology furnishes for this peculiarity, too, a simple satisfactory explanation.
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 
 


That which remains of the upper portion of the auditory vesicle, after the semicircular canals have grown forth from its wall, is called the utriculus (figs. 278-80 U).  
That which remains of the upper portion of the auditory vesicle, after the semicircular canals have grown forth from its wall, is called the utriculus (figs. 278-80 U).  


Meanwhile no less significant and fundamental alterations take place in the lower part of the auditory sac and lead to the formation of sacculus and ductus coc/ilearis.  
Meanwhile no less significant and fundamental alterations take place in the lower part of the auditory sac and lead to the formation of sacculus and ductus coc/ilearis.  
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER.
497


By a continually deepening constriction (fig. 279 /) the lower portion (S) is delimited from the utriculus (U), and finally remains connected with it by a very narrow tubule only (canalis utriculo-saccularis figs. 280 R and 282 2 ). Since the constriction affects exactly that place of the labyrinth-sac from which the recessus labyrinth! arises, the opening of the latter subsequently comes to lie within the territory of the canalis utriculo-saccularis, at about its middle (figs. 280 R and 282 2 ). In this manner there is produced an appearance as though the recessus labyrinthi were split at its beginning into two narrow tubules, one of which leads into the sacculus, the other into the utriculus.  
By a continually deepening constriction (fig. 279 /) the lower portion (S) is delimited from the utriculus (U), and finally remains connected with it by a very narrow tubule only (canalis utriculo-saccularis figs. 280 R and 282 2 ). Since the constriction affects exactly that place of the labyrinth-sac from which the recessus labyrinth! arises, the opening of the latter subsequently comes to lie within the territory of the canalis utriculo-saccularis, at about its middle (figs. 280 R and 282 2 ). In this manner there is produced an appearance as though the recessus labyrinthi were split at its beginning into two narrow tubules, one of which leads into the sacculus, the other into the utriculus.  


By a second deep constriction (figs. 279, 280, 282) the sacculus (S) is separated from the developing ductus cochlearis (dc). Here also a connection is maintained by means of an extraordinarily fine connecting tubule only (cr), which HENSEN discovered and has described as canalis reuniens. The ductus cochlearis itself increases greatly in length, and at the same  
By a second deep constriction (figs. 279, 280, 282) the sacculus (S) is separated from the developing ductus cochlearis (dc). Here also a connection is maintained by means of an extraordinarily fine connecting tubule only (cr), which HENSEN discovered and has described as canalis reuniens. The ductus cochlearis itself increases greatly in length, and at the same up in spiral turns in the soft, envt loping, embryonic connective tissue, until in Man it describes two and a half turns (figs. 280 C and 282 Con). Since the first whorl is the largest, and the others are successively narrower, it acquires a great resemblance to a snail-shell.
 
 
 
U
 
 
time begins to be rolled


<div id="Fig280"></div>
[[File:Hertwig280.jpg|600px]]


Fig. 280. Diagram to illustrate the ultimate condition of the membranous labyrinth [after WALDEYER].  
'''Fig. 280. Diagram to illustrate the ultimate condition of the membranous labyrinth''', after WALDEYER.  


U, Utriculus ; S, sacculus; Cr, canalis reunions ; R, recessus labyrinthi ; C, cochlea ; K, blind sac of the cupola ; V, vestibular blin 1 sac of the ductus cochlearis.  
U, Utriculus ; S, sacculus; Cr, canalis reunions ; R, recessus labyrinthi ; C, cochlea ; K, blind sac of the cupola ; V, vestibular blin 1 sac of the ductus cochlearis.  


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++




up in spiral turns in the soft, envt loping, embryonic connective tissue, until in Man it describes two and a half turns (figs. 280 C and 282 Con). Since the first whorl is the largest, and the others are successively narrower, it acquires a great resemblance to a snail-shell.


The alterations in the external form of the vesicle are accompanied by changes in the nature of its epithelium also. This is separated into the indifferent epithelial cells, which simply serve as a lining, and the real auditory cells. The former are flattened, becoming cubical or scale-like, and cover the greater part of the inner surface of the semicircular canals, the sacculus, the utriculus, the recessus labyrinthi, and the ductus cochlearis. The auditory cells, on the contrary, are elongated, become cylindrical or spindle-shaped, and acquire at the free surface hairs, which project into the endolymph. By the separation of the vesicle into its various divisions the  
The alterations in the external form of the vesicle are accompanied by changes in the nature of its epithelium also. This is separated into the indifferent epithelial cells, which simply serve as a lining, and the real auditory cells. The former are flattened, becoming cubical or scale-like, and cover the greater part of the inner surface of the semicircular canals, the sacculus, the utriculus, the recessus labyrinthi, and the ductus cochlearis. The auditory cells, on the contrary, are elongated, become cylindrical or spindle-shaped, and acquire at the free surface hairs, which project into the endolymph. By the separation of the vesicle into its various divisions the auditory epithelium is distributed into an equal number of separate patches, to which then the auditory nerve is distributed. Accordingly the auditory epithelium is resolved into a macula acustica in the sacculus and another in the utriculus, into a crista acustica, in each of the ampulla} of the semicircular canals, and into an especially complicated termination in the ductus cochlearis. Hero the auditory epithelium grows out into a long spiral band, which is known under the name of CORTI'S organ.  
32
 
 
498 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
auditory epithelium is distributed into an equal number of separate patches, to which then the auditory nerve is distributed. Accordingly the auditory epithelium is resolved into a macula acustica in the sacculus and another in the utriculus, into a crista acustica, in each of the ampulla} of the semicircular canals, and into an especially complicated termination in the ductus cochlearis. Hero the auditory epithelium grows out into a long spiral band, which is known under the name of CORTI'S organ.  


Upon the separation of the auditory epithelium into maculae, cristae, and organ of CORTI, the originally single auditory nerve distributed to the auditory vesicle is likewise resolved into separate branches. We distinguish in the case of the auditory nerve the nervus vestibuli, which is in turn divided into numerous branches distributed to the maculae and cristse, and the nervus cochlece.  
Upon the separation of the auditory epithelium into maculae, cristae, and organ of CORTI, the originally single auditory nerve distributed to the auditory vesicle is likewise resolved into separate branches. We distinguish in the case of the auditory nerve the nervus vestibuli, which is in turn divided into numerous branches distributed to the maculae and cristse, and the nervus cochlece.  
Line 674: Line 445:
(b] Development of the Membranous Ear-Capsule into the Bony Labyrinth and the Perilymphatic Sj)aces.  
(b] Development of the Membranous Ear-Capsule into the Bony Labyrinth and the Perilymphatic Sj)aces.  


All of the changes which have been mentioned hitherto have proceeded from the epithelial vesicle which was constricted off from the outer germ-layer. It is now my purpose to direct attention to a series of processes which take place around the epithelial cavities, in the mesenchyme in which they are imbedded. The processes lead to the formation of the bony labyrinth, the perilymphatic spaces and soft connective-tissue layers, which are intimately joined to the purely epithelial structures hitherto treated of, and with the latter are embraced in descriptive anatomy under the name of membranous labyrinth. Changes take place here similar to those in the development of the neural tube and of the eye, in which cases also the connective-tissue surroundings are modified in a special manner and with  
All of the changes which have been mentioned hitherto have proceeded from the epithelial vesicle which was constricted off from the outer germ-layer. It is now my purpose to direct attention to a series of processes which take place around the epithelial cavities, in the mesenchyme in which they are imbedded. The processes lead to the formation of the bony labyrinth, the perilymphatic spaces and soft connective-tissue layers, which are intimately joined to the purely epithelial structures hitherto treated of, and with the latter are embraced in descriptive anatomy under the name of membranous labyrinth. Changes take place here similar to those in the development of the neural tube and of the eye, in which cases also the connective-tissue surroundings are modified in a special manner and with reference to the epithelial parts. In the present instance there are produced structures which are comparable with those existing in the former cases, as has already been pointed out by Ko" LLIKER, SCHWALBE, and others.  
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 499
reference to the epithelial parts. In the present instance there are produced structures which are comparable with those existing in the former cases, as has already been pointed out by Ko" LLIKER, SCHWALBE, and others.  


The comparison may be carried into details. The parts arising from the primitive auditory vesicle are at first surrounded by a soft, vascular connective-tissue layer, as the neural tube and the epithelial optic cup are. To the pia mater of the brain corresponds the vascular membrane of the eye and the soft ear-capsule, or the connective-tissue wall of the membranous labyrinth. Around all three organs a firm envelope has been developed for the purpose of protection ; around the brain the dura mater with the cranial capsule, around the eye the sclerotica, and around the organ of hearing the bony labyrinth with its periosteum. To these is to be added still a third noteworthy agreement. In all three cases the soft and firm envelopes are separated by more or less considerable fissure-like spaces, which belong to the lymphatic system. Around the neural tube the subdural and the subarachnoid spaces are found, around the eye the perichoroid fissure, around the organ of hearing the perilymphatic spaces, which have received in the cochlea the special names of scalse (fig. 283 ST and SV}.  
The comparison may be carried into details. The parts arising from the primitive auditory vesicle are at first surrounded by a soft, vascular connective-tissue layer, as the neural tube and the epithelial optic cup are. To the pia mater of the brain corresponds the vascular membrane of the eye and the soft ear-capsule, or the connective-tissue wall of the membranous labyrinth. Around all three organs a firm envelope has been developed for the purpose of protection ; around the brain the dura mater with the cranial capsule, around the eye the sclerotica, and around the organ of hearing the bony labyrinth with its periosteum. To these is to be added still a third noteworthy agreement. In all three cases the soft and firm envelopes are separated by more or less considerable fissure-like spaces, which belong to the lymphatic system. Around the neural tube the subdural and the subarachnoid spaces are found, around the eye the perichoroid fissure, around the organ of hearing the perilymphatic spaces, which have received in the cochlea the special names of scalse (fig. 283 ST and SV}.  
Line 687: Line 454:
The further changes must be followed separately in the semicircular canals, the utriculus and sacculus and the ductus cochlearis,  
The further changes must be followed separately in the semicircular canals, the utriculus and sacculus and the ductus cochlearis,  


The throe semicircular canals do not lie exactly in the middle of the cavities of the embryonic cartilage containing the gelatinous tissue, but are so situated that their convex borders are in almost immediate contact with the cartilage, whereas their concave sides are separated from it by a thick layer of gelatinous tissue. The latter is differentiated into three layers : into a middle portion, in which the gelatinous intercellular substance is greatly increased in volume, and becomes at the same time more fluid, and into two limiting layers, which are converted into fibrous connective tissue. One of the two [the inner] is intimately united to the epithelial tube, for the nutrition of which it provides by means of a close network of blood-vessels distributed through it ; the other [the outer] lies on the inner surface of the cartilaginous envelope and becomes its perichondrium.


500


<div id="Fig280"></div>
[[File:Hertwig280.jpg|600px]]


EMBRYOLOGY.
'''Fig. 281. Section through the cochlea of a Sheep embryo 7 cm. long''', after BOKTTCHER. Magnified 20 diameters.  
 
 
 
The throe semicircular canals do not lie exactly in the middle of the cavities of the embryonic cartilage containing the gelatinous tissue, but are so situated that their convex borders are in almost immediate contact with the cartilage, whereas their concave sides are separated from it by a thick layer of gelatinous tissue. The latter is differentiated into three layers : into a middle portion, in which the gelatinous intercellular substance is greatly increased in volume, and becomes at the same time more fluid, and into two limiting layers, which are converted into fibrous connective tissue. One of the two [the inner] is intimately united to the epithelial tube, for the nutrition of which
 
 
dc
 
 
dc
 
 
Cdc
 
 
kk
 
 
 
dc
 
 
kl
 
 
nc
 
 
nc gs ns
 
 
S U
 
 
Fig. 281. Section through the cochlea of a Sheep embryo 7 cm. long, after BOKTTCHER. Magnified 20 diameters.  


/,/, Cartilaginous capsule of the cochlea ; S, sacculus with the nerve (ns) distributed to it ; U, utricle ; gs, ganglion connected with the cochlear nerve (nc) and sending nerve-fibres (ns) to the sacculus ; gsp, ganglion spirale ; dc, ductus cochlearis ; C, CORTI'S organ ; g, gelatinous tissue in the periphery of the ductus cochlearis ; x, more compact connective-tissue layers.  
/,/, Cartilaginous capsule of the cochlea ; S, sacculus with the nerve (ns) distributed to it ; U, utricle ; gs, ganglion connected with the cochlear nerve (nc) and sending nerve-fibres (ns) to the sacculus ; gsp, ganglion spirale ; dc, ductus cochlearis ; C, CORTI'S organ ; g, gelatinous tissue in the periphery of the ductus cochlearis ; x, more compact connective-tissue layers.  


it provides by means of a close network of blood-vessels distributed through it ; the other [the outer] lies on the inner surface of the cartilaginous envelope and becomes its perichondrium.
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 
The gelatinous tissue of the middle layer is of only short duration. It soon shows signs of degeneration. The stellate cells become filled with fat granules in the vicinity of their nuclei and in their long processes ; later they disintegrate. In the gelatinous matrix there are formed, by a continually advancing process of softening, cavities filled with fluid. These increase in size and then become confluent, until finally there has arisen between the connective-tissue membrane of the semicircular canals and the perichondrium, in place of the
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER.
 
 
 
501
 
 
gelatinous tissue, a large space filled with perilymph, which is indicated in the diagram, fig. 282, in black. Here and there, however, connective-tissue cords remain running from one layer of connective tissue to the other, and serving as bridges for the nerves and bloodvessels which are distributed to the semicircular canals.
 
Finally, a last alteration takes place in the cartilaginous envelope
 


\


The gelatinous tissue of the middle layer is of only short duration. It soon shows signs of degeneration. The stellate cells become filled with fat granules in the vicinity of their nuclei and in their long processes ; later they disintegrate. In the gelatinous matrix there are formed, by a continually advancing process of softening, cavities filled with fluid. These increase in size and then become confluent, until finally there has arisen between the connective-tissue membrane of the semicircular canals and the perichondrium, in place of the gelatinous tissue, a large space filled with perilymph, which is indicated in the diagram, fig. 282, in black. Here and there, however, connective-tissue cords remain running from one layer of connective tissue to the other, and serving as bridges for the nerves and bloodvessels which are distributed to the semicircular canals.


Finally, a last alteration takes place in the cartilaginous envelope by its becoming converted into bone-substance by endochondral ossification. Thus the membranous semicircular canals are enclosed in the bony semicircular canals (fig. 282 a and 1&gt; KL], which are enlarged reproductions of the former.


Fig. 282. Diagrammatic representation of the whole organ of hearing in Man, from WIEDKKSHEIM.  
<div id="Fig282"></div>
[[File:Hertwig282.jpg|500px]]


Outer air: M, &lt;!/, auricle; Mac, meatus auditorius externus ; 0, its wall; Mt, membrana tympani. Middle car: Ct, Ct, cavum tympani ; O l , its wall; SAp, sound-conducting apparatus, which i.s drawn as a simple rod-like body in place of the auditory ossicles ; the place f corresponds to the stapedial plate, which closes the fenestra ovalis ; Tb, tuba Eustachii ; Tb 1 , its opening- into the pharynx; 0", its wall. Inner car: the bony labyrinth (KL, KL') for the most part cut away ; S, sacculus ; a, b, the two vertical membranous and osseous semicircular canals ; S.e, D.e, saccus and ductus endolymphaticus, of which the latter is divided at 2 into two arms ; Cp, cavum perilyinphaticum ; Cr, canalis reunions ; Con, membranous cochlea, which produces at + the vestibular cceciun ; Con 1 , bony cochlea ; Sv and St, scala vestibuli and scala tympini, which at * communicate with each other at the cupula tenninalis (Ct) ; D.p, ductus perilymphaticus, which arises from the scala tympani at (I and opens out at D.p 1 . The horizontal semicircular canal is not specially designated, but is easily recognisable.  
'''Fig. 282. Diagrammatic representation of the whole organ of hearing in Man''', from WIEDKKSHEIM.  


by its becoming converted into bone-substance by endochondral ossification. Thus the membranous semicircular canals are enclosed in the bony semicircular canals (fig. 282 a and 1&gt; KL], which are enlarged reproductions of the former.  
Outer ear: M, M, auricle; Mae, meatus auditorius externus ; 0, its wall; Mt, membrana tympani. Middle car: Ct, Ct, cavum tympani ; O' , its wall; SAp, sound-conducting apparatus, which i.s drawn as a simple rod-like body in place of the auditory ossicles ; the place f corresponds to the stapedial plate, which closes the fenestra ovalis ; Tb, tuba Eustachii ; Tb 1 , its opening- into the pharynx; 0", its wall. Inner car: the bony labyrinth (KL, KL') for the most part cut away ; S, sacculus ; a, b, the two vertical membranous and osseous semicircular canals ; S.e, D.e, saccus and ductus endolymphaticus, of which the latter is divided at 2 into two arms ; Cp, cavum perilyinphaticum ; Cr, canalis reunions ; Con, membranous cochlea, which produces at + the vestibular cceciun ; Con 1 , bony cochlea ; Sv and St, scala vestibuli and scala tympini, which at * communicate with each other at the cupula tenninalis (Ct) ; D.p, ductus perilymphaticus, which arises from the scala tympani at (I and opens out at D.p 1 . The horizontal semicircular canal is not specially designated, but is easily recognisable.  


Corresponding changes (iig. 282) are also accomplished in the periphery of the utriculus and sacculus (#), and lead to the formation of (1) a perilymphatic space (Cp), which is in communication with


 
Corresponding changes (fig. 282) are also accomplished in the periphery of the utriculus and sacculus (#), and lead to the formation of (1) a perilymphatic space (Cp), which is in communication with the perilymphatic spaces of the semicircular canals, and (2) a bony envelope (A"7/') of the atrium or vestibulum, which constitutes the middle region of the bony labyrinth.  
502 EMBRYOLOGY.  
 
the perilymphatic spaces of the semicircular canals, and (2) a bony envelope (A"7/') of the atrium or vestibulum, which constitutes the middle region of the bony labyrinth.  


The envelope of the epithelial cochlear duct, which becomes the bony cochlea with its scalse, undergoes a more complicated alteration. It is already differentiated, at the time when the duct (fig. 279 dc) makes only half of a spiral turn, into an inner, soft and an outer, firm layer, the latter becoming cartilage (kk). The cartilaginous capsule (fig. 281 kk), which is continuous with the cartilaginous mass of the remaining parts of the labyrinth and together with them constitutes a part of the ospetrosum, afterwards encloses a lenticular cavity and possesses below a broad opening, through which the cochlear nerve (no) enters. The resemblance to a snail-shell is not yet observable ; it takes place gradually and is produced by two changes : by the outgrowth of the epithelial duct and by the differentiation of the soft tissue surrounding it into parts which are fluid and such as become more firm.  
The envelope of the epithelial cochlear duct, which becomes the bony cochlea with its scalse, undergoes a more complicated alteration. It is already differentiated, at the time when the duct (fig. 279 dc) makes only half of a spiral turn, into an inner, soft and an outer, firm layer, the latter becoming cartilage (kk). The cartilaginous capsule (fig. 281 kk), which is continuous with the cartilaginous mass of the remaining parts of the labyrinth and together with them constitutes a part of the ospetrosum, afterwards encloses a lenticular cavity and possesses below a broad opening, through which the cochlear nerve (no) enters. The resemblance to a snail-shell is not yet observable ; it takes place gradually and is produced by two changes : by the outgrowth of the epithelial duct and by the differentiation of the soft tissue surrounding it into parts which are fluid and such as become more firm.  
Line 768: Line 485:
In its outgrowth the epithelial ductus cochlearis describes within its capsule the previously mentioned spiral turns (dc), shown in cross section in fig. 283 ; at the same time it remains quite closely approximated to the inner surface of the capsule (kk). The cochlear nerve (nc) ascends from its place of entrance straight up through the centre of the turns, consequently in the axis of the capsule, and gives off numerous lateral branches to the concave side of the cochlear duct (dc), where they are enlarged into the ganglion (gsp), which has now also grown out into a spiral band. The nutritive blood-vessels have taken the same course as the nerves.  
In its outgrowth the epithelial ductus cochlearis describes within its capsule the previously mentioned spiral turns (dc), shown in cross section in fig. 283 ; at the same time it remains quite closely approximated to the inner surface of the capsule (kk). The cochlear nerve (nc) ascends from its place of entrance straight up through the centre of the turns, consequently in the axis of the capsule, and gives off numerous lateral branches to the concave side of the cochlear duct (dc), where they are enlarged into the ganglion (gsp), which has now also grown out into a spiral band. The nutritive blood-vessels have taken the same course as the nerves.  


When the development has advanced as far as this, there still remains to be accomplished only an histological differentiation in the soft mesenchyme which fills the cartilaginous capsule in order to produce the parts of the finished cochlea that are still wanting the modiolus, the lamina spiralis ossea, the bony cochlea, and the vestibular and tympanic scalse (fig. 283). Here, as in the vicinity of the semicircular canals the utriculus and the sacculus, the mesenchyme is differentiated into a firmer connective substance, which becomes fibrous, and into a gelatinous tissue (g), which is continually becoming softer. Fibrous connective substance is developed first around the trunks of the nerves (nc) and blood-vessels that enter the cartilaginous capsule ; furnishing the foundation of the future bony axis of the snail-shell (M), secondly it furnishes an envelope for nerve-fibres (N) that run from the axis to the epithelial cochlear duct, for the gangli
When the development has advanced as far as this, there still remains to be accomplished only an histological differentiation in the soft mesenchyme which fills the cartilaginous capsule in order to produce the parts of the finished cochlea that are still wanting the modiolus, the lamina spiralis ossea, the bony cochlea, and the vestibular and tympanic scalse (fig. 283). Here, as in the vicinity of the semicircular canals the utriculus and the sacculus, the mesenchyme is differentiated into a firmer connective substance, which becomes fibrous, and into a gelatinous tissue (g), which is continually becoming softer. Fibrous connective substance is developed first around the trunks of the nerves (nc) and blood-vessels that enter the cartilaginous capsule ; furnishing the foundation of the future bony axis of the snail-shell (M), secondly it furnishes an envelope for nerve-fibres (N) that run from the axis to the epithelial cochlear duct, for the ganglionic cells (ysp), and for the blood-vessels, and constitutes a connectivetissue plate which is subsequently ossified to form the lamina spiralis ossea. Thirdly, it clothes with a thin layer the epithelial ductus, serving for the distribution of the blood-vessels on the latter, and together with it is designated as the membranous ductus cochlearis. Fourthly, it lines the inner surface of the cartilaginous capsule as perichondrium (P). Finally, fifthly, there is formed a connective tissue plate (Y) extending between the cartilaginous ridge which, as previously described, projects inward from the capsule and the connective -tissue axis of the cochlea (M). It is stretched out between and separates the successive turns of the membranous cochlear duct, so that the latter now comes to lie in a large canal, the wall of which is in part cartilaginous, in part membranous. This canal is the foundation of the bony cochlea.  
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 503
onic cells (ysp), and for the blood-vessels, and constitutes a connectivetissue plate which is subsequently ossified to form the lamina spiralis ossea. Thirdly, it clothes with a thin layer the epithelial ductus, serving for the distribution of the blood-vessels on the latter, and together with it is designated as the membranous ductus cochlearis. Fourthly, it lines the inner surface of the cartilaginous capsule as perichondrium (P). Finally, fifthly, there is formed a connective tissue plate (Y) extending between the cartilaginous ridge which, as previously described, projects inward from the capsule and the connective -tissue axis of the cochlea (M). It is stretched out between and separates the successive turns of the membranous cochlear duct, so that the latter now comes to lie in a large canal, the wall of which is in part cartilaginous, in part membranous. This canal is the foundation of the bony cochlea.  


That portion of the mesenchyme which is not converted into fibrous connective tissue becomes gelatinous tissue (g and &lt;/). It forms bet\veen the parts just mentioned two spiral tracts, one of \vhich is located above and the other below the membranous ductus cochlearis and the membranous lamina spiralis. The tracts therefore occupy the place of the scala vestibuli (SV) and the scala tympani (&gt;ST). The latter arise, even before the process of ossification begins, in exactly the same w r ay as the perilymphatic spaces in the case of the semicircular canals and the vestibule. In the gelatinous tissue the matrix becomes softer and more fluid, and the cells begin to undergo fatty degeneration. Small fluid-filled cavities make their appearance ; these become joined to one another, and finally the \vhole space occupied by gelatinous tissue is filled with perilymph. The process of softening begins at the base of the cochlea in the region of the first spiral (ST and SV), and advances slowly toward the cupola. Here vestibular and tympanic scalse finally unite, after the last remnant of the gelatinous tissue has been dissolved. Figure 283 exhibits a stage in which, at the base of the cochlea, the perilymphatic spaces (SV and &gt;ST) have been formed, and only small remnants of the gelatinous tissue ((/') are present, whereas at the apex of the cochlea the process of liquefaction of the gelatinous tissue (y) has not yet taken place.  
That portion of the mesenchyme which is not converted into fibrous connective tissue becomes gelatinous tissue (g and &lt;/). It forms bet\veen the parts just mentioned two spiral tracts, one of \vhich is located above and the other below the membranous ductus cochlearis and the membranous lamina spiralis. The tracts therefore occupy the place of the scala vestibuli (SV) and the scala tympani (&gt;ST). The latter arise, even before the process of ossification begins, in exactly the same w r ay as the perilymphatic spaces in the case of the semicircular canals and the vestibule. In the gelatinous tissue the matrix becomes softer and more fluid, and the cells begin to undergo fatty degeneration. Small fluid-filled cavities make their appearance ; these become joined to one another, and finally the \vhole space occupied by gelatinous tissue is filled with perilymph. The process of softening begins at the base of the cochlea in the region of the first spiral (ST and SV), and advances slowly toward the cupola. Here vestibular and tympanic scalse finally unite, after the last remnant of the gelatinous tissue has been dissolved. Figure 283 exhibits a stage in which, at the base of the cochlea, the perilymphatic spaces (SV and &gt;ST) have been formed, and only small remnants of the gelatinous tissue ((/') are present, whereas at the apex of the cochlea the process of liquefaction of the gelatinous tissue (y) has not yet taken place.  


With the development of the scala? the membranous ductus cochlearis changes form. Whereas its cross section was formerly oval, it now assumes the form of a triangle (dc). For those portions of the wall which are adjacent to the vestibular and tympanic scalse, and which have been named from them, gradually become flattened,  
With the development of the scala? the membranous ductus cochlearis changes form. Whereas its cross section was formerly oval, it now assumes the form of a triangle (dc). For those portions of the wall which are adjacent to the vestibular and tympanic scalse, and which have been named from them, gradually become flattened, and are stretched out smoothly between the free margin of the lamina spiralis and the inner wall of the cartilaginous capsule. In this process the tympanic wall (C) comes to lie in the same plane as the lamina spiralis, the vestibular wall (Iv) forms with the tympanic an acute angle, and the third wall (x) is everywhere in close contact with the perichondrium of the cartilaginous capsule.  
 
 
504
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.  
 
 
 
efc
 
 
 
lek
 


Fig. 283. Part of a section through the cochlea of an embryo Cat 9 cm. long, after BOETTCHER.


kk, Cartilaginous capsule, in which the cochlear duct describes ascending spiral turns; dc, ductus cochleares ; C, organ of Coim ; ie, lamina vestibularis ; x, outer wall of the membranous ductus cochlearis with ligamentum spirale ; &lt;ST, scala vestibuli ; ST, ST', scala tympani ; g, gelatinous tissue, which still fills the scala vestibuli (.si/) in its last turns ; //, remnant of the gelatinous tissue, which is not yet liquefied ; M, firm connective tissue surrounding the cochlear nerve (nc) ; gsp, ganglion spirale ; N, nerve which runs to CORTI'S organ in the future lamina spiralis ossea ; Y, compact connective-tissue layer, which becomes ossified and shares in bounding the bony cochlear duct ; P, perichondrium.  
<div id="Fig283"></div>
[[File:Hertwig283.jpg|600px]]


'''Fig. 283. Part of a section through the cochlea of an embryo Cat 9 cm. long''', after BOETTCHER.


:kk, Cartilaginous capsule, in which the cochlear duct describes ascending spiral turns; dc, ductus cochleares ; C, organ of Coim ; ie, lamina vestibularis ; x, outer wall of the membranous ductus cochlearis with ligamentum spirale ; SV, scala vestibuli ; ST, ST', scala tympani ; g, gelatinous tissue, which still fills the scala vestibuli (sv') in its last turns ; g', remnant of the gelatinous tissue, which is not yet liquefied ; M, firm connective tissue surrounding the cochlear nerve (nc) ; gsp, ganglion spirale ; N, nerve which runs to CORTI'S organ in the future lamina spiralis ossea ; Y, compact connective-tissue layer, which becomes ossified and shares in bounding the bony cochlear duct ; P, perichondrium.


THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 505
and are stretched out smoothly between the free margin of the lamina spiralis and the inner wall of the cartilaginous capsule. In this process the tympanic wall (C) comes to lie in the same plane as the lamina spiralis, the vestibular wall (Iv) forms with the tympanic an acute angle, and the third wall (x) is everywhere in close contact with the perichondrium of the cartilaginous capsule.


The epithelial lining of the membranous duct us cochlearis assumes very different conditions in the three corresponding regions of its wall. Whereas the epithelial cells of the vestibular and the outer walls become in part cubical, in part quite flat, those of the tympanic wall become elongated, and are in connection with the terminal filaments of the cochlear nerve ; they produce the complicated organ of CORTI (C), which, like the auditory ridges and auditory patches of the ampullre, the sacculus and utriculus, contains the terminal ends of the auditory nerve.  
The epithelial lining of the membranous duct us cochlearis assumes very different conditions in the three corresponding regions of its wall. Whereas the epithelial cells of the vestibular and the outer walls become in part cubical, in part quite flat, those of the tympanic wall become elongated, and are in connection with the terminal filaments of the cochlear nerve ; they produce the complicated organ of CORTI (C), which, like the auditory ridges and auditory patches of the ampullre, the sacculus and utriculus, contains the terminal ends of the auditory nerve.  


The construction of the intricate cochlea approaches completion with the beginning of the process of ossification. The latter is accomplished by two methods. First, the cartilaginous capsule ossifies in the endochoiidral manner, as does the whole cartilaginous os petrosum, of which it constitutes a small part. The osseous tissue thus formed is for a long time spongy and provided with large medullary spaces. Secondly, the previously mentioned fibrous connective-tissue layersthe partitions between the cochlear canals, the connective-tissue axis or the niodiolus and the lamina spiralis undergo direct ossification. At the same time compact bone-lamell?e are laid down from within on the spongy bone-tissue formed from the cartilaginous capsule; these lamelke are formed, as BOETTCHER has shown, by the original perichondrium, which becomes the periosteum. Consequently the bony cochlear capsule, since it is produced by periosteal secretion, may be easily detached from the loose osseous tissue of endochoiidral origin during early post-natal years.  
The construction of the intricate cochlea approaches completion with the beginning of the process of ossification. The latter is accomplished by two methods. First, the cartilaginous capsule ossifies in the endochoiidral manner, as does the whole cartilaginous os petrosum, of which it constitutes a small part. The osseous tissue thus formed is for a long time spongy and provided with large medullary spaces. Secondly, the previously mentioned fibrous connective-tissue layersthe partitions between the cochlear canals, the connective-tissue axis or the niodiolus and the lamina spiralis undergo direct ossification. At the same time compact bone-lamell?e are laid down from within on the spongy bone-tissue formed from the cartilaginous capsule; these lamelke are formed, as BOETTCHER has shown, by the original perichondrium, which becomes the periosteum. Consequently the bony cochlear capsule, since it is produced by periosteal secretion, may be easily detached from the loose osseous tissue of endochoiidral origin during early post-natal years.


(c) Development of the Accessory Apparatus of the Organ of Hearing.
===Development of the Accessory Apparatus of the Organ of Hearing===


(Middle and External Ear.}
(Middle and External Ear.)
With the membranous and bony labyrinth, which are together called the inner ear, there is associated a subsidiary apparatus, in the same way that the eye-muscles, the lids, and the lachrymal glands and ducts are added to the eyeball. It is made up of structures which are wanting in the lower Vertebrates (Fishes), but, beginning to be developed in the Amphibia, become more and more complete in


 
With the membranous and bony labyrinth, which are together called the inner ear, there is associated a subsidiary apparatus, in the same way that the eye-muscles, the lids, and the lachrymal glands and ducts are added to the eyeball. It is made up of structures which are wanting in the lower Vertebrates (Fishes), but, beginning to be developed in the Amphibia, become more and more complete in the higher forms. Their function is to transmit vibrations to the labyrinth, and consequently they are together called the conducting apparatus. From their position they are also known as middle and outer ear. The former consists in Mammals, where it attains its highest development (diagram, fig. 284), of the tympanic cavity (67), the Eustachian tube (Tb), and the three auditory ossicles ($Ap] ; the latter, of the tympanic membrane (M), the external meatus (Mae), and the external ear or auricle (M). The statement just made, that these parts are wanting in Fishes, is to be taken cum grano salis : it is as a sound-conducting apparatus only that they are wanting, for they are present even in the case of Fishes, but only as structures of a different function and in a more simple condition. For the various accessory apparatus of the, organ of hearing are developed out of the first visceral cleft and certain parts which are located in its periphery.  
506 EMBRYOLOGY.  
 
the higher forms. Their function is to transmit vibrations to the labyrinth, and consequently they are together called the conducting apparatus. From their position they are also known as middle and outer ear. The former consists in Mammals, where it attains its highest development (diagram, fig. 284), of the tympanic cavity (67), the Eustachian tube (Tb), and the three auditory ossicles ($Ap] ; the latter, of the tympanic membrane (M), the external meatus (Mae), and the external ear or auricle (M). The statement just made, that these parts are wanting in Fishes, is to be taken cum grano salis : it is as a sound-conducting apparatus only that they are wanting, for they are present even in the case of Fishes, but only as structures of a different function and in a more simple condition. For the various accessory apparatus of the, organ of hearing are developed out of the first visceral cleft and certain parts which are located in its periphery.  


Here also it will be well to acquaint ourselves with the originalthe initial condition, for which the Selachians may serve as an example.  
Here also it will be well to acquaint ourselves with the originalthe initial condition, for which the Selachians may serve as an example.  
Line 820: Line 514:
In them the greater part of the first visceral cleft, which is situated between the mandibular and hyoid arches and between the nervus trigeminus and n. acustico-facialis, disappears ; at the side of the throat it becomes closed, remaining open only at the origin, or base, of the two visceral arches. It then has the form of a short canal, which possesses a small round opening at its inner and another at its outer end, and which passes in very close proximity to the labyrinth-region of the skull, in which the organ of hearing is located. The canal, here called the spiracle, has no longer anything to do with respiration, since the branchial leaflets on its wall have undergone degeneration. Owing to its position in the immediate vicinity of the labyrinth, it presents, even in the Selachians, the best course for the propagation of the sound-waves to the inner ear, and this is the chief ground for its entering wholly into the service of the organ of hearing in the remaining Vertebrates, and for its being developed in a more serviceable manner for this particular function.  
In them the greater part of the first visceral cleft, which is situated between the mandibular and hyoid arches and between the nervus trigeminus and n. acustico-facialis, disappears ; at the side of the throat it becomes closed, remaining open only at the origin, or base, of the two visceral arches. It then has the form of a short canal, which possesses a small round opening at its inner and another at its outer end, and which passes in very close proximity to the labyrinth-region of the skull, in which the organ of hearing is located. The canal, here called the spiracle, has no longer anything to do with respiration, since the branchial leaflets on its wall have undergone degeneration. Owing to its position in the immediate vicinity of the labyrinth, it presents, even in the Selachians, the best course for the propagation of the sound-waves to the inner ear, and this is the chief ground for its entering wholly into the service of the organ of hearing in the remaining Vertebrates, and for its being developed in a more serviceable manner for this particular function.  


The structures in the higher Vertebrates corresponding to the spiracle of the Selachians are (fig. 284) the tympanic cavity (Ct), the Eustachian tube (77&gt;), and the external meatus (Mae). They likewise are developed out of the upper part of the first visceral cleft. Although it lias recently been asserted by certain investigators (URBANTSCHITSCH) that they have nothing to do with the first visceral cleft, but are established independently by the evagina
The structures in the higher Vertebrates corresponding to the spiracle of the Selachians are (fig. 284) the tympanic cavity (Ct), the Eustachian tube (77&gt;), and the external meatus (Mae). They likewise are developed out of the upper part of the first visceral cleft. Although it lias recently been asserted by certain investigators (URBANTSCHITSCH) that they have nothing to do with the first visceral cleft, but are established independently by the evagination of the pharynx, this view is opposed not only to comparativeanatomical considerations, but also to statements of KOLLIKER, MOLDENHAUER, and HOFFMANN, which relate to the development in Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals.


In the classes of Vertebrates just mentioned the first visceral cleft is closed in its upper part also, contrary to the condition in Selachians.*
The closure becomes more firm and complete owing to the ingrowth of a connective-tissue layer between the inner and outer epithelial plates. Remnants of the first visceral cleft are preserved on both sides of the closing membrane as depressions of greater or less depth ; an inner one on the side toward the pharyngeal cavity, and an outer one which is surrounded by ridges of the first and second visceral arches.


THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER.
* See the statements discussed in a previous chapter (p. 2X7), concerning the mooted question whether the visceral clefts remain closed by means oi' an epithelial membrane or are temporarily open.
 
 
 
507
 
 
tion of the pharynx, this view is opposed not only to comparativeanatomical considerations, but also to statements of KOLLIKER, MOLDENHAUER, and HOFFMANN, which relate to the development in Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals.
 
In the classes of Vertebrates just mentioned the first visceral  
 


<div id="Fig284"></div>
[[File:Hertwig284.jpg|600px]]


Fig. 284. Diagrammatic representation of the whole organ of hearing in Man, from WIKDEKSHEIM.  
'''Fig. 284. Diagrammatic representation of the whole organ of hearing in Man''', from WIKDEKSHEIM.  


Outer car: M, M, auricle; Mac, meat/us axiditorius externus ; O, its wall; Mt, membrana tympani. Middle car: Ct, Ct, cavum tympani ; O 1 , its wall; SAj&gt;, sound-conducting apparatus, which is drawn as a simple rod-like body in place of the auditory ossicles; the place t corresponds to the stapedial plate, which closes the fenestra ovalis ; Tb, tuba Eustachii ; Tb 1 , its opening into the pharynx; 0", its wall, fiitu .rmr: the bony labyrinth (KL, A'Z 1 ) for the most part cut away ; S, sacculus ; a, b, the two vertical membranous and osseous semicircular canals ; S.e, D.e, saccus and ductus endolymphaticus, of which the latter is divided at 2 into two arms ; Cp, cavum perilymphaticum ; Or, canalis reuiiiens ; Con, membranous cochlea, which produces at -t- the vestibular ccecuru ; Con 1 , bony cochlea ; Sv aad St, scala vestibuli and scala tympani, which at * communicate with each other at the cupula terminalis (Ct) ', D.z&gt;, ductus perilymphaticus, which arises from the scala tympani a b d and opens out at D.p\ The horizontal semicircular canal is not specially designated, but is easily recognisable.  
Outer car: M, M, auricle; Mac, meat/us axiditorius externus ; O, its wall; Mt, membrana tympani. Middle car: Ct, Ct, cavum tympani ; O 1 , its wall; SAj&gt;, sound-conducting apparatus, which is drawn as a simple rod-like body in place of the auditory ossicles; the place t corresponds to the stapedial plate, which closes the fenestra ovalis ; Tb, tuba Eustachii ; Tb 1 , its opening into the pharynx; 0", its wall, fiitu .rmr: the bony labyrinth (KL, A'Z 1 ) for the most part cut away ; S, sacculus ; a, b, the two vertical membranous and osseous semicircular canals ; S.e, D.e, saccus and ductus endolymphaticus, of which the latter is divided at 2 into two arms ; Cp, cavum perilymphaticum ; Or, canalis reuiiiens ; Con, membranous cochlea, which produces at -t- the vestibular ccecuru ; Con 1 , bony cochlea ; Sv aad St, scala vestibuli and scala tympani, which at * communicate with each other at the cupula terminalis (Ct) ', D.z&gt;, ductus perilymphaticus, which arises from the scala tympani a b d and opens out at D.p\ The horizontal semicircular canal is not specially designated, but is easily recognisable.  


cleft is closed in its upper part also, contrary to the condition in Selachians.*
The closure becomes more firm and complete owing to the ingrowth of a connective-tissue layer between the inner and outer epithelial plates. Remnants of the first visceral cleft are preserved
* See the statements discussed in a previous chapter (p. 2X7), concerning the mooted question whether the visceral clefts remain closed by means oi' an epithelial membrane or are temporarily open.
508 EMBRYOLOGY.
on both sides of the closing membrane as depressions of greater or less depth ; an inner one on the side toward the pharyngeal cavity, and an outer one which is surrounded by ridges of the first and second visceral arches.


The inner depression, which is called canalis or sulcus tubo-tym panicus (pharyngo-tympanicus), is located, like the spiracle, between trigeminus and acustico-faeialis, It becomes the middle ear, and is enlarged by an evagination that is directed upward, outward, and backward. The evagination inserts itself between the labyrinth and the place of closure of the first visceral cleft, and takes the form of a laterally compressed space, which is now to be distinguished as tympanic cavity from the tubular remnant of the sulcus tympanicus, or Eustachian tube. Its lumen is very small, especially in the case of advanced embryos of Man and Mammals, its lateral and median walls being almost in immediate contact. This results chiefly from the fact that there is present beneath the epithelial lining of the middle ear a richly developed gelatinous tissue. The latter still encloses at this time structures, the auditory ossicles and the chorda tympani, which later come to lie, as it were, free in the tympanic cavity.  
The inner depression, which is called canalis or sulcus tubo-tym panicus (pharyngo-tympanicus), is located, like the spiracle, between trigeminus and acustico-faeialis, It becomes the middle ear, and is enlarged by an evagination that is directed upward, outward, and backward. The evagination inserts itself between the labyrinth and the place of closure of the first visceral cleft, and takes the form of a laterally compressed space, which is now to be distinguished as tympanic cavity from the tubular remnant of the sulcus tympanicus, or Eustachian tube. Its lumen is very small, especially in the case of advanced embryos of Man and Mammals, its lateral and median walls being almost in immediate contact. This results chiefly from the fact that there is present beneath the epithelial lining of the middle ear a richly developed gelatinous tissue. The latter still encloses at this time structures, the auditory ossicles and the chorda tympani, which later come to lie, as it were, free in the tympanic cavity.  


The tympanic membrane also is now in a condition very unlike that which it afterwards acquires. The history of its formation is by no means so simple as was formerly supposed. For it is not derived exclusively from, the narrow closing membrane of the first visceral cleft ; the neighboring parts of the first and second membranous visceral arches also participate in its production. The embryonic tympanic membrane is therefore at first a thick connective-tissue plate, and encloses at its margins the auditory ossicles, the tensor tympani, and the chorda tympani. The reduction in the thickness of the tympanic membrane takes place at a late period, simultaneously with an increasing enlargement of the tympanic cavity. Both are brought about by shrinkage of the gelatinous tissue, and by an accompanying growth of the mucous membrane lining the tympanic cavity. Wherever the gelatinous tissue disappears the mucous membrane takes its place, inserting itself between the individual ossicles and the chorda tympani, which thus come to lie apparently free in the tympanic cavity. In reality, however, they lie outside of it, for they continue to be clothed on all sides by the growing mucous membrane, and are connected with the wall of the tympanic cavity by means of folds of that membrane (malleusfold, incus-fold, etc.), in much the same manner as the abdominal  
The tympanic membrane also is now in a condition very unlike that which it afterwards acquires. The history of its formation is by no means so simple as was formerly supposed. For it is not derived exclusively from, the narrow closing membrane of the first visceral cleft ; the neighboring parts of the first and second membranous visceral arches also participate in its production. The embryonic tympanic membrane is therefore at first a thick connective-tissue plate, and encloses at its margins the auditory ossicles, the tensor tympani, and the chorda tympani. The reduction in the thickness of the tympanic membrane takes place at a late period, simultaneously with an increasing enlargement of the tympanic cavity. Both are brought about by shrinkage of the gelatinous tissue, and by an accompanying growth of the mucous membrane lining the tympanic cavity. Wherever the gelatinous tissue disappears the mucous membrane takes its place, inserting itself between the individual ossicles and the chorda tympani, which thus come to lie apparently free in the tympanic cavity. In reality, however, they lie outside of it, for they continue to be clothed on all sides by the growing mucous membrane, and are connected with the wall of the tympanic cavity by means of folds of that membrane (malleusfold, incus-fold, etc.), in much the same manner as the abdominal organs which grow into the body-cavity are invested by the peritoneum and supported from its walls by the mesenteries.  
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER.
 
 
 
509
 
 
organs which grow into the body-cavity are invested by the peritoneum and supported from its walls by the mesenteries.  


With a reduction in the thickness of the tympanic membrane there occurs a condensation of its connective-tissue substance, whereby it is enabled to fulfil its ultimate function as a vibrating membrane.  
With a reduction in the thickness of the tympanic membrane there occurs a condensation of its connective-tissue substance, whereby it is enabled to fulfil its ultimate function as a vibrating membrane.  


A more extended discussion of the development of the auditory ossicles will be deferred to a subsequent section, which deals with the origin of the skeleton. At present, only a few words further concerning the formation of the external ear, which, as has already been stated, is derived from a depression on the outer side of the place of closure of the first visceral cleft. Its __
{|
development has been minutely investigated in the Chick by MOLDENHAUER and in the human embryo by His. As the lateral view of a very young human embryo (fig. 274) shows, the first visceral cleft is surrounded by ridge-like margins, which belong to the first and second visceral arches, and are early divided into six elevations designated by Arabic numerals. From these is derived the auricle, which therefore involves a rather extensive tract of the embryonic head (the pars auricularis). The pocket between the ridges, at the bottom of which the tympanic membrane is met with, becomes the external meatus, This is continually growing deeper owing to the surrounding wall of the side of the face becoming greatly thickened ; finally it is developed into a long canal, the wall of which is in part bony, in part cartilaginous. The six elevations mentioned, which surround the orifice of the external ineatus, together constitute a bulky ring. The accompanying representation (fig. 285) shows clearly its metamorphosis into the external ear. It shows that out of the elevations 1 and 5 the tragus and antitrasrus are  
| A more extended discussion of the development of the auditory ossicles will be deferred to a subsequent section, which deals with the origin of the skeleton. At present, only a few words further concerning the formation of the external ear, which, as has already been stated, is derived from a depression on the outer side of the place of closure of the first visceral cleft. Its development has been minutely investigated in the Chick by MOLDENHAUER and in the human embryo by His. As the lateral view of a very young human embryo (fig. 274) shows, the first visceral cleft is surrounded by ridge-like margins, which belong to the first and second visceral arches, and are early divided into six elevations designated by Arabic numerals. From these is derived the auricle, which therefore involves a rather extensive tract of the embryonic head (the pars auricularis). The pocket between the ridges, at the bottom of which the tympanic membrane is met with, becomes the external meatus, This is continually growing deeper owing to the surrounding wall of the side of the face becoming greatly thickened ; finally it is developed into a long canal, the wall of which is in part bony, in part cartilaginous. The six elevations mentioned, which surround the orifice of the external ineatus, together constitute a bulky ring. The accompanying representation (fig. 285) shows clearly its metamorphosis into the external ear. It shows that out of the elevations 1 and 5 the tragus and antitrasrus are developed, out of 2 and 3 the helix, and out of 4 the antihelix. The lobule of the ear remains for a long time small ; it is not until the fifth month that it becomes more distinct. It is derived from the hillock marked with the numeral 6. At the close of the second month all the essential parts of the external ear are easily recognisable ; from the third month onward tho upper and posterior part of the auricle grows out more from the surface of the head ; and it acquires greater firmness upon the differentiation of the auricular cartilage, which had already begun at the end of the second month,
O O
| <div id="Fig285"></div>
developed, out of 2 and 3 the helix, and out of 4 the antihelix. The lobule of the ear remains for a long time small ; it is not until the fifth month that it becomes more distinct. It is derived from the hillock marked with the numeral 6. At the close of the second month all the essential parts of the external ear are easily  
[[File:Hertwig285.jpg|300px]]
 
 
 
Fig. 285. _ Fundament of the outer ear of a human embryo, after His.
 
The elevation marked 1 produces the tragus ; 5, the antitragus. The elevations 2 and 3 produce the helix ; 4, the antihelix. From the ti'act (3 is formed the lobule. A", Lower jaw.
 
 
 
510 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
recognisable ; from the third month onward tho upper and posterior part of the auricle grows out more from the surface of the head ; and it acquires greater firmness upon the differentiation of the auricular cartilage, which had already begun at the end of the second month,  
SUMMARY.
 
1. The most essential part of the organ of hearing, the membranous labyrinth, is developed at the side of the after -brain above the first visceral cleft from, a pit-like depression of the outer germlayer.
 
2. By closure the auditory pit becomes the auditory vesicle ; it sinks down and becomes imbedded in embryonic connective tissue, from which the cranial capsule is subsequently developed.
 
3. The auditory vesicle acquires the complicated form of the membranous labyrinth by various evaginations of its wall, and becomes differentiated into the utriculus, with the three semicircular canals, into the sacculus with the canalis reunions and the cochlea, as well as into the recessus vestibuli, by means of which sacculus and utriculus remain permanently connected with each other.
 
4. The auditory nerve and the auditory epithelium, which are at first single, are likewise divided as soon as the vesicle is differentiated into a number of regions into several nerve-branches (nervus vestibuli, n. cochlea?) and nerve-terminations (the cristse acusticse of the three ampullae, a macula acustica for the utriculus and another for the sacculus, and the organ of CORTI).
 
5. The embryonic connective tissue, in which are enclosed the auditory vesicle and the products of its metamorphosis, is differentiated into three parts :  
) Into a thin connective-tissue layer, which is closely applied to the epithelial wall and together with it constitutes the membranous labyrinth ;
Into a gelatinous tissue, which becomes liquefied during embryonic life and furnishes the perilymphatic spaces (in the cochlea the scala vestibuli and the scala tympani) ; (c) Into a cartilaginous capsule, from which there arises by a
process of ossification the bony labyrinth.
 
G. The middle and outer ear are derived from the upper part of the first visceral cleft (the spiracle of Selachians) and its periphery.  
 
 


THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 511
'''Fig. 285. Fundament of the outer ear of a human embryo''', after His.  
7. The tympanic membrane, which at first is rather thick and only gradually becomes reduced to a thin, tense membrane, is developed out of the closing plate of the first visceral cleft and the adjacent parts of the visceral arches.  


8. The tympanic cavity and the Eustachian tube are developed out of a depression on the median side of the tympanic membrane, the sulcus tubo-tympanicus, and out of an evagination. from it extending upward, outward, and backward.  
The elevation marked 1 produces the tragus ; 5, the antitragus. The elevations 2 and 3 produce the helix ; 4, the antihelix. From the tract 6 is formed the lobule. K, Lower jaw.  
|}
===Summary===


9. The tympanic cavity is at first extremely small, the connective tissue of the mucous membrane that surrounds it being gelatinous [and voluminous].  
# The most essential part of the organ of hearing, the membranous labyrinth, is developed at the side of the after -brain above the first visceral cleft from, a pit-like depression of the outer germlayer.
# By closure the auditory pit becomes the auditory vesicle ; it sinks down and becomes imbedded in embryonic connective tissue, from which the cranial capsule is subsequently developed.
# The auditory vesicle acquires the complicated form of the membranous labyrinth by various evaginations of its wall, and becomes differentiated into the utriculus, with the three semicircular canals, into the sacculus with the canalis reunions and the cochlea, as well as into the recessus vestibuli, by means of which sacculus and utriculus remain permanently connected with each other.
# The auditory nerve and the auditory epithelium, which are at first single, are likewise divided as soon as the vesicle is differentiated into a number of regions into several nerve-branches (nervus vestibuli, n. cochlea?) and nerve-terminations (the cristse acusticse of the three ampullae, a macula acustica for the utriculus and another for the sacculus, and the organ of CORTI).
# The embryonic connective tissue, in which are enclosed the auditory vesicle and the products of its metamorphosis, is differentiated into three parts :
## Into a thin connective-tissue layer, which is closely applied to the epithelial wall and together with it constitutes the membranous labyrinth
## Into a gelatinous tissue, which becomes liquefied during embryonic life and furnishes the perilymphatic spaces (in the cochlea the scala vestibuli and the scala tympani)
## Into a cartilaginous capsule, from which there arises by a process of ossification the bony labyrinth.
# The middle and outer ear are derived from the upper part of the first visceral cleft (the spiracle of Selachians) and its periphery.  
# The tympanic membrane, which at first is rather thick and only gradually becomes reduced to a thin, tense membrane, is developed out of the closing plate of the first visceral cleft and the adjacent parts of the visceral arches.
# The tympanic cavity and the Eustachian tube are developed out of a depression on the median side of the tympanic membrane, the sulcus tubo-tympanicus, and out of an evagination. from it extending upward, outward, and backward.
# The tympanic cavity is at first extremely small, the connective tissue of the mucous membrane that surrounds it being gelatinous [and voluminous].
#. The auditory ossicles and the chorda tympani lie at first outside the tympanic cavity in the gelatinous tissue of its wall ; it is only after shrivelling of the gelatinous tissue that they come to lie in folds of the mucous membrane, which project into the now more capacious tympanic cavity (incus-fold, malleus-fold).
# The external meatus is developed from the periphery of the depression that lies on the lateral side of the tympanic membrane ; the auricle arises from six elevations, which are converted into tragus, antitragus, helix, antihelix, and the lobule of the ear.


10. The auditory ossicles and the chorda tympani lie at first outside the tympanic cavity in the gelatinous tissue of its wall ; it is only after shrivelling of the gelatinous tissue that they come to lie in folds of the mucous membrane, which project into the now more capacious tympanic cavity (incus-fold, malleus-fold).
==The Development of the Organ of Smell==
 
11. The external meatus is developed from the periphery of the depression that lies on the lateral side of the tympanic membrane ; the auricle arises from six elevations, which are converted into tragus, antitragus, helix, antihelix, and the lobule of the ear.
 
 
 
0. The Development of the Organ of Smell.


The organ of smell is, like the eye and ear, a product of the outer germ-layer, from which it is developed somewhat later than the two higher sensory organs. It first becomes noticeable, at either side of the broad frontal process (fig. 274) previously described, as a thickening of the outer germ-layer which His has designated in human embryos as nasal area. Both fundaments soon become more distinct owing to the fact that each nasal area becomes depressed into a kind of trough, the edges of which rise up as folds (fig. 286). An olfactory lobe, which has been formed meantime by an evagination of the cerebral vesicle, grows out on either side to the thickened epithelium of this area, where its nerve-fibrillce terminate.  
The organ of smell is, like the eye and ear, a product of the outer germ-layer, from which it is developed somewhat later than the two higher sensory organs. It first becomes noticeable, at either side of the broad frontal process (fig. 274) previously described, as a thickening of the outer germ-layer which His has designated in human embryos as nasal area. Both fundaments soon become more distinct owing to the fact that each nasal area becomes depressed into a kind of trough, the edges of which rise up as folds (fig. 286). An olfactory lobe, which has been formed meantime by an evagination of the cerebral vesicle, grows out on either side to the thickened epithelium of this area, where its nerve-fibrillce terminate.  


The two olfactory pits, which are formed in a similar manner in all Vertebrates with the exception of the Cyclostomes, in which only an unpaired pit arises, are separated from each other by a considerable distance. They therefore appear at first as distinctly paired structures, whereas in their ultimate condition in the higher Vertebrates they have approached each other toward the median plane and become an apparently unpaired organ, the nose,  
The two olfactory pits, which are formed in a similar manner in all Vertebrates with the exception of the Cyclostomes, in which only an unpaired pit arises, are separated from each other by a considerable distance. They therefore appear at first as distinctly paired structures, whereas in their ultimate condition in the higher Vertebrates they have approached each other toward the median plane and become an apparently unpaired organ, the nose,  
512
EMBRYOLOGY.


The study of tho development of tin 1 origin of smell acquires  
The study of tho development of tin 1 origin of smell acquires  
additional interest, when one lakes into account the comparative - anatomical conditions. It is then found that the various stages through which the organ of smell passes during embryonic life, in Mammals for example, have been preserved as permanent conditions in lower classes of Vertebrates. Thus in the case of many groups of Fishes the organ of smell is preserved, as it were, in its initial stage in the form of a pair of pits. Upon closer histological investigation, however, this condition acquires a special interest, because it presents points of comparison with simpler sensory organs which are distributed over the integument. As BLAUE especially has shown in a meritorious work, the olfactory nerve does not terminate in this case in a continuous olfactory epithelium, but in individual, sharply  
additional interest, when one lakes into account the comparative - anatomical conditions. It is then found that the various stages through which the organ of smell passes during embryonic life, in Mammals for example, have been preserved as permanent conditions in lower classes of Vertebrates. Thus in the case of many groups of Fishes the organ of smell is preserved, as it were, in its initial stage in the form of a pair of pits. Upon closer histological investigation, however, this condition acquires a special interest, because it presents points of comparison with simpler sensory organs which are distributed over the integument. As BLAUE especially has shown in a meritorious work, the olfactory nerve does not terminate in this case in a continuous olfactory epithelium, but in individual, sharply differentiated organs (fig. 287 rk), which, although closely crowded in an indifferent ciliate epithelium (fe), are nevertheless separated from each other.


<div id="Fig286"></div>
[[File:Hertwig286.jpg|600px]]


Fig. 286. Frontal reconstruction of the oro-pharyngeal cavity of a human embryo (Ry of His) 11'5 mm. long, neck measurement. From His, " Menschliche Bmbryonen." Magnified 12 diameters.  
'''Fig. 286. Frontal reconstruction of the oro-pharyngeal cavity of a human embryo (Rg of His) 11.5 mm. long''', neck measurement. From His, " Menschliche Bmbryonen." Magnified 12 diameters.  


The upper jaw is seen in perspective, the lower jaw in section. The posterior visceral arches are not visible from the outside, since they have moved into the depths of the cervical sinus.  
The upper jaw is seen in perspective, the lower jaw in section. The posterior visceral arches are not visible from the outside, since they have moved into the depths of the cervical sinus.  


<div id="Fig287"></div>
[[File:Hertwig287.jpg|600px]]


'''Fig. 287. Longitudinal section through three olfactory buds from the regio olfactoria of Belone''', after BLAUE. Highly magnified.


rk, Olfactory bud ; fe, indifferent ciliate epithelium in several layers ; n, branch of the olfactory nerve.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++




,,. .?&gt;. &gt;
The organs (rk) consist of numerous fine, rod-like cells, which at their free ends bear fine bristles and are united into bundles that are distinctly delimited from the ordinary cells of the epidermis. They closely resemble the sensory nerve-terminations which are abimd;intly and widely distributed in the epidermis of Fishes and other lower Vertebrates the beaker-like oryans or the nervous end-buds. BLAUE has therefore named them olfactory buds. He proceeds from the conception that, like the similarly constructed gustatory buds of the oral cavity, they are descended from the sensory organs distributed over the whole integument. The organ of smell is simply a depressed patch of the skin richly provided with terminal nerve-buds, which, undergoing a change of function, has come to subserve a specific sense. The continuous olfactory epithelium of the higher Vertebrates has arisen from the originally scattered, isolated olfactory buds (fig. 287 rk) by a process of fusion, the indifferent epithelium (fe) having gradually disappeared. In certain species of Fishes and Amphibia such a transition can be demonstrated.  
 


The further development of the organ of smell is especially characterised by the olfactory pits coming into relation with the oral cavity. Each of them (fig. 286) develops a furrow which runs downward to the upper margin of the mouth and receives on its outer side the previously described lachrymal groove, coming in an oblique direction from the eye. Nasal pit and nasal furrow become deeper in older embryos (fig. 288), owing to their margins protruding outward as ridges and forming the so-called inner and outer nasal processes. The two inner nasal processes are separated from each other by a shallow furrow running from above downward ; they together produce a thick partition between the two olfactory pits that in the higher Vertebrates subsequently becomes more and more reduced in thickness. They also furnish the middle of the roof &lt;i)f the mouth. The outer nasal processes (also called the lateral frontal processes by His) form on either side a ridge protruding between the eye and the organ of smell, and furnish the material for the formation of the lateral walls of the nose and the alee. Their lower margins meet the front end of the transversely located maxillary processes, from which they are delimited externally by the lachrymal grooves.


'2T&lt;s
<div id="Fig288"></div>
f? %^-'
[[File:Hertwig288.jpg|600px]]
'f ' '


'''Fig. 288. Fundament of the nose and the roof of the primitive mouthcavity of a human embryo (C. II. of His), seen from below after removal of the lower jaw.''' From His, "Menschliche Embryonen." Magnified 12 diameters.


&lt;?.&amp; .
" i 1'IS
.
n
Fig. 287. Longitudinal section through three olfactory buds from the regio olfactoria of Belone, after BLAUE. Highly magnified.
r/t, Olfactory bud ; fo, indifferent ciliate epithelium in several layers ; n, branch of the olfactory nerve.
differentiated organs (fig. 287 rk), which, although closely crowded in an indifferent ciliate epithelium (fe), are nevertheless separated from each other.
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER.
513
The organs (rk) consist of numerous fine, rod-like cells, which at their free ends bear fine bristles and are united into bundles that are distinctly delimited from the ordinary cells of the epidermis. They closely resemble the sensory nerve-terminations which are abimd;intly and widely distributed in the epidermis of Fishes and other lower Vertebrates the beaker-like oryans or the nervous end-buds. BLAUE has therefore named them olfactory buds. He proceeds from the conception that, like the similarly constructed gustatory buds of the oral cavity, they are descended from the sensory organs distributed over the whole integument. The organ of smell is simply a depressed patch of the skin richly provided with terminal nerve-buds, which, undergoing a change of function, has come to subserve a specific sense. The continuous olfactory epithelium of the higher Vertebrates has arisen from the originally scattered, isolated olfactory buds (fig. 287 rk} by a process of fusion, the indifferent epithelium (fe) having gradually disappeared. In certain species of Fishes and Amphibia such a transition can be demonstrated.
The further development of the organ of smell is especially characterised by the olfactory pits coming into relation with the oral cavity. Each of them (fig. 286) develops a furrow which runs downward to the upper margin of the mouth and receives on its outer
side the previously described lachrymal groove, coming in an oblique direction from the eye. Nasal pit and nasal furrow become deeper in older embryos (fig. 288), owing to their margins protruding outward as ridges and forming the so-called inner and outer nasal processes. The two inner nasal processes are separated from each other by a shallow furrow running from above downward ; they together produce a thick partition between the two olfactory pits that in the higher Vertebrates subsequently becomes more and more reduced in thickness. They also furnish the middle of the roof &lt;i)f the mouth. The outer nasal processes (also called the lateral frontal processes by His) form on either side a ridge protruding between the eye and the organ of smell, and furnish the material for the formation of the lateral walls of the nose and the alee. Their lower margins meet
33
Fig. 288. Fundament of the nose and the roof of the primitive mouthcavity of a human embryo (C. II. of His), seen from below after removal of the lower jaw. From His, "Menschliche Embryonen." Magnified 12 diameters.
514
EMBRYOLOGY.
the front end of the transversely located maxillary processes, from which they are delimited externally by the lachrymal grooves.


On the median wall of the nasal pit there exists a special small depression, which was first found by Dims Y in mammalian embryos, and which is also observable in human embryos at a very early stage (His). It is the fundament of JACOBSON'S oryan, which afterwards makes its way into the septum of the nose. It receives from the olfactory nerve a special branch, which is indeed of remarkable size in embryos.  
On the median wall of the nasal pit there exists a special small depression, which was first found by Dims Y in mammalian embryos, and which is also observable in human embryos at a very early stage (His). It is the fundament of JACOBSON'S oryan, which afterwards makes its way into the septum of the nose. It receives from the olfactory nerve a special branch, which is indeed of remarkable size in embryos.  


The stage with the nasal groove exists as the permanent condition in many Selachians. In these cases the deep nasal pits, which are enclosed )in a cartilaginous capsule, and the mucous membrane of which is raised up into  
The stage with the nasal groove exists as the permanent condition in many Selachians. In these cases the deep nasal pits, which are enclosed )in a cartilaginous capsule, and the mucous membrane of which is raised up into numerous parallel folds, lie on the under surface of the elongated snout or rostrum. Deep grooves, which are bounded by folds of the skin containing muscles, and which can be closed as if by valves, lead to the front margin of the mouth at some distance from its angle.  
numerous parallel folds, lie on the under surface of the elongated snout or rostrum. Deep grooves, which are bounded by folds of the skin containing muscles, and which can be closed as if by valves, lead to the front margin of the mouth at some distance from its angle.  
 
 
 
The next stage, which in human embryos is reached in the second half of the second month,
exhibits the organ of smell converted into two canals, which have been produced by the fusion of the margins of the two grooves, especially that of the inner nasal process with the maxillary process, which advances toward the median plane. The canals now possess two openings, the external and the internal nasal orifice (fig. 289) or the nares. The two external nares lie only a little above the border of the mouth-opening ; the internal, in the roof of the primitive oral cavity, on account of which they have been named by DURSY the primitive palatal clefts. They are located far forward, only a little removed from the edge of the mouth, a position which they retain permanently in the case of the Dipnoi and Amphibia. At first round, they afterwards become elongated and assume the form of a fissure running from in front backward.
 
With the metamorphosis of the organ of smell into a canal leading




The next stage, which in human embryos is reached in the second half of the second month, exhibits the organ of smell converted into two canals, which have been produced by the fusion of the margins of the two grooves, especially that of the inner nasal process with the maxillary process, which advances toward the median plane. The canals now possess two openings, the external and the internal nasal orifice (fig. 289) or the nares. The two external nares lie only a little above the border of the mouth-opening ; the internal, in the roof of the primitive oral cavity, on account of which they have been named by DURSY the primitive palatal clefts. They are located far forward, only a little removed from the edge of the mouth, a position which they retain permanently in the case of the Dipnoi and Amphibia. At first round, they afterwards become elongated and assume the form of a fissure running from in front backward.


Fig. 289. Roof of the oral cavity of a human embryo with the fundaments of the palatal processes, after His. Magnified 10 diameters.  
<div id="Fig289"></div>
[[File:Hertwig289.jpg|600px]]


'''Fig. 289. Roof of the oral cavity of a human embryo with the fundaments of the palatal processes''', after His. Magnified 10 diameters.




THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 515
With the metamorphosis of the organ of smell into a canal leading into the oral cavity, which has been effected in all Vertebrates that breathe by means of lungs, a second function has been assumed. It is now not exclusively a sensory organ for the perception of odors, but serves at the same time to conduct currents of air both to and from the oral and pharyngeal cavities and the lungs. It has become a kind of respiratory atrium for the apparatus of respiration. The assumption of this accessory function gives a special stamp to the later stages of the development of the organ, and is to be taken into account in a proper estimate of it. For the course of the further development is most of all determined by the tendency to an extensive enlargement of the surface of the olfactory chamber. The increase of surface, however, does not affect the real olfactory mucous membrane or sensory epithelium, to which the olfactory nerve is distributed, but rather the ordinary ciliate mucous membrane. It is therefore less connected with an improvement of the sense of smell than with an accessory function in the process of respiration. By an increase of the surface of the soft, vascular mucous membrane the air that is swept over it becomes warmed and freed from particles of dust, which are caught by the moist surface. From this time forward therefore one must distinguish a regio olfactoria and a regio respiratoria. The former, which is derived from the sensory epithelium of the original olfactory pit, remains relatively small, receives the terminations of the olfactory nerve, and is limited in the case of Man to the region of the upper turbinal process and a part of the septum nasi. It is the respiratory function that causes the vast dimensions which the organ of smell attains in the higher Vertebrates.  
into the oral cavity, which has been effected in all Vertebrates that breathe by means of lungs, a second function has been assumed. It is now not exclusively a sensory organ for the perception of odors, but serves at the same time to conduct currents of air both to and from the oral and pharyngeal cavities and the lungs. It has become a kind of respiratory atrium for the apparatus of respiration. The assumption of this accessory function gives a special stamp to the later stages of the development of the organ, and is to be taken into account in a proper estimate of it. For the course of the further development is most of all determined by the tendency to an extensive enlargement of the surface of the olfactory chamber. The increase of surface, however, does not affect the real olfactory mucous membrane or sensory epithelium, to which the olfactory nerve is distributed, but rather the ordinary ciliate mucous membrane. It is therefore less connected with an improvement of the sense of smell than with an accessory function in the process of respiration. By an increase of the surface of the soft, vascular mucous membrane the air that is swept over it becomes warmed and freed from particles of dust, which are caught by the moist surface. From this time forward therefore one must distinguish a regio olfactoria and a regio respiratoria. The former, which is derived from the sensory epithelium of the original olfactory pit, remains relatively small, receives the terminations of the olfactory nerve, and is limited in the case of Man to the region of the upper turbinal process and a part of the septum nasi. It is the respiratory function that causes the vast dimensions which the organ of smell attains in the higher Vertebrates.  


The increase in the surface of the nasal cavity is produced by three different events : (1) by the formation of the hard and soft palate, (2) by the development of the turbinal bones, (3) by the appearance of the accessory cavities of the nose.  
The increase in the surface of the nasal cavity is produced by three different events : (1) by the formation of the hard and soft palate, (2) by the development of the turbinal bones, (3) by the appearance of the accessory cavities of the nose.  
Line 1,029: Line 616:
The first event begins in Man toward the end of the second month. There is then formed on the inner surface of the maxillary process (fig. 289) a ridge, which projects into the wide primitive oral cavity and grows out horizontally into a plate. The right and left palatal plates at first embrace between them a broad fissure, through which may be seen the original roof of the oral cavity and on this the inner nasal orifices, which become more and more slit-like and are separated by a bridge of substance which has arisen from the median frontal process and can now be designated as the nasal septum. In the third month fae embryonic palatal fissu/re becomes gradually narrower.  
The first event begins in Man toward the end of the second month. There is then formed on the inner surface of the maxillary process (fig. 289) a ridge, which projects into the wide primitive oral cavity and grows out horizontally into a plate. The right and left palatal plates at first embrace between them a broad fissure, through which may be seen the original roof of the oral cavity and on this the inner nasal orifices, which become more and more slit-like and are separated by a bridge of substance which has arisen from the median frontal process and can now be designated as the nasal septum. In the third month fae embryonic palatal fissu/re becomes gradually narrower.  


<div id="Fig290"></div>
[[File:Hertwig290.jpg|600px]]


'''Fig. 290. Cross section through the head of an embryo Pig 3 cm. long''', crown-rump measurement.


516
The nasal cavities are seen to be in communication with the oral cavity at the places designated by a * ; A', cartilage of the nasal septum ; m, turbinal cartilage ; J, organ of JACOBSON ; J', the place where it opens into the nasal cavity ; gf, palatal process ; of, maxillary process ; zl, dental ridge.  
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
 
Fig. 290. Cross section through the head of an embryo Pig 3 cm. long, crown-rump measurement.
 
The nasal cavities are seen to be in communication with the oral cavity at the places designated by a * ; A', cartilage of the nasal septum ; m, turbinal cartilage ; /, organ of JACOBSON ; /', the place where it opens into the nasal cavity ; gf, palatal process ; of, maxillary process ; zl, dental ridge.
 
 
 
The horizontal palatal processes of the upper jaw increase in size,
and finally their free edges encounter in the median plane the still broad nasal septum, which has grown down yet
f^Jj \ farther into the
'' fe* a Di
oral cavity. Then the parts mentioned begin to fuse with one another from before backward.
 
Two stages of this process are illustrated by the accompanyin g figures (figs. 290,
291), in which cross sections through the anterior end of two embryo
Pigs are represented. Figure
290 shows the
stage at which
the palatal
plate (gf ) of
the maxillary
process (of)
has advanced
close to the
lower margin
of the nasal
septum. Oral
and nasal cavities are still
in communication by means
of the very
narrow palatal fissure indicated by an asterisk.  


In figure 291 the fusion has taken place. In this manner the


The horizontal palatal processes of the upper jaw increase in size, and finally their free edges encounter in the median plane the still broad nasal septum, which has grown down yet farther into the oral cavity. Then the parts mentioned begin to fuse with one another from before backward.


Two stages of this process are illustrated by the accompanyin g figures (figs. 290, 291), in which cross sections through the anterior end of two embryo
Pigs are represented. Figure 290 shows the stage at which the palatal plate (gf ) of the maxillary process (of) has advanced close to the lower margin of the nasal septum. Oral and nasal cavities are still in communication by means of the very narrow palatal fissure indicated by an asterisk.


u
In figure 291 the fusion has taken place. In this manner the primitive oral cavity is divided into two storeys, one above the other. One, the upper part, becomes associated with the organ of smell, to the enlargement of which it contributes ; it is distinguished from the space that arose from the original olfactory pit, or the olfactory labyrinth, as naso-pliaryngeal passage,. This opens behind into the pharynx by means of the posterior nares. The lower part becomes the secondary oral cavity. The partition that has been formed from the maxillary process is the palate, which later, when the development of the bones of the head can be traced, is differentiated into the hard and the soft palate.
k
m J




Fig. 291. Cross section through the head of an embryo Pig 5 cm.  
<div id="Fig291"></div>
[[File:Hertwig291.jpg|600px]]


long, crown-rump measurement. k, Cartilaginous nasal septum ; m, nasal turbinal process ; /, JACOBSON'S  
'''Fig. 291. Cross section through the head of an embryo Pig 5 cm. long''', crown-rump measurement. k, Cartilaginous nasal septum ; m, nasal turbinal process ; /, JACOBSON'S  
organ with jk, JACOBSON'S cartilage ; zl, dental ridge ; bl, covering  
organ with jk, JACOBSON'S cartilage ; zl, dental ridge ; bl, covering  
bone.  
bone.  


THE ORGANS OP THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 517
primitive oral cavity is divided into two storeys, one above the other. One, the upper part, becomes associated with the organ of smell, to the enlargement of which it contributes ; it is distinguished from the space that arose from the original olfactory pit, or the olfactory labyrinth, as naso-pliaryngeal passage,. This opens behind into the pharynx by means of the posterior nares. The lower part becomes the secondary oral cavity. The partition that has been formed from the maxillary process is the palate, which later, when the development of the bones of the head can be traced, is differentiated into the hard and the soft palate.


A small portion of the palatal fissure, which in young embryos traverses the palate from in front backward and unites oral and nasal cavities (fig. 290 *), is preserved in most Vertebrates and constitutes the ductus nasopalatinus or STEXSON'S duct. A probe may be passed through it from the nasal to the oval cavity. In Man the duct of STENSON is closed during embryonic life ; there is preserved, however, in the palatal process of the bony maxilla at the corresponding place a vacuity, the canalis indsivus, occupied by connective tissue, blood-vessels, and nerves.  
A small portion of the palatal fissure, which in young embryos traverses the palate from in front backward and unites oral and nasal cavities (fig. 290 *), is preserved in most Vertebrates and constitutes the ductus nasopalatinus or STEXSON'S duct. A probe may be passed through it from the nasal to the oval cavity. In Man the duct of STENSON is closed during embryonic life ; there is preserved, however, in the palatal process of the bony maxilla at the corresponding place a vacuity, the canalis indsivus, occupied by connective tissue, blood-vessels, and nerves.  
Line 1,094: Line 644:
Where the ducts of STENSON are present, there are found in their vicinity the organs of JACOBSON, concerning which the statement has already been made that they are established very early as special depressions of the two olfactory pits. In Man this organ is converted into a narrow tube, which lies a little above the canalis incisivus and " pursues a straight course backward and slightly upward close to the cartilaginous partition, ending blindly " (SCHWALBE). In Mammals the organ is more highly developed (figs. 290, 291 J) ; it is enveloped in a special cartilaginous capsule (JACOBSON'S cartilage, jlc] and receives a special branch of the olfactory nerve, which terminates in a sensory epithelium, which agrees with that of the regio olfactoria. Frequently (e.g., in Ruminantia) it opens into the beginning of STENSON'S canal, which in this case remains open as a communication between nasal and oral cavities.  
Where the ducts of STENSON are present, there are found in their vicinity the organs of JACOBSON, concerning which the statement has already been made that they are established very early as special depressions of the two olfactory pits. In Man this organ is converted into a narrow tube, which lies a little above the canalis incisivus and " pursues a straight course backward and slightly upward close to the cartilaginous partition, ending blindly " (SCHWALBE). In Mammals the organ is more highly developed (figs. 290, 291 J) ; it is enveloped in a special cartilaginous capsule (JACOBSON'S cartilage, jlc] and receives a special branch of the olfactory nerve, which terminates in a sensory epithelium, which agrees with that of the regio olfactoria. Frequently (e.g., in Ruminantia) it opens into the beginning of STENSON'S canal, which in this case remains open as a communication between nasal and oral cavities.  


I cited the formation of folds as the second means of increasing the internal surface of the organ of smell. These are developed in Mammals (figs. 290, 291) and in Man on the lateral walls of the nasal chambers; they run parallel to one another from in front backward ; their free margins grow downward, and in consequence of the forms which they assume are called the three nasal turbinated processes, while the spaces between them are designated as upper, middle, and lower nasal 2 )assa 9 es - From the cartilaginous cranial  
I cited the formation of folds as the second means of increasing the internal surface of the organ of smell. These are developed in Mammals (figs. 290, 291) and in Man on the lateral walls of the nasal chambers; they run parallel to one another from in front backward ; their free margins grow downward, and in consequence of the forms which they assume are called the three nasal turbinated processes, while the spaces between them are designated as upper, middle, and lower nasal 2 )assa 9 es - From the cartilaginous cranial capsule they receive in Man as early as the second month a support, which subsequently ossifies. In many Mammals the turbinated processes acquire a complicated form owing to the production upon the first fold of numerous smaller secondary and tertiary folds, which become peculiarly bent and rolled up. On account of the complicated form resulting from, the production of the turbinated processes the olfactory sac has received the name of olfactory labyrinth.  
 
 
518 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
capsule they receive in Man as early as the second month a support, which subsequently ossifies. In many Mammals the turbinated processes acquire a complicated form owing to the production upon the first fold of numerous smaller secondary and tertiary folds, which become peculiarly bent and rolled up. On account of the complicated form resulting from, the production of the turbinated processes the olfactory sac has received the name of olfactory labyrinth.  


Thirdly and lastly, the mucous membrane of the nose is increased in extent by the formation of evaginations which grow out partly into the ethmoid region of the cranial capsule, which consists of cartilage during early stages of development, and partly into a number of the covering bones (Belegknocheii).  
Thirdly and lastly, the mucous membrane of the nose is increased in extent by the formation of evaginations which grow out partly into the ethmoid region of the cranial capsule, which consists of cartilage during early stages of development, and partly into a number of the covering bones (Belegknocheii).  
Line 1,105: Line 650:
In this manner are formed the numerous small cribriform pits in the cartilaginous cribriform plate. Somewhat later (in Man during the sixth month) an evagination into the upper jaw is developed into the antrum of HIGHMORE. Finally, after birth evaginations penetrate into the body of the sphenoid bone and into the frontal bone, producing the sinus sphenoidales and sinus frontales, which, however, attain their full development only at the time of sexual maturity. In many Mammals the enlargement of the nasal cavity takes place even farther backward into the body of the occipital bone (sinus occipitales). Inasmuch as the accessory cavities of the nose take the place of bone-substance, they naturally contribute to the diminution of the weight of the cranial skeleton.  
In this manner are formed the numerous small cribriform pits in the cartilaginous cribriform plate. Somewhat later (in Man during the sixth month) an evagination into the upper jaw is developed into the antrum of HIGHMORE. Finally, after birth evaginations penetrate into the body of the sphenoid bone and into the frontal bone, producing the sinus sphenoidales and sinus frontales, which, however, attain their full development only at the time of sexual maturity. In many Mammals the enlargement of the nasal cavity takes place even farther backward into the body of the occipital bone (sinus occipitales). Inasmuch as the accessory cavities of the nose take the place of bone-substance, they naturally contribute to the diminution of the weight of the cranial skeleton.  


In connection with the account of the organ of smell the formation  
In connection with the account of the organ of smell the formation of the external nose ought now to be briefly considered. It is developed out of the frontal process and the parts designated as nasal processes (figs. 286, 288, and 289), these becoming elevated more and more above the level of the surrounding parts. At first broad and bulky, the nose later becomes thinner and longer arid acquires characteristic forms. The nostrils, which at their formation are far apart, come together in the median plane. Whereas the distance in an embryo five weeks old is, as His has shown by measurements, 1-7 mm., it has become reduced in an embryo seven weeks old to 1-2 mm., and in one somewhat older to O'S mm. The median frontal process is correspondingly reduced in thickness and furnishes the nasal septum,
of the external nose ought now to be briefly considered. It is  
developed out of the frontal process and the parts designated as  
nasal processes (figs. 286, 288, and 289), these becoming elevated more  
and more above the level of the surrounding parts. At first broad  
and bulky, the nose later becomes thinner and longer arid acquires  
characteristic forms. The nostrils, which at their formation are far  
apart, come together in the median plane. Whereas the distance  
in an embryo five weeks old is, as His has shown by measurements,  
1-7 mm., it has become reduced in an embryo seven weeks old to  
1-2 mm., and in one somewhat older to O'S mm. The median frontal  
process is correspondingly reduced in thickness and furnishes the  
nasal septum,  
SUMMARY.
 
1. The organ of smell is developed out of two pit-like depressions of the outer germ-layer, which are formed on the frontal process at a considerable distance from each other.
 
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 519
2. At a later stage the pits are united with the angle of the oral cavity by means of the nasal grooves.
 
3. The inner and outer margins of the olfactory pits and the nasal grooves project out as ridges arid constitute the inner and outer nasal processes.
 
4. By fusion of the margins of the nasal grooves the organ of smell is converted into two nasal passages, which open out on the frontal process by means of the external nares and on the roof of the primitive oral cavity a little back of the upper lip by means of the internal nares.
 
5. The internal nares afterwards become fissure-like and move nearer together, owing to the nasal septum becoming thinner and growing downward somewhat into the primitive oral cavity.
 
6. The upper part of the primitive oral cavity shares in the formation of the organ of smell and serves for the increase of its respiratory region, since horizontal ridges (the palatal processes) grow inward from, the maxillary processes toward the lower margin of the nasal septum, with which they fuse, and produce the hard and soft palate.
 
7. In the organ of smell a further enlargement of the spaces serving for respiratory purposes is produced by
() The formation of folds of its mucous membrane, by which the turbinated processes arise ;
(6) Evaginations of its mucous membrane into the adjacent parts of the cartilaginous and bony cephalic skeleton (formation of the " cells " in the cribriform plate, the frontal and sphenoidal sinuses, and the antrum of HIGHMORE).
 
8. In human embryos there is early formed in the olfactory pit a special depression of the outer germ -layer as fundament of the organ of JACOBSON, which receives a special branch of the olfactory nerve.
 
9. JACOBSON'S organ comes to lie at the base of the nasal septum remote from the olfactory region.
 
10. The ducts of STENSON in many Mammals and the canales incisivi in Man are preserved as remnants of the so-called palatal fissures the original fissure-like communications between nasal cavities and secondary oral cavity.
 
 
 
520 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
III. The Development of the Skin and its Accessory Organs.
 
Having now become acquainted with the physiologically more important functions of the outer germ-layer, which consist in the production of the nervous system and the sensory organs, I give a short survey of the changes which take place in the remaining part, which is now designated as primitive epidermis (Hornblatt). This furnishes the whole outer skin of the body or epidermis and the numerous and various organs that are differentiated out of it, such as the nails, the hair, and the sweat-, sebaceous, and milk-glands.
 
(a) The Skin.
 
The epidermis of Man is, according to the statements of KOLLIKER, very thin during the first two months of development, and consists of only two single layers of epithelial cells. Of these the superficial layer exhibits flattened, transparent, hexagonal elements ; the deeper one, on the contrary, consists of smaller cells ; so that already there is indicated by this a differentiation into a corneous and a mucous layer. Even now, too, a detachment of epidermal cells begins to manifest itself. For the outer cell-layer is soon found to be in process of decay, with obliterated cell -contours and indistinct nuclei, while a supplementary layer arises beneath it. In many Mammals the dying layer of cells is detached as a continuous sheet and then constitutes for a time a kind of envelope around the whole embryo, to which WELCKEII has given the name epitrichium, because the outgrowing hairs are developed beneath it.
 
From the middle of embryonic life onward both layers of the epidermis become thicker and the outermost of them contains cornified scales, the nuclei of which have degenerated. From this time onward a more extensive desquaination takes place at the surface, while the loss is made good by cell-divisions in the mucous layer and by the metamorphosis of these products of division into cornified cells. In consequence of this the surface of the embryo becomes up to the time of birth more and more covered with a yellowish-white, greasy mass the siiieynia eiiibryonum or vernix caseosa. This consists of a mixture of detached epidermal scales and of sebaceous secretions, which have been produced by the dermal glands that have arisen meantime. It forms a thick layer, especially on the flexor-side of the joints, on the sole of the foot, the palm of the hand, and on the head. Detached portions of it get into the
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 521
amniotic fluid and make it turbid. Finally these, as well as some of the detached downy hairs, may be swallowed by the embryo with the amniotic fluid, and thus become a component of the meconium accumulated in the intestine.
 
The epidermis constitutes only one component of the skin of the adult or of the integument ; the other and more voluminous part the derma or corium is produced by the mesenchyme. The same thing takes place here as in the case of the other membranes and organs of the body. The epithelial layers derived from the primary yennlayers enter into close relationship with the mesenchyme, since they acquire from the latter a connective -tissue foundation that serves for their mechanical support and nutrition. Just as the inner germlayer unites with the intermediate layer to form the mucous membrane of the alimentary canal, as the epithelium of the auditory vesicle with the adjacent connective substance to form the meiiibr;inous labyrinth, and as the epithelial optic vesicle with the choroid and sclera to form the eyeball, so here also the epidermis unites with the corium to constitute the integument.
 
During the lirst months the corium forms in Man a layer of closely packed, spindle-shaped cells, and is delimited from the epidermis by a delicate, structureless, smooth-surfaced, bounding membrane (basement membrane), such as exists permanently in the case of the lower Vertebrates. In the third month it is differentiated into the corium proper and the looser subcutaneous tissue, in which there are soon developed clusters of fat cells. From the middle of pregnancy onward the latter so increase in number that the subcutaneous tissue soon becomes a layer of fat covering the whole body. At this time the smooth contour between epidermis and corium is lost, owing to the development on the surface of the latter of small papilla?, which grow into the mucous layer and produce the corpus papilla/re of the skin. The papilla? serve partly for the reception of loops of capillary blood-vessels, and thus effect a better nutrition of the mucous layer ; in part they receive the terminations of tactile nerves (tactile corpuscles), and thus are divided into vascular papilla? and nervous papilla?.
 
The skin of Vertebrates attains a higher degree of development in consequence of processes similar to those described for the intestinal canal. The epidermis increases its surface outward by the formation of folds, inward by invayinations. Because the evaginated and invaginated parts at the same time alter in many ways their histological peculiarities, there arises a large number of organs of
 
 
522 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
different kinds, which are developed in different ways in the separate classes of Vertebrates and which preeminently determine the external appearance of the animals.
 
As external processes arise the dermal teeth, and scales, the feathers, hair, and nails. As invaginations of the epidermis are developed the sweat-, sebaceous, and milk-glands. We will begin with the former, and. not to go too far into details, will limit ourselves to the organs of the skin in Mammals.
 
(b) The Hair.
 
The most characteristic epidermoidal structures of Mammals and Man are the hairs. One can distinguish two modifications in the method of their development. The ordinary method of development is that which is known in Man. In this case, at the end of the third embryonic month, the mucous layer grows at certain places and forms small solid plugs, the hair-germs, which sink into the underlying corium (fig. 292 B M). By afterwards elongating and becoming thickened at the deep end they assume the shape of a flask. Then there ensues a process similar to that which takes place upon the formation of the teeth. At the bottom of the epithelial plug the adjacent corium grows and forms a richly cellular nodule (yrt), which grows into the epithelial tissue and is the fundament of the connective-tissue hair-papillae, which is early provided with loops of blood-vessels. Around the whole ingrowing germ of the hair the surrounding parts of the corium are afterwards more and more distinctly arranged into special courses of fibres some of which run lengthwise, others in a circular manner and constitute a special, vascular, nutritive envelope, the hair-follicle (fig. 292 G, D, A6).
 
A somewhat different method of hair-formation has been observed by REISSNER, GOETTE, and FEIERTAG in certain Mammals.
 
In these the first impulse to the formation of the fundament of a hair is produced by a limited cell-growth of the corium immediately below the epidermis. It produces a small elevation (fig. 292 ^1), \vhich is simply the hair-papilla itself, projecting into the epidermis. Then the papilla is forced farther and farther away from the surface of the skin by the growth of the epidermal cells that cover it, and at last is found far removed from its place of origin and at the deep, somewhat thickened end of a long epithelial plug.
 
The final result is therefore the same in both cases, only the time of the formation of the first fundament of the papilla and of the
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 523
epithelial plug is different. In the latter case the papilla arises at the surface of the skin and is forced down by a plug-like epithelial growth ; in the former the epithelial plug first sinks into the underlying tissue and then at its deep end the hair-papilla is formed by a growth of the corium.
 
The question arises, Which of these two methods of development is to be considered the more primitive? In my opinion it is the formation of the hair^apUla at the surf ace of the skin. For this is unquestionably the simpler and less complete condition, from which the latter is derivable and through which it is explainable. The hairs sink into the underlying tissue for the purpose of better nourishment and attachment. A parallel is furnished by the development of the teeth. In the Selachians the latter arise (so far as they are developed as protective structures in the skin) from papillae which grow from the corium into the epidermis ; in Teleosts and Amphibia, on the contrary, the teeth, which are found distributed over extensive areas in the oral mucous membrane, are established deep down in that membrane, for epithelial growths in the form of plugs first .sink down into the connective tissue, and it is only subsequently that the dental papillre are formed by a process of growth in the connective tissue at the bottom of the epithelial
 
 
downgrowth.
 
 
 
Let us return after this comparison to the further development of the hair ; this takes place in the same manner in both the cases distinguished above. Tbe epithelial cells which cover the papilla3 multiply and are differentiated into two parts (fig. 292 C) ; first, into cells that are more remote from the papillse, that become spindle-shaped and united into a small cone, and that by cornification produce the first point of the hair (ha), and secondly into cells which immediately invest the papilla, remain protoplasmic, and constitute the matrix the hair- bulb (hz) by means of which the further growth of the hair takes place. The cells of the hair-bulb, which rapidly increase by division, are added below to the first-formed part of the hair, and by cornification contribute to its elongation.
 
The hair in process of development on the papilla at first lies wholly concealed in the skin and is enveloped on all sides by cells of the epithelial plug, at the bottom of which the first trace of it was formed. From this investment are formed the outer and the inner sheaths of the root (fig. 292 C and D aw and iw). Of these the outer (aw) consists of small protoplasmic cells and is continuous externally with the mucous layer of the epidermis (schl), internally
 
 
524
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
with the hair-bulb (/is). The cells in the inner slieath of the root (iw) assume a flattened form and become cornified.
 
In consequence of the growth which proceeds from the bulb the hairs are gradually shoved up toward the surface of the epidermis, and at the end of the fifth month in the case of Man begin to break forth to the outside (fig. 292 D ha'}. They protrude more and more above the surface of the skin, even in the embryo, and constitute at many places of the skin, especially on the head, a rather
A n
 
 
 
 
 
 
D
ha'
ho
 
 
id
hb io
iw It a
hz pa
 
 
 
 
 
pa
C
ho
 
 
lib
 
 
ha
 
 
pa
 
 
Fig. 292 A !&gt;. Four diagrams of the development of the hair. A, Development of the hairpapilla on the free surface of the skin, as it occurs, according to GOKTTE, in many Mammals. B, C, 1), Three different stages of the development of the hair in human embryos.
 
ho. Corneous layer of the epidermis ; scltl, mucous layer ; pa, hair-papilla ; hk, germ of hair ; hz, bulb of hair ; ha, yuung hair ; ha', tip of the hair protruding from the hair-follicle ; aw, iw, outer and inner sheath of the root of the hair ; lib, hair-follicle ; td, sebaceous gland.
 
thick covering. On account of their minute size and fineness, and because they fall out soon after birth, they are called the downy hair or lanuyo.
 
Each hair is a transitory structure of short duration. Af ter a time it falls out and is replaced by a new one. This process begins even during embryonic life. The hairs that fall off get into the anmiotic fluid, and since with this fluid they are swallowed by the embryo, they form one of the components of the meconmm accumulated in the intestinal canal. A more extensive change takes place in Man soon
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 525
after birth with the shedding of the downy hair, which is replaced on many parts of the body by a more vigorous growth of hair. In Mammals the shedding of the old and the formation of new hair exhibits a certain periodicity, which is dependent on the warmer and colder periods of the year. Thus they develop a summer and a winter coat. Even in Man the shedding of the hair is influenced, although less noticeably, by the time of year.
 
The falling off of the hair is initiated by changes in the part resting on the papilla and called the bulb. The cell-multiplication, by means of which the addition of new corneous substance takes place, ceases ; the falling hair becomes detached from its matrix and its deep end looks as though it were split into shreds ; but it is still retained in the hair-follicle by its closely investing sheath, until it is forcibly removed or is crowded out by the supplementary hair that takes its place.
 
The opinions of investigators still differ concerning the manner in which the supplementary hairs are developed. An especial subject of controversy is the point whether the young hair is formed from an entirely new papilla (STIEDA, FEIERTAG) or from the old one (LANGER, v. EBNER), or whether both methods occur (KOLLIKER, UNNA). It seems to me that the first view is the correct one, and that the shedding of the hairs is due to the atrophy of their papilke. During this slowly occurring process of degeneration, perhaps even before it begins, the substitution is initiated by the occurrence of an active cell-proliferation at a place in the outer sheath of the root which indeed consists of cells rich in protoplasm and by the formation of a new plug, which grows out deeper into the derma from the bottom of the fundament of the old hair. At the blind [deep] end of this secondary hair -form there is then developed from the derma a new papilla, upon which is formed the new hair and its sheaths alongside of and below the old one, in the manner previously described. When it begins to increase in length, it presses against the old hair lying above it, crowds the latter out of its sheaths, until it falls off, and finally itself takes the place of it.
 
According to this account there would be a certain similarity between the shedding of the hair and that of the teeth, inasmuch as in both cases secondary epithelial processes, from which the new tooth- or hair-papilla begins, arise from the primary fundament, and inasmuch as the new structures by their growth displace the old.
 
 
 
526 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
In addition to the development of hairs from old fundaments, a second method of formation, which one might designate as direct or primary, is maintained by many writers (GoETTE, KOLLIKER). It is assumed that even after birth, both in the case of Man and other Mammals, hair-germs are formed directly from the mucous membrane of the epidermis, in the same manner as in the embryo. In how far, at what regions, and up to what age such a direct formation of hair takes place, demands still more detailed and exhaustive investigation.
 
(c) The Nails.
 
A second organ resulting from a cornification of the epidermis is the nail, which corresponds in a comparative-anatomical way to the claw- and hoof -like structures of other Mammals. In human embryos only seven weeks old there appear proliferations of the epidermis at the ends of the fingers, which are noticeably short and thick, and likewise at the ends of the toes, which are always less developed than the fingers. In consequence of the proliferations there arise from the loose epidermal cells complicated claw-like appendages, which have been described by HENSEN as predecessors of the nails or primitive nails.
 
In somewhat older embryos, from the ninth to the twelfth week, ZANDER found the epidermal growth marked off from its surroundings by a ring-like depression. The growth consists of a single layer of cylindrical cells with large nuclei lying on the side toward the derma and corresponding to the rete Malpighii, of two or three layers of polygonal spinous cells, and of a corneous layer.
 
The territory thus distinguished by a depression and by an altered condition of the cells ZANDER calls the primary basis of the nail (Nagelgrund), and describes it as occupying a greater part of the dorsal, but also a smaller part of the ventral surface of the terminal segment. He infers from this that the nails in Man originally had, like the claws of the lower Vertebrates, a terminal position on the toes and fingers, and that they have secondarily migrated on to the dorsal surface. Thus he explains the fact that the region of the nail is supplied with the ventral nerves of the fingers.
 
GEGENBAUR subscribes to ZANDER'S view of the terminal position of the fundament of the nail, but, supported by the investigations of BOAS, opposes ZANDER'S assumption of a migration of the fundament of the nail dorsally. He distinguishes in the development of nails and claws two parts (fig. 293), the dorsally located firm nail
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER.
 
 
 
527
 
 
plate (np} and the plantar horn (Sohlenhorn, sh} connected with it ventrally. Of these the latter arises from the smaller ventral surface of the primary basis of the nail. In unguiculate and ungulate Vertebrates it (fig. 294 sh) is developed to a great extent ; in Man it atrophies, and is recognisable only in an exceedingly reduced condition as nail-iuelt. By this term is meant the welt-like thickening of the epidermis which forms the transition from the bed of the nail to the corrugated skin of the ball of the finger. The nail-plate, on the contrary, is from the beginning exclusively a product of the dorsal surface of the basis of the nail. There is therefore neither in Man nor in other Mammals a dorsal migration of the terminal fundament of the nail, but only a degeneration of
nw sh np
 
 
 
B
 
 
 
 
Fig. 204.
 
Fig. 293. A, Longitudinal section through the toe of a Cercopithecus. B, Longitudinal section
through the second finger of Macacus ater. After GEGENBAUR. np, Nail-plate ; sh, plantar horn (Sohlenhorn) ; mo, nail-wall.
 
Fig. 294. Section through a Dog's toe. After GEGEXBAUR. np, Nail-plate ; sh, plantar horn ; b, ball of toe.
 
its ventral portion, which otherwise furnishes a more complete plantar horn.
 
So far as regards the particular events in the development of the nail-plate, the structure is demonstrable in human embryos four months old as a thin flat layer of cornified, closely united cells 011 the dorsal surface of the primary basis of the nail or the bed of the nail. It is produced by the mucous layer upon which it immediately lies, but continues for a time to be covered by the thin corneous layer that is present at all points of the epidermis. This investment UNNA'S eponychium is not lost until the fifth month. However, notwithstanding their investment, the nails are easily recognisable some weeks before this from their whiteness, in distinction from the reddish or dark red color of the surrounding skin,
 
 
528 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
Owing to tho addition of now cells from tbo mucous membrane, both from below and from the posterior margin, the nail-plate grows it becomes thickened and increased in surface extent. It is now pushed forward from behind over the bed of tho nail, and at the seventh month its free margin begins to project beyond the latter.
 
With this the nail has acquired essentially the appearance and condition which it has in the adult. In new-born infants it possesses a margin which projects far over the ball of the finger, and which because it was formed at an early embryonic period is both much thinner and also narrower than the part formed later, which rests on the bed of the nail. This margin is therefore detached soon after birth.
 
(d) The Glands of the Skin.
 
The glandular structures of the epidermis, which are established by imagination, are of three kinds : sebaceous, sweat-, and urilkglands. They all arise as proliferations of the mucous layer which grow down as solid plugs into the derma, and then undergo further development either according to the tubular or the alveolar type.
 
The sweat-glands and the ear-wax glands are developed on the tubular plan. They begin in the fifth month to penetrate from the mucous membrane into the cerium ; in the seventh month they acquire a small lumen, take a winding course in consequence of increased growth in length, and become coiled especially at their deep ends, thereby giving rise to the first fundament of the glomerulus.
 
Sebaceous glands and milk-glands are alveolar structures. The former are either developed directly from the epidermis, as, for example, at the edges of the lips, on the prepuce and on the glans penis, or they are in close connection with the hairs, which is the ordinary condition. In the latter case they are formed as solid thickenings of the outer sheath of the root of the hair near the orifice of the follicle, even before the hairs are completely developed (fig. 292 0, D, td) ; at first they have the form of a flask, then they send out a few lateral buds, which develop club-shaped enlargements at their ends. The glands acquire cavities by the fatty degeneration and disintegration of the interior cells, which are eliminated as a secretion.
 
The development of the milk-glands, which are more voluminous organs entrusted with an important function and peculiar to the class Mammalia, is of greater interest. Of the numerous works that have appeared concerning them, the comparative-anatomical investigations of GEGENBAUR especially have led to valuable results.
 
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER.
 
 
 
529
 
 
g
 
 
I present at the very beginning of the discussion the following proposition, which is of importance in interpreting the conditions found : each milk-gland in Man is not a simple organ, like an eargland or a submaxillary salivary gland, witli a, simple outlet, but a great glandular complex. Its earliest fundament has been observed in the human embryo at the end of the second month as a considerable thickening of the epidermis (fig. 295) upon the right and left sides of the breast. It has arisen as the result of a special proliferation of the mucous layer, which has sunk into the derma in the form of a hemispherical knob (df). But modifications arise afterwards in the corneous layer also, by its becoming thickened and projecting as a corneous plug into the proliferation of the mucous layer. Ordinarily there is found a small depression (g) at the middle of the whole epithelial fundament.
 
The proliferation of the epidermis that first appears is not precisely, as assumed by REIN, the first fundament of the glandular parenchyma ; it therefore does not correspond to the epithelial plugs which sink into the derma in the development of the sweat and sebaceous glands, because the further course of development and especially comparativeanatomical studies show, that by
the thickening of the epidermis there is only an early delimitation of a tract of the skin, which is subsequently metamorphosed into the nipple-area and papilla, and from the floor of which the separate milk-producing glands at length sprout forth.
 
The correctness of this view is shown by the following changes : In older embryos the lens-shaped thickening produced by the proliferation of the epidermis has increased at the periphery and has thereby become flattened (fig. 296 df). At the same time it is more sharply defined at the surface, owing to the derma becoming thickened and elevated into a wall (dw) the cutis-wall. Therefore the whole fundament now has the form of a shallow depression (df) of the skin, for which the name gland alar area is very appropriate. For there early grow out from its mucous layer into the derma solid
34
 
 
 
Fig. 295. Section through the fundament of the milk-gland of a female human embryo 10 cm. long, after Hi'ss.
 
df, Fundament of the glandular area ; g, small depression at its surface.
 
 
 
530
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
buds (dg), just as at other places the sebaceous glands arise from the epidermis. In the seventh month they are already well developed, and radiate out below and laterally from the pit-like depression. Their number increases up to the time of birth, and the larger ones become covered with solid lateral buds (dfy. Each sprout is the fundament of a milk-producing gland, which opens out on the glandular area (df) by means of a special orifice ; each is morphologically comparable with a sebaceous gland, although its function has become different.
 
The name glandular area is also a happily selected one because it presents a point of comparison with the primitive conditions of the Monotremes. For in these animals one does
 
 
dJb
 
 
dg
 
 
 
Fig. 296. Section throuh the fundament of the milk-gland of a female human embryo 32 cm.
 
long, after Huss. (?/, Glandular area ; dw, gland-wall ; dg, duct of gland ; db, vesicle of gland.
 
not find, as in the higher Mammals, a sharply differentiated single complex of milk-glands, but instead a somewhat depressed area of the skin, even provided with small hairs, over which are distributed single small glands, the secretion of which is licked up with the . tongue by the young, which are born in a very immature state.
 
In the remaining Mammals the glands, in the former case opening separately upon the area, are united into a single organ, which better serves the young in sucking, namely a papilla [nipple] or teat, which encloses all the outlets of the glands and is grasped by the mouth of the suckling. In Man their development begins after birth. The glandular area, which is encircled by the cutis-wall and which before birth was depressed into a pit,
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE OUTER GERM-LAYER. 531
now becomes flattened until it lies in the same niveau with the surrounding skin. It is distinguished from the latter by its redder color, which is due to its greater vascularity and the thinner condition of its epidermis. Then during the first years after birth the middle of the glandular area, together with the outlets (ductus lactiferi), which there open out close to one another, is raised up and becomes the nipple, in the derma of which nonstriate muscle-fibres are formed in great numbers ; the remaining part of the area as far as the cutis-wall becomes the areola mammae. The metamorphosis takes place somewhat earlier in the female than in the male.
 
Soon after birth alterations take place in the still feebly developed glandular tissue. There occurs a transitory swelling of the pectoral glands accompanied with increased blood-pressure, and it becomes possible to press out of the gland a small quantity of a milky fluid, the so-called witches' milk. According to KOLLIKER its formation is due to the originally solid ducts of the glands acquiring at this time a lumen by the fatty degeneration of the central cells, which are dissolved, and, suspended in a fluid, are discharged from the ducts. According to the investigations of BARFURTH, on the contrary, the so-called witches' milk of infants is the product of a genuine transitory secretion, and is like the real milk of the mother both in its morphological and chemical components.
 
After birth great differences arise between the two sexes in the condition of the milk-glands. Whereas in the male the glandular parenchyma remains stationary in its development, in the female it begins to increase, especially at the time of sexual maturity and still more after the beginning of pregnancy. From the first-formed ducts of the glands there grow out numerous lateral, hollow branches, which become covered with hollow vesicular glands (alveoli) lined with a single layer of cylindrical epithelium. At the same time there are developed in the connective tissue, between the separate lobules of the gland, numerous islands of fat-cells. In consequence the region at which the complex of milk-glands has been formed swells into a more or less prominent elevation, the mamma.
 
SUMMARY.
 
1. The development of the hair is inaugurated in human embryos by the growing down of processes of the mucous layer of the epidermis- the hair^germs-^-into the underlying derma.
 
 
 
532 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
2. At the deep end of the hair-germ the vascular hair-papilla is begun by a growth of connective tissue.
 
3. The epithelial hair-germ is differentiated into :
(a) A young hair, by the cornification of a part of the cells ;
(b) An actively growing cell-layer situated between the shaft
of the hair and the papilla, the bulb, which furnishes the material for the growth of the hair ;
(c) The outer and the inner sheaths of the root.
 
4. Around the epithelial part of the fundament of the hair there is formed from the surrounding connective tissue the hairfollicle.
 
5. The nails in Man and the claws in other Mammals are developed from a dorsal fundament the nail-plate and a ventral fundament the plantar horn.
 
6. The plantar horn in Man is reduced to the nail-welt.
 
7. The thin nail-plate which is formed at first is for a time covered with a layer of cornified cells, the eponychium, which in Man is shed in the fifth month.
 
8. The milk-gland is a complex of alveolar glands.
 
9. At first there arises a thickening of the mucous layer of the epidermis, which is converted into the glandular area that is afterwards marked off from the surrounding parts by a wall and becomes somewhat depressed.
 
10. From the bottom of the glandular area there grow forth in great numbers the fundaments of alveolar glands.
 
11. After birth the glandular area, embracing the excretory ducts of the glands, is elevated above the surface of the skin, and converted into the nipple and the areola mammse.
 
12. After birth there is a transitory secretion of a small quantity of milk- like fluid the witches' milk.
 
 
 
LITERATURE.
 
(1) Development of the Nervous System.
 
Ahlborn. Ueber die Bedeutung der Zirbeldriise. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zoologie.
 
Bd. XL. 1884, Altmann, R. Bemerkungen scur Hensen'schen Hypothese von der Nerven
entstehung. Archiv f. Anat. u. Physiol. Physiol. Abth. 1885. Balfour. On the Development of the Spinal Nerves in Elasmobranch Fishes.
 
Philos. Trails. Eoy. Hoc. London. Vol. CLXVI. 1876.
 
 
 
LITERATURE. 533
Balfour. On the Spinal Nerves of Amphioxns. Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci.
 
Vol. XX. isso. Beard, J. The System of P.ranrhial Sense Organs and their Associated
Ganglia in Ichthyopsida. Quart, Jour. Micr. Sci. Vol. XXVI. 1S85. Beard, J. A Contribution to the Morphology and Development of the
Nervous System of Vertebrates. Anat. Anzeiger. 188s. Beard, J. The Development of the Peripheral Nervous System of Vertebrates.
 
Quart, Jour. Micr, Sci. Vol. XXIX. 1888. Bedot. Recherches sur le developpement des nerfs spinaux chez les Tritons.
 
Recueil zool. Suisse. T. I. 1884. Also appeared as Dissertation Geneve
1884. Beraneck, E. Recherches sur le developpement des nerfs craniens chez les
Lezards. Recueil zool. Suisse. T. I. 1884, p. 519. Beraneck, E. Etude sur les replis mc'-dullaires du poulet, Recueil zool.
 
Suisse. T. IV. 1888, p. 205. Beraneck, E. Ueber das Parietalange der Reptilien. Jena. Zeitschr.
 
?,d. XXL 1888.
 
Bidder uncl KupfFer. Untersuch. iiber das Ruckenmark. Lnpz'nj 1857. Chiarugi, G. Lo sviluppo dei nervi vago, accessorio, ipoglosso e prirni
cervicali nei sauropsidi e nei mammiferi. Atti Soc. Toscana di Sci. nat.
 
I'isa. Vol. X. 1SN!&gt;. Dohrn. Ueber die erste Anlage und Entwicklung der motorischen Rilcken
marksnerven bei den Selachiern. Mitth. a. d. zool. Station Neapel.
 
P.d. VIII. 1888. Ecker, A. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Furchen und Windungeu der
Grosshirnhemispharcn im Foetus des Menschen. Archiv f. Anthropologie.
 
lid. III. 1868. Ehlers, E. Die Epiphysc am Gehirn der Plagiostomen. Zeitschr. f. wiss.
 
Zoologie. Bd. XXX. Suppl. 1878, p. 607. Flechsig. Die Leitungsbahnen im Gehirn und Ruckenmark des Menschen.
 
Auf Grand entwicklungsgesch. Untersuchungen dargestellt. Leipzig 1870. Froriep, August. Ueber ein Ganglion des Hypoglossus u. Wirbelanlagen
in der Occipitalregion. Archiv f. Anat. u. Physiol. Anat. Abth. 1882. Froriep, August. Ueber Anlagen von Sinnesorganen am E'acialis, Glosso
pharyngeus uud Vagus etc. Archiv f. Anat, u. Physiol. Anat. Abth.
 
 
 
Goronowitsch. Studien iiber die Entwicklung des Medullarstranges bei
Knochenfischen, nebst P&gt;eobachtungen iiber die erste Anlage der Keim
bliitter und der Chorda bei Salmoniden. Morphol. Jahrb. Bd. X. 1885.
 
p. 376. Hensen, V. Zur Entwicklung des Nervensystems. Virchow's Archiv.
 
Bd. XXX. 1864. Hensen, V. Ueber die Nerven im Schwanz der Froschlarven. Archiv f.
 
raikr. Anat. Bd. IV. 1868, p. 111. Hensen, V. Beitrag zur Morphologie der Korperformen und des Gehirns
des menschlichen Embryos. Archiv f. Anat. u. Entwicklungsg. 1877. Hertwig, Oscar und Richard. Das Nervensystem und die Sinnesorgane
der Medusen. Monographisch dargestellt. Leipzig 1878. His. Zur Geschichte des menschlichen Riickenmarkes und der Nerven
wurzeln. Abhancll. d. math.-physik. Cl. d. Kgl, Sachs, Gesellsch. d,
Wissensch. Nr. IV. Bd. XIII. 1886.
 
 
 
534 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
His. Ucbor die An Hinge des peripherischen Nervensvslcms. Archiv f. Anat.
 
n. Entwicklungsg. Jnhrg. isjj). His. Ueber das Auftreten dor weisscn Substanz mid dor Wurzelfasern am
Riickenmark menschlicher Embryonen. Archiv f. Anat. u. Physiol.
 
Anat. Abtli. 18S3. His. Die Ncnroblastcn mid cleren Entstehung im embryonalen Mark.
 
Abhandl. d. math.-physik. Cl. d. Kgl. Sachs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch.
 
Bd. XV. Nr. IV. 1889. His. Die Formentwicklung des menschlichen Vorderhirns vom ersten bis
zum Beginn des dritten Monats. Abhandl. d. math.-physik. Cl. d. Kgl.
 
Sachs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. Bd. XV. 1889. His. Die Entwicklung der ersten Nervenbahnen beim menschlichen Embryo.
 
Archiv f. Anat, u. Physiol. Anat. Abth. 1887. His, W., jun. Znr Entwicklungsgeschichte des Acustico-facialis-Gebietes
beim Menschen. Archiv f. Anat. u. Physiol. Anat. Abth. 1889. Suppl.
Bd. pp. 1-28. Julin, Ch. De la signification morphologique de I'epiphyse des vertebres.
 
Bull. sci. du depart, du Nord. Ser. II. T. X. 1888. Kollmann, J. Die Entwicklung der Adergeflechte. Ein Beitrag zur
Entwicklungsgesch. des Gehirns. Leipzig 1861. Krause, W. Ueber die Doppelnatur des Ganglion ciliare. Morphol. Jahrb.
 
Bd. VII. 18S2, p. 43. Kraushaar, Richard. Die .Entwicklung der Hypophysis u. Epiphysis bei
Nagethieren. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zoologie. Bd. XLI. 1884, p. 79. (Complete catalogue of the literature.) Kupffer. Primiire Metamerie des Neuralrohrs der Vertebraten. Sitzungsb.
 
d. k. bair. Akad. Munchen. Bd. XV. 1886, p. 469. Lowe, L. Beitrage zur Anatomie und Entwicklung des Nervensy stems der
Saugethiere u. des Menschen. Berlin 1880. Marshall, Milnes. The Development of the Cranial Nerves in the Chick.
 
Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci. Vol. XVIII. 1878. Marshall, Milnes. On the Early Stages of Development of the Nerves in
Birds. Jour. Anat, and Physiol. Vol. XI. 1877. Marshall, Milnes. On the Head Cavities and Associated Nerves of Elasmo
branchs. Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci. Vol. XXI. 1881. Mihalkovics, v. Wirbelsaite und Hirnanhang. Archiv f. mikr. Anat.
 
Bd. XI. 1875. Mihalkovics, v. Entwicklungsgeschichte des Gehirns. Nach Untersuch
ungen an hoheren Wirbelthieren und dem Menschen dargestellt. Leipzig
1877. (Catalogue of the older literature.) Miiller, W. Ueber Entwicklung und Bau der Hypophysis und cles Processus
infundibuli cerebri. Jena. Zeitschr. Bd. VI. 1871. Onodi. Ueber die Entwicklung des sympath. Nervensystems. Archiv f.
 
mikr. Anat. Bd. XXVI. 1886. Onodi. Ueber die Entwicklung der Spinalganglien und der Nervenwurzeln.
 
Internat. Monatsschr. f. Anat, u. Histol. Bd. I. 1884. Osborn, H. F. The Origin of the Corpus Callosum, a Contribution upon the
Cerebral Commissures of the Vertebrata. Morphol. Jahrb. Bd. XII.
 
1887. Rabl. Bemerkung iiber die Segmentirung des Hirns, Zool. Anzeiger,
Jahrg. VIII. 1885, p. 192.
 
 
 
LITERATURE. 535
Rabl-Riickhard. Das gegenseitige Verhaltniss der Chorda, Hypophysis
uncl des mittleren Schadelbalkens bei Haifischembryonen etc. Morphol.
 
Jahrb. Bd. VI. 1880. Rabl-Riickhard. Zur Deutung uncl Entwicklung des Gehirns der Knochen
fische. Archiv f. Anat. u. Physiol. Anat. Abth. 1882. Rabl-Riickhard. Das Grosshirn der Knochenfische und seine Anhangs
gebilde. Archiv 1 Anat. u. Physiol. Anat. Abth. 1883. Rathke, H. Ueber die Entstehung der Glandula pituitaria. Archiv f. Auat.
 
u. Physiol. Bd. V. 1838.
 
Reichert. Der Bau des menschlichen Gehirns. Leipzig 1859 and 1861. Sagemehl. Untersnchungen iiber die Entwicklung der Spinalnerven. Dor pat
1882. Schmidt, F. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Gehirns. Zeitschr.
 
f. wiss. Zoologie. Bd. XI. 1S62. Schultze, O. Ueber die Entwicklung der Medullarplatte des Froscheies.
 
Verhandl. der phys.-med. Gesellsch. Wiirzburg. N. F. Bd. XXIII. 18*9. Schwalbe, G. Das Ganglion oculomotorii. Jena. Zeitschr. Bd. XIII.
 
 
 
Schwalbe, G. Lehrbuch der Neurologic. Erlangen 1880.
 
Spencer, W. Baldwin. On the Presence and Structure of the Pineal Eye
in Lacertilia. Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci. Vol. XXVII. 1886. Suchannek. Bin Fall von Persistenz des Hypophysenganges. Anat. Anzeiger.
 
Jahrg. II. Nr. 16. 1887. Tiedemann, Fr. Anatomic und Bildungsgeschichte des Gehirns im Foetus
des Menschen. Ni'mibcry 1816. Wijhe, J. ~W. v. Ueber die Mesodermsegmente und die Entwicklung der
Nerven des Selachierkopfes. Verhandl. d. koninkl. Akad. d. Wetenschappen
Amsterdam. 1882. Deel XXII.
 
 
 
(2) Development of the Eye.
 
Angelucci, A. Ueber Entwicklung und Bau des vorderen Uvealtractus der
Vertebraten. Archiv f. mikr. Anat. Bd. XIX. 1881, p. 152. Arnold, Jul. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Anges. Heidelberg
1874. Babuchin. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgesch. des Auges. Wiirzburger
Xaturwiss. Zeitschr. Bd. IV. 1863, p. 71. Bambeke. Contribution a 1'histoire du developpement de 1'oeil humain. Ann.
 
de la Soc. de med. de Gand. 1879. Ewetsky, v. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Auges. Archiv f.
 
Augenheilkunde. Bd. VIII. 1879. Gottschau. Zur Entwickluiig der Saugethierlinse. Anat. Anzeiger. Jahrg. I.
 
 
 
Keibel, Fr. Zur Entwicklung des Glaskorpers. Archiv f. Anat. u. Physiol.
 
Anat. Abth. 1886. Kessler. Untersuchungen iiber die Entwicklung des Auges, angestellt am
Hiihnchen und Triton. Dissertation. Dorpat 1871. Kessler. Zur Entwicklung des Auges der Wirbelthiere. Leipzig 1877. Kolliker. Ueber die Entwicklung der Linse. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zoologie.
 
Bd. VI. 1855.
 
 
 
536 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
Kolliker. Zur Entwicklung dcs Auges und Geruohsorgancs menschlicher
Kmbrvnnrn. Xum Jubiliium dor Univorsitiit Ziirirh. Wiirzlurf] 1883. Koranyi, Alexander. P.oitmgo zur Entwioklung dor Kvystalllinse bei den
\Yirbeltliioivn. .Internat. Monntssc.hr. f. An,- it. u. riist.nl. I'd. III. 1SXC,. Kupffer. CTntersuchungen liber die Entwicklung des Augenstiels. Sitzungsb.
 
d. Gcscllsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol. Miinchcn. Bd. I. 1885, p. 174. Lieberkuhn, 3ST. Ucber das Auge des Wirbelthierembryos. Schriften d.
 
Gcsellsc.h. z. P.eford. d. gcs. Naturwiss. Marburg. Bd. X. 1872, p. 299. Iiieberkiihn, N. Zur Anatomie des embryonalen Auges. Sitzungsb. d.
 
Gesellscli. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturwiss. Marburg. 1877, p. 125. Lieberkiihn, N. Beitrage zur Anatomic des embryonalen Auges. Archiv
f. Anat. u. Entwicklungsg. Anat. Abth. Jahrg. 1879, pp. 1-29. Manz. Entwicklungsgeschichte des menschlichen Auges. Graefe u. Saemisch.
 
Handbuch d. Augenheilkunde. Bd. II. Leijtziri 1875, pp. 1-57. Milialkovics, v. Ein Beitrag zur ersten Anlage der Augenlinse. Archiv f.
 
rnikr. Anat. Bd. XI. 1875. Miiller, W. Ueber die Stammesentwicklung des Sehorgans der Wirbelthiere.
 
Festgabe an Carl Ludwig. Leipzig 1874. Rumschewitsch. Zur Lebre von der Entwicklung des Auges. Schriften
d. Gesellscb. d. Naturf. Kiew. Bd. V. Heft 2, 1878, p. 144. (Russian.) Wiirzburg, A. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Saugethierauges. In
auguraldissertation der Berliner Universitiit. 1870.
 
 
 
(3) Development of the Ear.
 
Boettcher, A. Ueber Entwicklung u. Bau des Gehorlabyrinths. Nach
Untersuchungen an 81iugethieren. Verhandl. d. Kaiserl. Leop.-Carol.
 
Acad. Bd. XXXV. 1869. Gradenigo, G. Die embryonale Anlage der Gehb'rknochelchen und des tubo
tympanalen Baurnes. Centralbl. f. d. med. Wiss. 1886. Nr. 35. Gradenigo, G. Die embryonale Anlage des Mittelohres. Die inorpholog.
 
Bedeutung der Gehorknochelchen. Mitth. a. d. embryol. Inst. d. Univ.
 
Wien. Heft 1887, p. 85. Hasse. Die vergleich. Morphologie u. Histologie d. hautigen Gehb'rorgans
der Wirbelthiere. Leipzig 1873. Hensen. Zur Morphologie der Schnecke. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zoologie. Bd.
 
XIII. 1863.
 
His, W. Anatomie menschlicher Embryonen. Leipzig 1880, 1882, 1885. Hoffmann, C. K. Ueber die Beziehung der ersten Kiementasche zu der
Anlage der Tuba Eustachii u. des Cavum tympani. Archiv f. mikr. Anat.
 
Bd. XXIII. 1884. Huschke. Ueber die erste Bildungsgesch. d. Auges u. Ohres beim bebriiteten
Hiilmchen. Oken's Isis, 1831, p. 950. Huschke. Ueber die erste Entwicklung des Auges. Meckel's Archiv.
 
1832. Moldenhauer. Zur Entwicklung des mittleren und iiusseren Ohres. Morphol.
 
Jahrb. Bd. III. 1877. Noorden, C. v. Die Entwicklung des Labyrinths bei Knochenfischen.
 
Archiv f. Anat. u. Physiol. Anat Abth. 1883. Reissner. De Auris internae formatione. Inaiig.-Diss. Dorpat 1851.
 
 
 
LITERATURE. 537
Rosenberg, E. Untersuchungen liber die Entwickl. des Canalis cochlearis
d. Saugethiere. Diss. Dor pat 1868. R/iidinger Zur Entwicklung der hautigen Bogengange des inneren Ohres.
 
Sitzungsb. d. math.-physik. Cl. d. Acad. d. Wissensch. Miinchen. 1888. Tuttle. The Eolation of the External Meatus, Tympanum and Eustachian
Tube to the First Visceral Cleft. Proceed. Amer. Acad. Arts a. Sci. 1883-4Urbantschitsch. Ueber die erste Anlage des Mittelohres u. d. Trornmelfelles.
 
Mitth. a. d. embryol. Inst. Wien. Heft I. 1877.
 
 
 
(4) Development of the Ore/an of Smell.
 
Blaue, J. Untersuchungen liber den Bau der Nasenschleimhaut bei Fischen.
 
u. Amphibien etc. Archiv f. Anat. u. Physiol. Anat, Abth. 1884. Born, G. Die Naseuhohlen und der Thranennasengang der Amphibien.
 
Morphol. Jahrb. Bd. II. 1876. Born, G. Die Nasenhohle u. d. Thranennasengang der amnioten Wirbelthiere.
 
Morphol. Jahrb. Bd. V. 1879 u. Bd. VIII. 1883. Diirsy. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Kopfes. Tubingen 1869. Fleischer, R. Beitriige zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Jacobson'schen
Organs u. zur Anat. der Nase. Sitzungsb. d. physic. -med. Soc. Erlaugen.
 
1877. Herzfeld. Ueber das Jacobson'sche Organ des Menschen u. d. Siiugethiere.
 
Zool. Jahrbiicher. Bd. III. 1888, p. 551. Xb'lliker, A. Ueber die Jacobson'schen Organe des Meuschen. Gratula
tionsschrift d. Wiirzb. Medic. Facultiit fur Kinecker. 1877. Kolliker, A. Zur Entwicklung des Auges und Geruchsorgans menschlicher
Embryonen. Festschrift der Schweizerischen Universitiit Ziirich zur
Feier ihres 50ja'hr. Jubiliiums gewidmet. Wiirzlmrg 1883. Kolliker, Th. Ueber das Os intermaxillare des Menschen etc. Nova acta
L.-C, Acad. Bd. XLII. p. 325. Halle 1881. Legal. Die Nasenhohle und der Thranennasengang der amnioten Wirbelthiere.
 
Morphol. Jahrb. Bd. VIII. 1883. Legal. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Thranennasengangs bei Siiugethieren.
 
Inaug.-Diss. Breslau LS82 (?). Marshall, Milnes. The Morphology of the Vertebrate Olfactory Organ.
 
Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci. Vol. XIX. 1879.
 
(5) Development of the Skin and its Organs.
 
Barfurth. Zur Entwicklung der Milchdriise. Bonn 1882.
 
Boas, J. E. V. Ein Beitrag zur Morphol. der Nagel, Krallen, Hufe und
Klauen d. Saugethiere. Morphol. Jahrb. Bd. IX. 1884. Creighton, C. On the Development of the Mamma and of the Mammary
Function. Jour. Anat. and Physiol. Vol. XI. 1877, pp. 1-32. Feiertag. Ueber die Bildung der Haare. Inaug.-Diss. Dor pat 1875. Gegenbaur, C. Zur Morphologic des Nagels. Morphol. Jahrb. Bd. X.
 
1885. Gegenbaur, C. Bemerkungen liber die Milchdrlisenpapillen der Saugethiere.
 
Jena. Zeitschr. Bd. VII. 1873. Gegenbaur, C. Zur genaueren Kenntniss der Zitzen der Saugethiere.
 
Morphol. Jahrb. Bd. I. 1875.
 
 
 
538 KM BRYOLOGY.
 
Gotte. Zur Morphologie der Haare. Archiv f. mikr. Anat. Ed. IV. 1808,
p. 27:5. Hensen. Beitrag zur Morphologie der Korperform und cles Gehirns des
menscbl. Embryos. Archiv f. Anat. u. Kntwicklungsg. Anat. Abth.
 
Jahrg. 1ST 7. Huss, M. Beitrage zur Entwicklung der Milchdriisen bei Menschen und bei
Wiederkauern. Jena. Zeitschr. Bd. VII. 1873. Klaatsch, Hermann. Zur Morphologie der Saugethier-Zitzen. Morphol.
 
Jahrb. Bd. IX. 1884. Kolliker, A. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der aussern Haut. Zeitschr. f .
 
wiss. Zoologie. Bd. II. 1850, p. 67. Kolliker, Th. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Brustdriise. Verhandl. Wurzburg.
 
physical.-med. Gesellsch. Bd. XIV. 1879. Langer, C. Ueber den Bau und die Entwicklung der Milchdriisen. Denkschr.
 
d. k. Acad. d. Wissenscb. Wien. Bd. III. 1851. Rein, G. Untersuchungen liber die embryonale Entwicklungsgeschichte der
Milchdriise. Archiv f. mikr. Anat. Bde. XX. u. XXI. 1882. Reissner. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Haare des Menschen und der Thiere.
 
Breslau 1854. Toldt, C. Ueber die Altersbestimmung menschlicher Embryonen. Prager
med. Wochenschr. 1879. Unna, P. Z. Beitrage zur Histologie und Entwicklungsgeschichte der
menschlichen Oberhaut und ihrer Anhangsgebilde. Archiv f . mikr. Anat.
 
Bd. XII. 187G. Zander, R. Die friihesten Stadien der Nagelentwicklung und ihre Beziehungen
zu den Digitalnerven. Archiv f. Anat. u. Entwickluugsg. Jahrg. 1884.
 
 
 
CHAPTER XVII.
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR,
MESENCIIYME.
 
THE grounds which made it appear necessary to distinguish in addition to the four epithelial germ-layers a special intermediate layer or mesenchyme have already been given in the first part of this text-book. This distinction is also warranted by the further progress of development. For all the various tissues and organs which are derived in many ways from the intermediate layer allow, even subsequently, a recognition of their close relationship. Histologically the various kinds of connective substance have been for a long time considered as constituting a single family of tissues.
 
It will be my endeavor to emphasise the relationship of the organs of the intermediate layer, and whatever is characteristic of them from a morphological point of view, more than has been hithei'to customary in text-books, and to do the same in a forma]
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 539
way by embracing these organs in a chapter by themselves and discussing them apart from the organs of the inner, middle, and outer germ-layers.
 
It is the original province of the intermediate layer to form a packing and sustentative substance between the epithelial layers, a fact which stands out with the greatest distinctness particularly in the lower groups, as for example in the Ccelenterates. It is therefore closely dependent upon the epithelial layers in the matter of its distribution. When the germ-layers are raised up into folds, it penetrates between the layers of the fold as a sustentative lamella ; when the germ-layers are folded inwards, it receives the parts that are being differentiated as for example in the Vertebrates, the neural tube, the masses of the transversely striped muscles, the secretory parenchyma of glands, the optic cups, and the auditory vesicles and provides them with a special envelopment that adjusts itself to them (the membranes of the brain, the perimysium, and the connective-tissue substance of the glands). In consequence of this the intermediate layer, in the same proportion as the germ-layers become more fully organised, becomes itself converted into an extraordinarily complicated framework, and resolved into the most divergent organs, by the formation of evaginations and invaginations and the constricting off of parts.
 
The form of the intermediate layer thus produced is of a secondary nature, for it is dependent upon the metamorphosis of the germlayers, with which it is most intimately connected. But in addition, the intermediate layer, owing to its own great power of metamorphosis, acquires in all higher organisms, particularly in the Vertebrates, an intricate structure, especially in the way of liistological differentiation or metcvnwrphosis. In this way it gives rise to a long series of various organs the cartilaginous and bony skeletal parts, the fasciae, aponeuroses, and tendons, the blood-vessels and lymphatic glands, etc.
 
It is therefore fitting to enter here some\vhat more particularry upon a discussion of the principle of histoloyical differentiation, and especially to inquire in what manner it is concerned in the origin of organs differentiated in the mesenchyme.
 
The most primitive and simplest form of mesenchyme is gelatinous tissue. Not only does it predominate in the lower groups of animals, but it is also the first to be developed in all Vertebrates, out of the embryonic cells of the intermediate layer, and is here the forerunner and the foundation of all the remaining forms of sustentative substance.
 
 
 
540 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
In a homogeneous, soft, quite transparent matrix, which chemically considered contains mucous substance or mucin, and therefore does not swell in warm water or acetic acid, there lie at short and regular intervals from one another numerous cells, which send out in all directions abundantly branched protoplasmic processes and by means of these are joined to each other in a network.
 
In the lower Vertebrates the gelatinous tissue persists at many places, even when the animals are fully grown ; in Man and other Mammals it early disappears, being converted into two higher forms of connective substance, either intojlbrillar connective tissue or into cartilaginous tissue. The first-named arises in the gelatinous matrix by the differentiation of connective-tissue fibres on the part of the cells, which are sometimes close together, sometimes widely scattered. These fibres consist of collagen and upon boiling produce glue. At first sparsely represented, these glue-producing fibres continually increase in volume in older animals. Thus transitional forms, which are designated as foetal or immature connective tissue, lead from gelatinous tissue to mature connective tissue, which consists almost exclusively of fibres and the cells which have produced them. This is capable of a great variety of uses in the organism, according as its fibres cross one another in various directions without order, or are arranged parallel to one another and grouped into special cords and strands. Thus, in connection with other parts derived from the germlayers, it gives rise to a great variety of organs. In some places it forms the foundation for epithelial layers of great superficial extent ; together with them it produces the integument, composed of epidermis, corium, and subcutaneous connective tissue, and the various mucous and serous membranes ; in others it unites with masses of transversely striped muscle, and arranges itself under the influence of their traction into parallel bundles of tense fibres, furnishing tendons and aponeuroses. Again at other places it takes the form of firm sheets of connective tissue, which serve for the separation or enveloping of masses of muscle, the intermuscular ligaments and the fasciae of muscles.
 
The second metamorphic product of the primary mesenchyme, cartilage, is developed in the following manner : At certain places the embryonic gelatinous tissue acquires as a result of proliferation a greater number of cells, and the cells secrete between them a cartilaginous matrix, chondrin. The parts which have resulted from the process of chondrification exceed in rigidity to a considerable extent the remaining kinds of sustentative substance, the gelatinous
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 541
and the glue-producing intermediate tissue ; they are sharply differentiated from their softer surroundings, and become adapted, in consequence of their peculiar physical properties, to the assumption of special functions. Cartilage serves in part to keep canals open (cartilage of the larynx and bronchial tree), in part for the protection of vital organs, around which they form a firm envelope (cartilaginous cranium, capsule of the labyrinth, vertebral canal, etc.), and in part for the support of structures projecting from the surface of the body (cartilage of the limbs, branchial rays, etc.). At the same time they afford firm points of attachment for the masses of muscle imbedded in the mesenchyine, neighboring parts of the muscles entering into firm union with them. In this manner there has arisen through histological metamorphosis a differentiated skeletal apparatus, which increases in complication in the same proportion as it acquires more manifold relations with the musculature.
 
Cartilaginous and connective tissues, finally, are capable of a further histological metamorphosis, since the last form of sustentative substance, osseous tissue, is developed from them in connection with the secretion of salts of lime. There are therefore bones that have arisen from a cartilaginous matrix ami others from one of connective tissue. With the appearance of bone, the skeletal apparatus of Vertebrates has reached its highest perfection.
 
Even if the rnesenchyme has by these processes experienced an extraordinarily high degree of differentiation and a great diversity of form, the histological processes of differentiation which take place in it are nevertheless not yet exhausted. In the gelatinous or connective-tissue matrix canals and spaces arise in which blood and lymph move in accomplishing their function of intermediating in the metastasis of the organism, not only conveying the nutritive fluids to the individual organs, but also conducting away both the substances which owing to the chemical processes in the tissues
-have become useless and the superfluous fluids. Out of these first beginnings arises a very complicated organic apparatus. The larger cavities constitute arteries and veins, and acquire peculiarly constructed thick walls, provided with non-stria te muscle-cells and elastic fibres, in which three different layers can be distinguished as tunica intinia, media, and adventitia. A small part of the blood-passages, especially distinguished by an abundance of muscle-cells, is converted into a propulsive apparatus for the fluid
-the heart. The elementary corpuscles that circulate in the
 
 
542 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
currents of the fluid, the blood-cells and lymph-cells, demand renewal the more frequently the more complex the metastasis becomes. This leads to the formation of special breeding places, as it were, for the lymph-corpuscles. In the course of the lymphatic vessels and spaces there takes place at certain points in the connective tissue an especially active proliferation of cells. The substance of the connective-tissue framework assumes here the special modification of reticular or adenoid tissue. The surplus of cells produced enters into the lymphatic current as it sweeps past. According as these lymphoid organs exhibit a simple or a complicated structure, they are distinguished as solitary or aggregated follicles, as lymphatic ganglia and spleen.
 
Finally there are formed at very many places in the intermediate layer, as especially in the whole course of the intestinal canal, organic [non-striate] muscles.
 
After this brief survey of the processes of differentiation in the intermediate layer, which are primarily of an histological nature, I turn to the special history of the development of the organs which arise from it, the blood-vessel and skeletal systems.
 
 
 
I. The Development of the Blood-vessel System.
 
The very first fundament of the blood-vessels and the blood has already been treated of in the first part of this text-book. We will therefore here concern ourselves with the special conditions of the vascular system, with the origin of the heart and chief blood-vessels, and with the special forms which the circulation presents in the various stages of development, and which are dependent on the formation of the foetal membranes. In this I shall treat separately, both for the heart and for the rest of the vascular system, the first fundamental processes of development and the succeeding alterations, from which the ultimate condition is finally evolved.
 
 
 
A. The first DeveloyMientcd Conditions of the Vascular System.
 
(a) Of the Heart.
 
The vascular system of Vertebrates can be referred back to a very simple fundamental form namely, to two blood-vessel trunks of which the one runs above and the other below the intestine in the direction of the longitudinal axis of the body. The dorsal trunk, the
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 543
aorta, lies in the attachment of the dorsal mesentery, by means of which the intestine is connected to the vertebral column ; the other trunk, on the contrary, is imbedded in the ventral mesentery, as far, at least, as such a structure is ever established in the Vertebrates ; it is almost completely metamorphosed into the heart. The latter is therefore nothing else than a peculiarly developed part of a main blood-vessel provided with especially strong muscular walls.
 
In the first fundament of the heart there are two different types to be distinguished, one of which is present in Selachians, Ganoids, Amphibia, and Cyclostomes, the other in Bony Fishes and the higher Vertebrates Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals.
 
In the description of the first type, I select as an example the
 
 
 
ep
 
 
Fig. 297. Cross section through the region of the heart of an embryo of Salamandra maculosa,
in which the fourth visceral arch is indicated, after RABL. d, Epithelium of the intestine ; cm, visceral middle layer ; ep, epidermis ; Ih, anterior part of
the body-cavity (pericardio-thoracic cavity) ; end, endocardium ; p, pericardium ; vhg, meso
cardium anterius.
 
development of the heart in the Amphibia, concerning which a detailed account has very recently been published by RABL.
 
In Amphibia the heart is established very far forward in the embryonic body, underneath the pharynx or cavity of the head-gut (figs. 297, 298). The embryonic body-cavity (IK) reaches into this region, and in cross sections appears upon both sides of the median plane as a narrow fissure. The lateral halves of the body-cavity are separated from each other by a ventral mesentery (vhy), by means of which the under surface of the pharynx is united with the wall of the body. If we examine the ventral mesentery more closely, we observe that in its middle the two mesodermic layers from which it has been developed separate from each other and allow a small cavity (h) to appear, the primitive cardiac cavity. This is stir
 
 
544
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
rounded by a single layer of cells, which is afterwards developed into the endocardium (end).* Outside of the latter the adjacent cells of the middle germ-layer are thickened ; they furnish the material out of which the cardiac musculature (the myocardium) and the superficial membrane of the heart (pericardium viscerale) arise. The fundament of the heart is attached above [dorsally] to the pharynx (d) and below to the body-wall by the remnant of the mesentery, which persists as a thin membrane. We designate these two parts as the suspensory ligaments of the heart, as back [dorsal] and front [ventral] cardiac mesenteries (hhg, vhy), or as mesocardium posterius and anterius. At this time there is nothing to be seen of a pericardial sac, unless we should designate as such the anterior
[ventral] region of the bodycavity, from which, as the further course of development will show, the pericardium is chiefly derived.
 
In the second type, the heart arises from distinct and widely separated halves, as the conditions in the Chick and the Rabbit most distinctly teach.
 
In the Chick the first traces of the fundament may be demonstrated at an early period, in embryos with four to six primitive segments. They appear here at a time when the various germ-layers are still spread out flat, at a time when the front part of the embryonic fundament first begins to be elevated as the small cephalic protuberance, and the cephalic portion of the intestine is still in the first phases of development. As has already been stated, the intestinal cavity in the Chick is developed by the folding together and fusion of the intestinal plates [splanchnopleure]. If one examines carefully the ridge of an intestinal fold in the very process of being formed (fig. 299 A df) t one observes that its visceral middle layer is somewhat thickened, composed of large cells, and separated from the entoblast by a space filled with a jelly-like matrix. In the latter there lie a few isolated cells, which subsequently
* Relative to the origin of the endothelial sac of the heart, compare the observations given on page 186.
 
 
 
 
Fig. 298. Cross section from the same series as that from which fig. 297 was drawn, after KABL.
 
&lt;/, Epithelium of the intestine ; vm, visceral, pm, parietal middle layer ; hhg, posterior, vlig, anterior mesocardium ; end, endocardium ; h, cavity of the heart ; Ik, ventral part of the body-cavity ; ep, epidermis.
 
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 545
 
 
Fig. 299. Three diagrams to illustrate the formation of the heart in the Chick.
 
.', Xeural tube; m, mesenchyma of the head ; d, intestinal cavity ; df, folds of the intestinal plate [splanchnopleure], in which the endothelial sacs of the heart are established ; h, endothelial sac of the heart ; ch, chorda ; Ih, bodycavity ; ale, outer, ik, inner germ-layer ; 'nilc 1 , parietal middle layer ; ink", visceral middle layer, from the thickened portion of which the musculature of the heart is developed ; dn, intestinal suture, in which the two intestinal folds are fused ; db, part of the entoblast which has become detached from the epithelium of the cephalic portion of the intestine at the intestinal suture and lies on the yolk ; + dorsal mesocardium ; * ventral mesocardium.
 
A, The youngest stage shows the infolding of the splanchnopleure, by means of which the cephalic part of the intestine is formed. In the angles of the intestinal folds the two endothelial sacs of the heart have been established between the inner germ-layer and the visceral middle layer.
 
B, Somewhat older stage. The two folds (A df) have met in the intestinal suture (dn), so that the two endothelial sacs of the heart lie close together in the median plane below the head-gut.
 
C, Oldest stage. The part of the entoblast which lines the head-gut (&lt;?) has become separated at the intestinal suture (B dn) from the remaining part of the entoblast, which (J6) lies upon
 
 
ak
 
 
d m
 
 
n
 
 
 
ik Ih mk- h df
 
 
d
 
 
B
 
 
n
 
 
 
mk" h d
 
 
Ih
 
 
I
 
 
n
 
 
 
h db h mk y lit
 
 
the yolk, so that the two endothelial sacs of the heart are in contact ; they subsequently fuse. They lie in a cardiac suspensorhun formed by the visceral middle layers, the mesocardium, on which one can distinguish an upper [dorsal] and an under part mesocardium superius(-f )and inferius (*). By means of this mesocardium the primitive body-cavity is temporarily divided into two portions.
 
 
 
35
 
 
546 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
surround n, small cavity, tho primitive cardiac cavity (A). These cells .issuine more of an endothelial character. While the intestinal folds grow toward each other, the two endothelial tubes become enlarged and ])iish the thickened part of the visceral middle layer before them, so that the latter forms a low, ridge-like elevation into the primitive body-cavity. hi the embryos of higher Vertebrates also, just as in the Amphibia, this stretches forward into the embryonic fundament as far as the last visceral arch, and has here received the special name of neck-cavity or parietal cavity.
 
In older embryos (fig. 299 7&gt;) the edges of the two folds have met in the median plane, and consequently the two cardiac tubes have moved close together. A process of fusion then takes place between the corresponding parts of the two intestinal folds.
 
First the entoblastic layers fuse, and in this way is produced (fig. 299 7&gt;) beneath the chorda dorsalis (ck) the cavhVy of the head-gut (d), which then detaches itself from the remaining part of the entoblast (fig. 299 G db) ; the latter is left lying on the yolk and becomes the yolk-sac. Under the cavity of the head-gut the two cardiac sacs have come close together, so that their cavities are separated from each other by their own endothelial walls only. By the breaking through of these there soon arises from them (7i) a single cardiac tube. On the side toward the body-cavity this is covered by the visceral middle layer (mk 2 ), the cells of which are distinguished in the region of the fundament of the heart by their great length and furnish the material for the cardiac musculature, while the inner endothelial membrane becomes only the endocardium.
 
The whole fundament of the heart lies, as in the Amphibia, in a ventral mesentery, the upper [dorsal] part of which, extending from the heart to the head-gut (fig. 299 G +), can here also be called the dorsal suspensory of the heart or mesocardium postering, and the lower [ventral] part (*) mesocardium anterius. In the Chick, when the cardiac tube begins to be elongated and bent into an S- shaped form, the mesocardium anterius quickly disappears.
 
Similar conditions are furnished by cross sections through Rabbit embryos 8 or 9 days old. In the latter the paired fundaments of the heart are indeed developed still earlier and more distinctly than in the Chick, even at a time when the entoderm is still spread out flat and has not yet begun to be infolded. Upon cross sections one sees (fig. 301), in a small region at some distance from the median plane, the splanchnopleure separated from the somatopleure by a small fissure (pfi), which is the front end of the primitive body-cavity. At
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 547
this place the visceral middle layer (ahh) is also raised up somewhat from the entoderm (sw), so that it causes a projection into the bodycavity (ph). Here there is developed between the two layers a small cavity, which is surrounded by an endothelial membrane (lhh\ the primitive cardiac sac. At their first appearance the halves of the heart lie very far apart. They are to be seen both in the very slightly magnified cross section (fig. 300) and also in the surface view of an embryo Rabbit (fig. 302) at the place indicated by h. They
 
 
 
Fig. 300.
 
 
 
 
Fig. 301.
 
Figs. 300, 301. Cross section through the head of an embryo Rabbit of the same age as that shown in fig. 302. From KOLLIKER. Fig. 301 is a part of fig. 300 more highly magnified.
 
Fig. 300. h, h', Fundaments of the heart ; sr, cesophageal groove.
 
.Fig. 301. rf, Dorsal groove; mp, medullary plate; no, medullary ridge ; h, outer germ-layer; d&lt;l, inner germ-layer ; dd', its chordal thickening ; sp, undivided middle layer ; hp, parietal, dfp, visceral middle layer ; -ph, pericardial part of the body-cavity ; ahh, muscular wall of the heart ; ihh, endothelial layer of the heart ; mes, lateral undivided part of the middle layer ; sw, intestinal fold, from which the ventral wall of the pharynx is formed.
 
 
 
afterwards move toward each other in the same manner as in the Chick by the infolding of the splanchnopleure, and come to lie on the under side of the head-gut, where they fuse and are temporarily attached above and below by means of a dorsal and ventral mesentery. Concerning the processes of development just sketched the question may be raised : What relation do the paired and the unpaired fundaments of the heart sustain to each other ? It is to be answered to this, that the impaired fundament of the heart, ivhich is present in the lower Vertebrates, is to be regarded as the original form. The double
 
 
548
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
heart-formation, however aberrant it at f,rst si &lt;/Ji f appears, can be
easily referred back to this.
 
A single cardiac tube cannot bn developed in tlie higher
Vertebrates, because at the time of its formation a headgut does not yet exist, but only the fundament of it is formed in the still flat entoderm. The parts which will subsequently form the ventral wall of the head -gut, and in which the heart is developed, are still two separated territories ; they still lie at some distance from the median plane at the right and at the left. If therefore it is necessary for the heart to be formed at this early period, it must arise in the separated regions, which by the process of infolding are joined into a single ventral tract. The vessel must arise as two parts, which, like the two intestinal folds, subsequently fuse.
 
Whether the heart is formed
Fig. 302. Embryo Rabbit of the ninth day, seen j n one wav or t} ie other, in
n it ^ i _ i _ _ *i_ T T" _ _ _ TUT .-, *
 
 
 
a
 
 
from the dorsal side, after KOLLIKER. Magnified 21 diameters.
 
The axial (stem-) zone (stz) and the parietal zone (2?z) are to be distinguished. In the former 8 pairs of primitive segments have been formed at the side of the chorda and neural tube.
 
p, Area pellncida ; rf, dorsal groove ; r/t, fore brain; ab, optic vesicle; mil, mid -brain; Mi, hind-brain ; uw, primitive segment ; stz, axial zone ; pz, parietal zone ; h, heart ; ph, pericardial part of the body-cavity ; rd, margin of the anterior intestinal portal showing through the overlying structures ; af, fold of the aninion ; vo, \ena omphalomesenterica.
 
 
 
either case it has for a time the form of a straight sac lying ventral to the head -gut and composed of two tubes one within the other, which are separated by a large space assumably filled with a gelatinous matrix. The inner, endothelial tube becomes the
 
 
endocardium ; the outer tube,
which is derived from the visceral middle layer, furnishes the foundation for the myocardium and the pericardial membrane that immediately invests the surface of the heart.
 
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 549
(/&gt;) The First Developmental Conditions of the Large Vessels. Vitelline Circulation, Allantoic and Placental Circulation.
 
At both ends, in front and behind, the heart is continuous with the trunks of blood-vessels, which have been established at the same time with it. The anterior or arterial end of the cardiac tube is elongated into an unpaired vessel, the truncus arteriosus, which continues the forward course under the head-gut, and is divided in the region of the first visceral arch into two arms, which embrace the head-gut on the right and left and ascend within the arch to the dorsal surface of the embryo. Here they bend around and run backward in the longitudinal axis of the body to the tail-end. These two vessels are the primitive aortcv (figs. 107, 116 ao) ; they take their course on either side of the chorda dorsalis, above the entoderm and below the primitive segments. They give off lateral branches, among which the arterice omplialomesentericw are in the Amniota distinguished by their great size. These betake themselves to the yolk-sac and conduct the greatest portion of the blood from the two primitive aortas into the area vasculosa, where it goes through the vitelline circulation.
 
In the Chick, the conditions of which form the basis of the following account (fig. 303), the two vitelline arteries (R.Of.A, L.Of.A) quit the aortaj at some distance from their tail-ends, and pass out laterally from the embryonic fundament between entoderm and visceral middle layer into the area pellucida, traverse the latter, and distribute themselves in the vascular area. They are here resolved into a fine network of vessels, which lie, as a cross section (fig. 116) shows, in the mesenchyme between the entoderm and the visceral middle layer, and which are sharply bounded at their outer edge (toward the vitelline area) by a large marginal vessel (fig. 303 S.T), the sinus terminalis. The latter forms a ring which is everywhere closed, with the exception of a small region which lies in front, at the place where the anterior amniotic sheath has been developed.
 
From the vascular area the blood is collected into several large venous trunks, by means of which it is conducted back to the heart. From the front part of the marginal sinus it returns in the two vence vitellinai anter lores, which run in a straight line from in front backwards and also receive lateral branches from the vascular network. From the hind part of the sinus terminalis the blood is taken up by the venae vitellinie posteriores, of which the one of the left side is larger than the one of the right ; the latter afterwards
 
 
550
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
degenerates more and more. From the sides likewise there come still larger collecting vessels, the vense vitellinre laterales. All the vitelline veins of either side now unite in the middle of the embryonic body to form a single large trunk, the vena omphalo
 
 
Vitelline ;nva.
 
 
 
Vitelline area.
 
 
 
SJF.
 
 
 
S.CnV.
 
 
 
4.0
 
 
 
SX,
 
 
Fig. 303. Diagram of the vascular system of the yolk-sac at the end of the third day of incubation, after BALFOUB.
 
Tlie whole blastoderm has been removed from the egg and is represented as seen from below. Hence what is really at the right appears at the left, and vice vtrsd. The part of the area opaca in which the close vascular network has been formed is sharply terminated at its periphery by the sinus terminalis, and forms the vascular area ; outside of the latter lies the vitelline area. The immediate neighborhood of the embryo is free from a vascular network, and now, as previously, is distinguished by the name area pellucida.
 
H. Heart; A A, aortic arches; Ao, dorsal aorta; L.Of.A, left, R.Of.A, right vitelline artery; S. T, sinus terminalis ; L.Of, left, R.Of, right vitelline vein ; S. V, sinus venosus ; D.C, diictus Cuvieri ; S.Ca.V, superior, V. Ca, inferior cardinal vein. The veins are left in outline; the arteries are black.
 
mesenterica (A'.O/and L.Of), which enters the posterior end of the heart (//).
 
The motion of the blood begins to be visible in the case of the Chick as early as the second day of incubation. At this time the blood is still a clear fluid, which contains only few formed
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 551
components. For the most of the blood-corpuscles still continue to lie in groups on the walls of the tubes, where they constitute the previously described blood-islands (fig. 114), which cause the redbesprinkled appearance of the vascular area. The contractions of the heart, by which the blood is set in motion, are at first slow and then become more and more rapid. On the average, according to PREYER, the strokes then amount to 130 150 per minute. However, the frequency of pulsations is largely dependent upon external influences; it increases with the elevation of the temperature of incubation and diminishes at every depression of it, as well as when the egg is opened for study. At the time when the heart begins to pulsate, no muscle-fibrillse have been demonstrated in the myocardium ; from this results the interesting fact that purely protoplasmic, still undifierentiated cells are in a condition to make strong rhythmical contractions.
 
At the end of the third or fourth day the vitelline circulation in the Chick is at its highest development ; it has undergone some slight changes. We find instead of a single vascular network a double one, an arterial and a venous. The arterial network, which receives the blood from the vitelline arteries, lies deeper, nearer to the yolk, while the venous spreads itself out above the former and is adjacent to the visceral middle layer. The circulating blood is distinguished by the abundance of its blood-corpuscles, the bloodislands having entirely disappeared.
 
The function of the vitelline circulation is twofold. First it serves to provide the blood with oxygen, opportunity for acquiring which is afforded by the whole vascular network being spread out at the surface of the egg. Secondly it serves to bring nutritive substances to the embryo. The yolk-el einents below the entoblast are disassociated, liquefied, and taken up into the blood-vessels, by which they are carried to the embryo, where they serve as nutrition for the rapidly dividing cells. Thus far the embryonic body increases in size at the expense of the yolk-material in the yolksac, which becomes liquefied and absorbed.
 
The system of vitelline blood-vessels in Mammals agrees in general with that of the Chick, and is distinguished from the latter only in some unimportant points, which do not need to be discussed. However, this question certainly arises* What signification has a vitelline circulation in Mammals (fig. 134 ds) in which the egg is furnished with only a small amount of yolk-material ?
Two things are here to be kept in mind ; first, that the eggs of
 
 
552 EblttRYOLOGY.
 
Mammals were originally provided with abundant yolk-material, like those of Reptiles (compare p. 222), and, secondly, that the blastodermic vesicle, which arises after the process of cleavage, becomes greatly distended by the accumulation within it of a fluid very rich in albumen, furnished by the walls of the uterus. Out of this vesicle likewise the vitelline blood-vessels undoubtedly take up nutritive material and convey it to the embryo, until a more ample nutrition is provided by means of the placenta.
 
In addition to the vitelline blood-vessels there arises in the higher Vertebrates a second system of vessels, which is distributed in the foetal membranes outside the embryo and for a time is more developed than the remaining vessels of the embryo. It serves for the allantoic circulation of Birds and Reptiles and the placenta! circulation of Mammals.
 
When in the Chick the allantois (PI. I., fig. 5 al] is evaginated from the front [ventral] wall of the hind-gut, and as an ever increasing sac soon grows out of the body-cavity through the dermal umbilicus into the coalom of the blastodermic vesicle between the serosa and the yolk-sac, there appear in its walls two blood-vessels, which grow forth from the ends of the two primitive aortse the umbilical vessels, or arterice umbilicales. The blood is again collected from the fine capillary network, into which these vessels have been resolved, into the two umbilical veins (veme \ umbilicales), which, after having arrived at the navel, pass on to the two Cuvierian ducts (see p. 577) and pour their blood into these near the entrance of the latter into the sinus venosus. The terminal part of the right vein soon atrophies, whereas the left receives the lateral branches of the right side and is correspondingly developed into a larger trunk. This now also loses its original connection with the ductus Cuvieri, since it effects with the left hepatic vein (vena hepatica revehens) an anastomosis, which continually becomes larger and finally carries the whole stream of blood. Together with the left hepatic vein the left umbilical vein then empties directly into the sinus venosus at the posterior margin of the liver (HOCHSTETTER).
 
The umbilical and vitelline veins undergo opposite changes in calibre during development : while the vitelline circulation is well developed, the umbilical veins are inconspicuous stems ; afterwards, however, with the increase in the size of the allantois they enlarge, whereas the venae omplialomesentericae undergo degeneration and in the same proportion as the yolk-sac by the absorption of the yolk becomes smaller and loses in significance.
 
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 553
So far as regards the purpose of the umbilical circulation, it subserves in Reptiles and Birds ihe function of respiration. For the allantois, when it has become larger, in the Chick for example, applies itself closely to the serosa and spreads itself out in the vicinity of the air-chamber and underneath the shell, so that the blood circulating in it can enter into an exchange of gases with the atmospheric air. It loses its importance for respiration in the egg only at the moment \vhen the Chick with its beak breaks through the surrounding embryonic membranes, and breathes directly the air contained in the air-chamber. For the conditions of the circulation are now altered throughout the whole body, since with the beginning of the process of respiration the lungs are in a condition to take up a greater quantity of blood, resulting in a degeneration of the umbilical vessels (compare also p. 584).
 
The umbilical or placental circulation in Mammals (fig. 139 Al) plays a still more important role ; for here the tw r o umbilical arteries convey the blood to the placenta. After the blood has been laden in this organ with oxygen and nutritive substances, it flows back again to the heart, at first through two, afterwards through a single umbilical vein (p. 584).
 
B. The further Development of the Vascular System up to the
Mature Condition.
 
(a) The Metamorphosis of the Tubular Heart into a Heart
vnth Chambers.
 
As has been .shown in a preceding section, the heart of a Vertebrate originally has for a short time the form of a straight sac, which sends off at its anterior end the two primitive aortic arches, while it receives at its posterior end the two omphalomesenteric veins. The sac lies far forward immediately behind the head on the ventral side of the neck (fig. 304 /*,), in a prolongation of the body-cavity (the parietal or cervical cavity). It is here attached by means of a mesentery of only brief duration, which stretches from the alimentary canal to the ventral wall of the throat, and which is divided by the cardiac sac itself into an upper [dorsal] and an under part, or mesocarclium posterius and anterius.
 
During the first period of embryonic development the heart is distinguished by a very considerable growth, especially in the longitudinal direction ; consequently it soon ceases to find the necessary
 
 
554
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
 
room for itself as a straight sac, and is therefore compelled to bend itself into an S-shaped loop (lig. 304). It then takes such a position in the neck that one of the bends of the S, which receives the vitelline veins or, let us say briefly, the venous portion, conies to lie behind and at the left ; the other or arterial portion, which sends off' the aortic arches, in front and at the right (fig. 305).
 
But this initial position is soon altered (figs. 305, 313) by the two
curves of the S assuming another relation to each other. The venous portion moves headwards, the arterial, on the contrary, in the opposite direction, until both lie approximately in the same transverse plane. At the same time they become turned around the longitudinal axis of the embryo, the venous loop moving dorsally, the arterial, on the contrary, ventrally. Seen from in front [ventral aspect] one hides the other, so that it is only in a side view that the S-shaped curvature of the cardiac sac is distinctly recognisable.
 
By the increase in the size of this viscus the anterior part of the bodycavity is already greatly distended, and becomes still more so in later stages, when there is produced a very thin-walled elevation, that projects out to a great distance (figs. 157 h, 314). Inasmuch as the heart completely fills the cavity, and is covered in by only the thin, transparent, and closely applied wall of the trunk, the niembrana reuniens
inferior of KATHKE, it appeal's as though at this time the heart were located entirely outside of the body of the embryo.
 
After the completion of the twisting, there is effected a division of the S-shaped sac into several successive compartments (figs. 306, 308). The venous portion, which has become broader, and the arterial part are separated from each other by a deep constriction (ok} and can now be distinguished as atrium (vli) and ventricle, while the constricted region between the two may be indicated, by a designation introduced
 
 
Fig. 304. Head of a Chick incubated 58 hours, seen from the dorsal face, after MIHALKOVICS. Magnified 40 diameters.
 
The brain is divided into 4 vesicles: prli, primary fore-brain vesicle ; iiih, mid-brain vesicle ; kh, hindbrain vesicle ; nil, after-brain vesicle; an, optic vesicle ; k, heart (seen through the Jast brainvesicle) ; -co, vena omphalomesenterica ; us, primitive segment ; rm, spinal cord ; x, anterior wall of brain, which is evanii'ated to form the cerebrum.
 
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 555
by HALLER, as auricular canal (ok). The atrium thereby acquires a striking form, since its two lateral walls develop large out-pocketings (ho), the auricles of the heart (auriculae corclis) ; the free edges of the latter, which in addition soon acquire notches, are turned forward, and subsequently enfold more and more the arterial part of the heart, the truncus arteriosus (Ta), and a part of the surface of the ventricle.
 
The auricular canal (fig. 308 o)is in embryos a well-distinguished narrowed place in the cardiac tube. Owing to the great flattening of its endothelial tube in the sagittal direction, its walls almost
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ta
 
 
 
Fig. 305.
 
 
 
306.
 
 
 
Fig. 305. Heart of a human embryo, the body of which was 2 - 15 mm. long (embryo Lg), after
His. [Compare fig. 313.] K, Ventricle ; Ta, truncus arteriosus ; V, venous end of the S-shaped cardiac sac.
 
Fig. 306. Heart of a human embryo that was 4'3 mm. long, neck measurement (embryo 1),
after His. k, Ventricle ; Ta, truncus arteriosus ; ok, canalis auricularis ; vh, atrium with the heart-auricles
ho (auriculas cordis).
 
coming into contact, the passage between atrium and ventricle is reduced to a narrow transverse fissure. It is here that the atrioventricular valves are afterwards developed.
 
The fundament of the ventricle at first presents the form of a curved tube (figs. 305, 306 k), which however soon changes its form. For at a very early period there is observable on its anterior [ventral] and posterior surfaces a shallow furrow running from above downward, the sulcus interventricularis (fig. 307 si), which allows a left and a right half of the ventricle to be distinguished externally. The latter is the narrower, and is continued upward into the truncus arteriosus (Ta), the beginning of which is somewhat enlarged and
 
 
556
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
Ihn rko
 
 
Ta.
 
 
 
designated as bulbus. Between bulbus and ventricle lies a place that is only slightly constricted, called the /return Halleri ; it was recognised even by the older anatomists, then remained for a time little regarded, and now has been again described as noteworthy by His. For it marks the place at which subsequently the semilunar valves are established.
 
During the externally visible changes of form, some alterations are also progressing in the finer structure of the walls of the heart. As previously remarked, the fundament of the heart consists in the beginning of two sacs, one within the other an inner endothelial tube lined with flat cells, and an outer muscular sac consisting of cells
with abundant protoplasm and derived from the middle germ-layer. The two are completely separated from each other by a considerable space, which is probably filled with gelatinous substance.
 
The endothelial tube is in general a tolerably faithful copy of the muscular sac, yet the narrower and wider regions are more sharply marked off from one another in the former than in the latter ; "as regards its form, it sustains such a relation to the whole heart
as it would if it were a greatly shrivelled, internal cast of it " (His). In the muscular sac distinct traces of muscle-fibres can be recognised even at the time when the S-shaped curvature makes its appearance. At later stages in the development differences appear between atrium and ventricle. In the atrium the muscular wall is uniformly thickened into a compact plate, with the inside of which the endothelial tube is in immediate contact. In the ventricle, on the contrary, there occurs a loosening, as it were, of the muscular wall. There are formed numerous small trabeculse of muscular cells, which project into the previously mentioned space between the two sacs and become united to one another, forming a large-meshed network (fig. 311 A). The endothelial tube of the heart, by forming out-pocketings,
 
 
 
SI
rk Ik
 
 
Fig. 307. Heart of a human embryo of the fifth week,
after His. rk t Right, Ik, left ventricle ; si, sulcus interventricn
laris ; Ta, truncus arteriosus ; Iho, left, rho, right
auricle of the heart.
 
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 557
soon comes into intimate contact with the trabeculse, and envelops each one of them with a special covering (His). Thus there arise in the spongy wall of the ventricle numerous spaces lined with endothelium, which toward the surface of the heart end blindly, but which communicate with the central cavity and like this receive into them the stream of blood.
 
The embryonic heart of Man and Mammals resembles in its first condition that which has been described up to this point the heart of the lowest Vertebrates, the Fishes. In the former as in the latter it consists of a region, the atrium, which receives the venous blood from the body, and of another, the ventricle, which drives the blood into the arterial vessels. Corresponding to this condition of the heart, the whole circulation in embryos of this stage and in Fishes is still a single and a single one. This becomes changed in the evolution of Vertebrates, as in the embryonic life of the individual, with the development of the lungs, upon the appearance of which a doubling of the heart and of the blood-circulation is introduced.
 
The cause of such a change is clear, from the topographical relation of the two lungs to the heart, the former arising in the immediate vicinity of the heart by evagination of the fore-gut (fig. 314 la). The lungs therefore receive their blood from an arterial stem lying very near the heart, from the fifth [sixth] pair of aortic arches that arise from the trimcus arteriosus. Similarly they give back again the venous pulmonary blood directly to the heart through short stems, the pulmonary veins, which, originally united into a single collecting trunk (BoRN, ROSE), open into the atrium at the left of the great venous trunks. Therefore the blood that flows directly out of the heart into the lungs also flows directly back again to the heart. Herein is furnished the prerequisite for a double circulation. This comes into existence when the pulmonary and the body currents are separated from each other by means of partitions throughout the short course of the vascular system which both traverse in common (viz., atrium, ventricle, and trimcus arteriosus).
 
The process of separation begins in the vertebrate phylum with the Dipnoi and Amphibia, in which pulmonary respiration appears for the first time and supplants bronchial respiration. In the amniotic Vertebrates it is accomplished during their embryonic development. Therefore we now have to follow out further the manner in which, in the case of Mammals and especially of Man, according to the recent investigations of His, BORN, and ROSE, the partitions are formed how atrium and ventricle are each divided into right and
 
 
558
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
left compartments, and the truncus arteriosus into arteria pulmonalis and aorta, and how in this way the heart attains its definite form.
 
The partitions arise independently in each of the three divisions of the heart mentioned.
 
Let us first take into consideration the atrium, which is for a time the largest and most capacious region of the cardiac sac (fig. 308). In Man a separation into left and right halves (Iv and rv) is observable even in the fourth week, since there is then formed
on its hinder [dorsal] and upper wall a perpendicular projection inward, the first trace of the atrial partition (vs) or septum atriorum.
 
The halves are even now distinguished by the fact that they receive different venous trunks. The vitelline and umbilical veins, as well as the Cuvierian ducts to be discussed later, empty their blood into the right compartment, not directly, however, and by means of separate orifices, but after they have united with one another in the vicinity of the heart to form a large venous sinus (sr) the sinus venosus or s. reunions. This is immediately adjacent to the atrium and communicates with it by means of a large opening in its posterior [dorsal] wall, which is flanked on the right and on the left by a large venous valve (*). Only one small vessel, which traverses the musculature of the heart obliquely, opens, near the atrial partition, into the left compartment ; it is the previously mentioned unpaired pulmonary vein, which is formed immediately outside the atrium by the union of four branches, two of which come from each of the two wings of the lung now being established.
 
In the further course of development the atrial partition grows
 
 
 
Ps
IS
sr
rv Iv
ok
 
 
rk ks
Ik
 
 
Fig. 308. Heart of a human embryo 10 mm. long, neck measurement ; posterior [dorsal] half of the heart, the front walls of which have been removed. After His.
 
/.s 1 , 1'artitiou of the ventricle ; Ik, left, rk, right ventricle ; ok, auricular canal ; Iv, left, re, right atrhini ; sr, mouth of the sinus reunions ; vs, partition of the atrium (atrial crescent, His ; septam primuin, BORN) ; * Eustachiau valve ; Ps, septum spurium.
 
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 559
 
 
from above downward until it reaches the middle of the atrial canal (fig. 309 si). In this manner two completely separated atria would have come into existence at a very early period, if there had not been formed in the upper part of the partition, while it was still growing downward, an opening, the future foramen ovale, which maintains a connection between the two chambers (fig. 309) up to the time of birth. The opening has arisen either from the septum atriorum having become thin and having broken through at a certain region, or from its having been incomplete at this place from the very beginning, as is the case with the Chick for example, where it is traversed by numerous small orifices. Afterwards the foramen ovale, adapting itself to the conditions of the circulation existing at the time, becomes
 
 
still larger.
 
 
 
do\vngrowth
 
 
The
of the atrial partition has, moreover, the immediate result of separating the auricular canal into the left and right atrio
 
 
 
Ps
vs
sr rv
Iv
 
 
SI
rk ks
lie
 
 
Fig. 309. Posterior [dorsal] half of the heart of a human embryo of the fifth week, cut open, after His.
 
ks, Ventricular partition ; Ik, left, rk, right ventricle ; si, lower [posterior] part of the atrial partition (septum intermedium, His) ; to, left, rv, right atrium ; sr, mouth of the sinus reunions ; vs, atrial partition (atrial crescent, His ; septum secundum, BORX) ; Ps, septum spurium ; * E\istachian valve.
 
 
 
ventricular orifices (compare fig. 308 ok with fig. 309). The auricular canal, even
very soon after its formation, undergoes important alterations both from without and within. At first visible from the outside (fig. 308 o&amp;), it afterwards disappears from view (fig. 309) by being in a manner overgrown on all sides by the ventricle, and thereby incorporated in its walls, which enlarge upward and, in consequence of a vigorous growth of the musculature, acquire considerable thickness. The opening of the atrial canal into the ventricle, or the foramen atrioventriculare commune (fig. 310 A F.av.c), now has the form of a fissure extending from left to right, which is bounded on either side by two ridge-like lips (o.ek and u.ek}the atrioventricular lips of LINDES, or the endotbelial cushions of
 
 
5GO EMBRYOLOGY.
 
SCHMIDT. The ridges have arisen from a growth of the endocardium, and consist of a, gelatinous connective substance and an endothelial investment. The atrial partition, when it has grown down to the auricular canal, soon fuses along its free lower margin with these lips (fig. 309 si) ; the auricular canal is thereby divided into a left and a right atrioventricular opening, ostium atrioventriculare sinistruin and clextrum (fig. 310 B F.av.s and F.av.d], and at the same time both the dorsal and ventral endocardial ridges, which originally bound the opening, are divided in the middle (o.ek and n.ek). The dorsal components soon fuse with the corresponding pieces of the opposite [ventral] side, and thus there arise at the lower margin of the atrial partition (fig. 309 si) two new ridges, one of which projects into the left, the other into the right atrioventricular opening, which furnish the foundation of the median cuspidate valves.
 
The development of the atrial partition and the division of the auricular canal into the two atrioventricular openings are closely related processes, the former being the cause of the latter. This is clearly proved by pathological -anatomical conditions of arrested development of the heart. In all cases in which the formation of the atrial partition has been for any reason w r hatever interrupted and the lower part of it has been altogether wanting, there has always been only one atrioventricular opening (an ostium venosum commune) present (ARNOLD).
 
Before we progress further in the history of the development of the atrium, we must add an account of the metamorphoses which have taken place meanwhile in the territory of the ventricle and truncus arteriosus.
 
The ventricle begins to acquire its partition not much later than the atrium. By the end of the first month its musculature has become considerably thickened (fig. 311 A). Muscular trabeculre have arisen, which project far into the interior of the chamber and are joined to one another, so as to constitute a spongy tissue, the numerous fissures in which are continuous with the narrowed cavity of the heart and likewise allow the current of the blood to pass through them. At one place the musculature is especially thickened and forms a crescent-shaped fold projecting inward, the fundament of the ventricular partition (septum ventriculorum) (figs. 308, 309, 310 ks). This takes its origin from the lower and posterior [dorsal] wall of the ventricle, in the region which is marked externally by the previously mentioned sulcus interventricularis (fig. 307 si). Its
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 561
 
 
free edge is directed upwards and grows toward the bulbus arteriosus and the atrioventricnlar opening. The latter originally lies more in the left half of the ventricle (fig. 310 A F.av.c), but it gradually moves over more to the right, and finally assumes such a position that the ventricular partition by its growth upwards meets it exactly
 
 
Oi
 
 
 
o.ek F.av.s
 
 
- Ik
 
 
Fig. 310. Two diagrams (after BORX) to elucidate the changes in the mutual relations of the ostium atrioventriculare and the ostium interventriculare, as well as the division of the ventricle and large arteries. The ventricles are imagined to have been divided into halves ; one looks into the posterior [dorsal] halves, in which, moreover, the cardiac trabeculse, etc., have been omitted for the sake of simplifying the view.
 
J, Heart of an embryo Rabbit, in which the head is 3-5 5-8 mm. long. The ventricle is divided by the ventricular partition (ks) into a left and a right half as far as the ostium interventriculare (Oi). The right end of the foramen atrioventriculare commune (F.av.c) extends into the right ventricle ; the endocardia! cushions (o.ek, u.ek) are developed.
 
B, Heart of an embryo Rabbit, head 7'5 mm. long. The endocardial cushions (o.ek, u.ek) of the foramen atrioventriculare commune are fused, and thereby the for. atrioventr. com. is now separated into a for. atrioventr. dextrum (F.av.d) and sinistrum (F.av.s). The ventricular partition (ks) has likewise fused with the endocardial cushions, and has grown forward as far as the partition (s) of the trunciis arteriosus. By the closure of the remnant of the ostium interventriculare (Oi) the septum membranaceum is formed.
 
rk, Right, Ik, left ventricle ; ks, ventricular partition ; Pu, arteria pulmonalis ; Ao, aorta ; s, partition of the truncus arteriosus ; Oi, ostium interventriculare ; F.av.c, foramen atrioventriculare commune ; F.ae.d and F.av.s, foramen atrioventriculare dextrum and sinistrum ; o.ek, u.ek, upper and lower endothelial or endocardial cushions.
 
in the middle and fuses with its edges directly opposite the atrial partition (figs. 309, 310 B).
 
The division of the ventricle in Man is completed as early as the seventh week. From the atrium, the two compartments of which are united by the foramen ovale, the blood is now conducted through a right and a left ostium atrioventriculare into completely separated right and left ventricles.
 
The two atrioventricular openings are narrow at the time of their origin ; they are in part surrounded by the previous!} mentioned
36
 
 
562
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
endocardial ridges that project from the partition, in part by corresponding growths of the endocardium at their lateral circumference. The membranous projections are comparable with primitive pocketvalves, such as are also established in the bulbus arteriosus (GEGENBAUR) ; they constitute the starting-point for the development of the large atrioventricular valves, but furnish, as GEGENBAUR and BERNAYS have shown, only a part the membranous marginal thickening (mk l ) which subsequently disappears almost completely, whereas the compact main part of the valve arises from that portion of the thickened muscular wall of the ventricle itself that surrounds the atrioventricular opening (fig. 311 B mfc).
 
As was previously stated, in the case of Man the wall of the ventricle during the first months consists of a close spongy network
 
 
 
mi 1
 
 
 
Fig. 311. Diagrammatic representation of the formation of the atrioventricular valves. A , Earlier,
B, later condition. After GEGENBAUR. mk, Membranous valve ; mk\ the primitive part of the same ; cht, chordae tendinese ; v, cavity
of the ventricle ; b, trabecular network of cardiac musculature ; 21111, papillary muscles ;
tc, trabeculfe carnese.
 
of muscular trabeculae, which are invested by the endocardium and the interstices of which communicate with the small central cavity (fig. 311 A). Such a spongy condition of the wall of the heart persists permanently in Fishes and Amphibia ; in the higher Vertebrates and Man, on the contrary, metamorphoses occur. Toward its external surface the wall of the heart becomes more compact, in that the muscular trabeculae become thicker and the spaces between them narrower, in some parts even disappearing entirely (fig. 311 B tc). The reverse of this process takes place toward the inside. In the vicinity of the atrioventricular opening the trabeculse become thinner and the interstices larger. In this way a part of the thick wall of the ventricle, which looks toward the atrium and encloses the opening, is undermined, as it were, by the blood-current. In this part the muscle-fibres afterwards become entirely rudimentary;
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 563
there are formed from the interstitial connective-tissue substance tendinous plates, which with the endocardial cushions attached to their margins become the permanent atrioventricular valves (fig. 311 B ink). The latter therefore arise from a part of the spongy wall of the ventricle.
 
The remnants of the shrivelled muscular trabecuke (fig. 311 B cht), which are attached to the valve from below, become still more rudimentary in the immediate vicinity of the attachment : here also a part of the muscular fibres disappears entirely ; the connective tissue, on the contrary, is preserved, and is converted into the tendinous cords which, known under the name of chordca tendinete, serve to hold in place the valves. At some distance from the latter the trabeculse projecting into the ventricle preserve their fleshy condition and become the papillary muscles (pvi), from the apices of which the chordae tendinere arise. " Whatever of the primitive trabecular network still persists on the inner surface of the ventricle forms a more or less stout ineshwork of muscles, the fleshy pillars of the heart (tc), or trabeculfe carnese."
In consequence of all these alterations the originally small cavity of the ventricle has become considerably enlarged at the expense of a part of its spongy wall. For the whole of the space which in fig. 311 B lies below the valves has been produced from the system of originally narrow spaces (fig. 311 A), and has been employed for the enlargement of the central cavity by the degeneration of the fleshy columns into slender tendinous cords.
 
It still remains for us to investigate the division of the truncus arteriosus and the final metamorphosis of the atrium.
 
At about the time when the formation of the partition in the ventricle takes place, the truncus arteriosus, which arises from it, becomes somewhat flattened, and thus acquires a fissure-like lumen. On the flat sides two ridge-like thickenings make their appearance (fig. 310 A and B s), grow toward each other, and by their fusion divide the cavity into two passages which are triangular in cross section. Now, too, the beginning of the internal separation makes itself visible externally as two longitudinal furrows, in the same way that the formation of a partition in the ventricle is indicated by the sulcus interventricularis. The two canals resulting from the division are the aorta and the pulmonary artery (Ao and Pu). For a time they continue to be surrounded by a common adventitia, then they become widely separated and also externally detached from each other. The whole process of separation in the truncus arteriosus
 
 
 
 
564 . EMBRYOLOGY.
 
takes place independently of the development of a partition in the ventricle, beginning as it does at first above and advancing from there downwards. Finally the aortic septum penetrates also into the cavity of the ventricle itself (fig. 310 It s and ks), there unites with the independently developed ventricular partition, furnishes the part known as pars membranacea (Oi), and thus completes the separation of the vessels leading out from the heart, the aorta falling to the lot of the left ventricle, the art. pulmonalis to the right.
 
The pars membranacea indicates therefore in the finished heart the place at which the separation between the right and left halves of tlu heart is completed (fig. 310 B Oi}. "It is, as it were, the keystone in the final separation of the primitive simple cardiac sac into the four secondary cardiac cavities, as they are formed in Birds and Mammals " (ROSE). From a comparative-anatomical point of
view this place presents a special interest from the fact that in Eeptiles there exists here a permanent opening between the two ventricles, the foramen Pannizzse.
 
Even before the division of the truncus Fig. 3112. Diagram of the ar- arteriosus, the semilunar valves have become
rangement of the arterial ,, ., ... ,.
 
valves. From GEGENBAUR. established as Jour ridges, consisting ot A, Undivided truncus arteriosus gelatinous tissue with a covering of enclo
with four fundaments of , , i i
valves. B, Division into pui- thelium, at the contracted place which is monaiis (p) and aorta (&gt;, designated as the /return Halleri. Two of
each of which possesses three . , , . .
 
valves. them are halved at the time ot tne divi
sion of the truncus into aorta and art.
 
pulmonalis. For each vessel, therefore, there are now three ridges, which, owing to a shrivelling of the gelatinous tissue, assume the form of pockets. Their arrangement, to which GEGENBAUR has called attention, is intelligible from their method of development, as the accompanying diagram (fig. 312) shows. "By the division of the originally single bulbus arteriosus (A) into two canals (7&gt;), the nodule-like fundaments of the four original valves are distributed in such a manner that the anterior [ventral] one and the anterior halves of the two lateral ones fall to the anterior arterial trunk (pulmonalis), the posterior and the posterior halves of the lateral ones to the posterior arterial trunk (aorta)."
Finally, as regards the atrium, it is to be said that the sinus venosus, mentioned at p. 558, the mouth of the pulmonary vein, and the foramen ovale undergo important alterations.
 
The sinus venosus disappears as an independent structure, since it
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 565
is gradually merged into the wall of the atrium. In consequence of this the great venous trunks, which originally emptied their blood into it and which have meanwhile been converted into the superior and inferior vense cavre and into the sinus coronarius (the details of which are given in section d), empty directly into the right half of the atrium, and here gradually separate farther and farther from one another. Of the two valves which surround, as was previously stated, the mouth of the sinus venosus, the left becomes rudimentary (figs. 308, 309) ; the right (*), on the contrary, persists at the mouth of the inferior vena cava and of the sinus coronarius, and is divided, corresponding to these, into a larger and a smaller portion, of which the former becomes the valvula Eustachii, the latter the valvula Thebesii.
 
The four pulmonary veins are united for a time into a common short trunk, which empties into the left half of the atrium. Subsequently the common terminal portion becomes greatly enlarged and merged with the wall of the heart, in the same way as the sinus venosus does. In consequence the four pulmonary veins then open separately and directly into the atrium.
 
The foramen ovale, the formation of whicli was previously described, maintains a broad communication between the two sides of the atrium during the entire embryonic life. It is bounded behind and below by the atrial partition, a connective-tissue membrane that subsequently receives the name of valvula foraminis ovalis (fig. 309 si). Also from above and in front there is formed a sharp limitation, since a muscular ridge projects inward from the atrial partition, the anterior atrial crescent or the limbus Vieussenii (?;s). Even in the third month all of these parts are distinctly developed ; the valvula foraminis ovalis already reaches nearly to the thickened margin of the anterior muscular crescent, but is deflected obliquely into the left half of the atrium, so that a broad fissure remains open and permits the blood of the inferior vena cava to enter into the left part of the atrium. After birth the margins of the anterior and posterior folds come into contact, and, with occasional exceptions, fuse completely. The posterior fold furnishes the membranous partition of the foramen ovale ; the anterior, with its thickened muscular margin, produces above and in front the linibus Vieussenii. With this the heart has attained its permanent structure.
 
While the cardiac sac undergoes these complicated differentiations, it changes its position in the body of the embryo and acquires at an
 
 
566
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
period a. special investment, the pericardium. Tn connection with llic latter the diaphragm is formed as a partition between the thoracic and abdominal cavities. This is consequently the most suitable place at which to acquaint ourselves better with these important processes, a part of which are not easily understood. The most of the discoveries in this field we owe to the investigations of CADIAT, His, BALFOUR, USKOW, and others.
 
 
 
(I&gt;) The Development of the Pericardial Sac and the Diaphragm. The Differentiation of the Primary Body-cavity into Pericardial, Thoracic, and Abdominal Cavities.
 
Originally the body-cavity is widely extended in the body of the embryo, for it can be traced in the lower Vertebrates into the fundament of the head, where it furnishes the cavities of the visceral arches. After the latter have become closed, during which muscles arise from the cells composing their walls, the body-cavity extends forward as far as the last visceral arch and constitutes a large space (fig. 313), in which the heart is developed within the ventral mesentery (mesocardium anterius and posterius). REMAK and KOLLIKER named this space throatcavity ; His introduced the name parietal cavity. But it will be most appropriate if one designates it, after the permanent organs which are derived from it, as the pericardio - thoracic cavity. The more the cardiac tube is thrown into curves, the more extensive this cavity becomes, and it soon acquires in the embryo a comparatively enormous size. By this its front wall is protruded ventrally like a hernia between the head and the navel of the embryo (figs. 314, 157).
 
 
 
 
Fig. 313. Human embryo (Lg of His) 2 15 mm. long, neck measurement. Reconstruction figure, after His (" Menschliche Embryonen "). Magnified 40 diameters.
 
M/&gt;, Oral sinus ; Ab, aortic bulb ; Vm, middle part of the ventricle ; Vc, vena cava superior or ductus Cuvieri ; Sr, sinus reunions ; Vii, vena nmbilicalis ; VI, left part of the ventricle ; //o, auricle of the heart ; D, diaphragm ; V.om, vena omphalomesenterica ; Lb, solid fundament of the liver ; Lbg, hepatic duct.
 
 
 
THE ORC4ANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 567
The peiicardio-thoracic cavity begins very early to be sharply marked ofT from the future abdominal cavity by a transverse fold (figs. 313, 314 s-f 0&gt; which begins at the front [ventral] and Literal walls of the trunk, and the free edge of which projects dorsalwards and median wards (fig. 314 z-\-l) into the primitive body-cavity. It marks the course which the terminal part of the vena omphalomesenterica takes in order to reach the heart. Subsequently there are found imbedded in the fold all of the venous trunks which empty into the atrial sinus of the heart (figs. 313, 314), the omphalomesenteric and umbilical veins and the Cuvierian ducts (dc), which collect the blood from the walls of the trunk. Therefore the formation of the transverse fold is most intimately connected ivith the development of the veins. It takes the name of septum transversum (massa transversa, USKOW), and has the form of a transverse bridge of substance uniting the two lateral walls of the trunk (fig. 313), which inserts itself between the sinus venosus and the stomach, and is united with both as well as with the ventral mesentery. Its posterior portion (fig. 314 z + l) contains abundant embryonic connective tissue and blood-vessels, and constitutes a mass described as prekepatieus (Vorleber), since the two liver-sacs (fig. 313 Lb + Lbg) grow out from the duodenum into it and produce the hepatic cylinders. In proportion as this takes place, and the hepatic cylinders spread out from the ventral mesentery laterally into the septum transversum, the latter increases in thickness and now embraces two different fundaments, in front, a plate of substance in which the Cuvierian ducts and other veins run to the heart (the primary diaphragm) ; behind, the two lobes of the liver, which produce ridges that project into the body cavity.
 
By means of the septum transversum the pericardio-thoracic and the abdominal cavities are almost completely separated (fig. 314). There remain only two narrow canals (brh) (thoracic prolongations of the abdominal cavity, His), which establish a connection behind with the abdominal cavity at either side of the intestinal tube and its dorsal mesentery. The two canals (brh) receive the two fundaments of the lungs (Ig) when they grow out from the ventral wall of the intestinal tube. They afterwards become the two thoracic or pleura! cavities (brh), whereas the larger cavity communicating with them (hh), in which the heart has developed, becomes the pericardial chamber. The latter takes up the whole ventral side of the embryo ; the thoracic cavities, on the contrary, lie quite dorsal next to the posterior wall of the trunk.
 
 
 
568
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
How does the closure of these three originally communicating spaces take place, and how do they attain their altered, final position in relation to one another?
The pericardia! sac is the first to be separated off. The impulse to separation is furnished by the Cuvierian ducts (fig. 314 dc). One portion of the latter runs down from the dorsum, where it arises by the confluence of the jugular and cardinal veins, along the lateral walls of the trunk to the transverse septum (fig. 314 dc} ; it thereby
 
 
 
Fig. 314. Sagittal reconstruction of a human embryo 5 mm. long, neck measurement (embryo
R, His), to elucidate the development of the pericardio-thoracic cavity and the diaphragm,
after His. al&gt;, Bnlbus arberiosus ; brh, thoracic cavity (recessus parietalis, His) ; hh, pericardia! cavity ;
dc, ductus Cuvieri ; dv, vena omphalomesenterica ; nr, umbilical vein ; vca, cardinal vein ;
rj, jugular vein ; lg. lung ; z + I, fundament of the diaphragm and liver ; ilk, mandible.
 
 
 
crowds the pleura into the pericardio-thoracic cavity, and in this manner produces the pleuro-pericardial fold. Since the latter is carried farther and farther inward, it continues to narrow the communication between the pericardial cavity (hli) and the two pleural cavities (brh} ; finally, it cuts off the communication entirely, when its free edge has grown [median wards] as far as, and has fused with, the mediastinum posterius, in which the rcsophagus lies. By this migration of the Cuvierian ducts is also explained the position of the superior vena cava, which later opens into the atrium from above, for it is derived from the Cuvierian duct. Originally located in
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 569
the lateral wall of the trunk, its terminal part is afterwards enclosed in the mediastinum.
 
After the closure of the pericardia! sac, the narrow, tubular thoracic cavities (fig. 314 Mi) continue for a time to remain in communication behind with the abdominal cavity. The fundaments of the lungs (ly] meantime grow farther into them, and their tips finally come in contact with the upper surface of the liver, which also has now become larger. Then a closure is effected at these places also. From the lateral and posterior walls of the trunk project folds (the pillars of USKOW), which fuse with the septum transversum, and thus form the dorsal part of the diaphragm. One can therefore distinguish a ventral older part and a dorsal younger one.
 
As GEGENBAUR points out, this explains the course of the phrenic nerve, which runs in front of [ventral to] the heart and lungs and approaches the diaphragm from in front.
 
Occasionally the fusion of the dorsal and ventral fundaments is interrupted on one side. The consequence of such arrested development is a diaphragmatic hernia i.e., a permanent connection between abdominal and thoracic cavities by means of a hernial orifice, through which loops of the intestine can pass into the thoracic chamber.
 
When the four large serous spaces of the body have been completely shut off from one another, the individual organs must still undergo extensive alterations of position, in order to attain their ultimate condition. The pericardial sac at first takes up the whole ventral side of the breast, and over a large area is connected with the anterior wall of the thorax and with the upper wall of the diaphragm. Moreover, the latter is united with the liver along its whole under surface. The lungs lie hidden in narrow tubes at the dorsal side of the embryo.
 
There are two factors that come into the account in this connection (fig. 315). With the increase in the extent of the lungs (/(/), the thoracic cavities (pl.p) extend farther ventrally, and thereby detach the wall of the pericardial sac (jpc), or the pericardium, on the one hand from the lateral and anterior walls of the thorax, and on the other from the surface of the diaphragm. Thus the heart (ht\ with its pericardial sac, is displaced step by step toward the median plane, where, together with the large blood-vessels (ao), the oesophagus (al), and the bronchial tubes, it helps to form a partition the mediastinum -between the greatly enlarged thoracic cavities. In front the pericardial sac then remains in contact with the wall of
 
 
570
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
the thorax (st} and below with tho diaphragm for a little distance only.
 
The, second factor is the separation of the liver from the primary diaphragm, with ivhich it was united to form the septum transversum. This takes place as follows : At the margin of the liver the peritoneum, which originally covered only its under surface, grows over on to its upper surface, separating it from the primary diaphragm. A connection is retained near the wall of the trunk only. Thus is explained the development of the ligamentum coronarium hepatis,
 
 
 
Z ^-^ xi? s^BP=^-,
 
 
Fig. 315. Cross section through an advanced embryo of a Rabbit, to show how the pericardial
cavity becomes surrounded by the pleural cavities, from BALFOUR. ht, Heart ; pc, pericardial cavity ; pl.p, thoracic or pleural cavity ; Ig, lung ; al, alimentary
canal ; no, dorsal aorta ; ch. chorda ; r'p, rib ; st, sternum ; sp.c, spinal cord.
 
 
 
which was disregarded in the section which treated of the ligamentous supports of the liver (p. 330).
 
The diaphragm finally acquires its permanent condition by the ingrowth of muscles from the wall of the trunk into the connectivetissue lamella.
 
(c) The Metamorphoses of the Arterial System.
 
The development of the large arterial trunks lying in the vicinity of the heart is of great interest from a comparative-anatomical point of view. As in all Vertebrates at least five pairs of visceral arches
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 571
 
 
are established on the two sides of the fore-gut (permanently in the gill-breathing Fishes, Dipnoi, and a part of the Amphibia, transitorily in the higher Vertebrates), so also there are developed at the corresponding places on the part of the vascular system five pairs of vascular arches* (fig. 316 1 ' 5 ). They take their origin from the truncus arteriosus (figs. 316, 317), which runs forward under the fore-gut, then follow along the visceral arches up to the dorsal surface of the embryo, and here unite on either side of the vertebral column into longitudinal vessels, the two primitive aortse (fig. 317 ad}. On this account they are called aortic arches, but they are more appropriately designated as visceral-arch vessels.
 
In the Vertebrates that breathe by means of gills, the vessels of the visceral arches become of importance in the process of respiration, and early lose their simple structure. From their ventral initial portions there arise numerous lateral branches running to the branchial lamella?, which have arisen in large numbers from the mucous membrane investing the visceral arches ; here they are resolved into fine capillary networks. From these the blood is re-collected into venous branches, which open into the upper end of the visceral-arch vessels. The larger the ventral and dorsal lateral branches, the more inconspicuous does the middle part of the
vessel of the visceral arch become. At length it has separated into an initial part, the branchial artery, which is distributed to the branchial lamellae in numerous branches, and an upper part, the branchial vein, into which the blood is re-collected. The two are connected with each other by means of the close network only, which, from its superficial position in the mucous membrane, presents a suitable condition for the removal of the gases from the blood.
 
Since in the Amniota there are no branchial lamellae produced, branchial arteries and veins also fail to be developed, the vessels of
* [The existence of six pairs of vascular arches has recently been shown to be the typical condition, the newly discovered pair, situated between the fourth and fifth pairs of RATHKE'S scheme (fig. 316), being of short duration in Amniota.]
 
 
 
Fig. 316. Diagram of the arrangement of the vessels of the visceral arches from an embryo of an amniotic Vertebrate.
 
1 5, First to fifth aortic arches ; a&lt;l, aorta dorsalis ; ci, carotis interna ; ce, carotis externa ; v, vertebralis ; s, subclavia ; p, pulmonalis.
 
 
 
572
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
the visceral arches retaining their original simple condition. But thoy are in part of only short duration; they soon suffer, by the complete degeneration of extensive portions, a profound metamorphosis, which is effected in a somewhat different manner in Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals. An exposition of the changes in the case of Man only will be given here.
 
In human embryos only a few millimetres long, the truncus arteriosus, which emerges from the still single cardiac tube, is divided in the vicinity of the first visceral arch into a left and a right branch, which surround the pharynx, and are continuous above with the two primitive aortse. It is the first pair of aortic arches. In
 
 
 
 
Fig. 317. Development of the large arterial trunks, represented from embryos of a Lizard (A),
the Chick (), and the Pig (C), cifter RATHKE. The first two pairs of arterial arches have in all cases disappeared . In A and B the third,
fourth, and fifth pairs are still fully preserved ; in C only the two latter are still complete. p, Pulmonary artery arising from the fifth arch, but still joined to the dorsal aorta by means of
a ductus Botalli ; c, external, c', internal carotid ; aJ, dorsal aorta ; o, atrium ; r, ventricle ;
n, nasal pit ; m, fundament of the anterior limb.
 
only slightly older embryos their number is rapidly increased by the formation of new connections between the ventral truncus arteriosus and the dorsal primitive aorta?. Soon a second, a third, a fourth, and, finally, a fifth pair make their appearance in the same sequence in which the visceral arches are established in the case of Man as well as the remaining Vertebrates.
 
The five pairs of vascular arches give off lateral branches to the neighboring organs at a very early period ; of these several acquire a great importance and become carotis externa and interna, vertebralis and subclavia as well as pulrnonalis. The carotis externa (fig. 316 ce and fig. 317 c) arises from the beginning of the first vascular arch, and is distributed to the region of the upper and
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 573
lower jaws. The carotis iiiterna (tigs. 316 ci, 317 c') likewise arises from the first arch, but farther dorsally, at the point where the arch bends around to become continuous with the root of the aorta ; it conducts the blood to the embryonic brain and to the developing eye-ball (arteria ophthalmica). From the dorsal region of the fourth vascular arch (fig. 316 4 ) a branch is given off which is soon divided into two branches, one of which goes headwards to the medulla oblongata and the brain, the arteria vertebralis (v), whereas the other (s) supplies the upper limb (arteria subclavia). In the course of development these two arteries interchange relations in respect to calibre. In young embryos the vertebralis is by far the more important, while the subclavia is only a small inconspicuous lateral branch. But the more the upper extremity increases in size, the more the subclavia is elevated into the position of" the main trunk, and the more the vertebralis sinks to the rank of an accessory branch. Finally, from the fifth [sixth] arch there bud forth branches to the developing lungs (figs. 316, 317 p}.
 
As the simple diagram shows, the fundament of the arterial trunks which arise from the heart is originally strictly symmetrical. But at an early period there occur reductions of certain vascular tracts even to their complete disappearance ; in this way the symmetrical arrangement is (jradually converted into an unsymmetrical one.
 
The accompanying diagram (fig. 318) in which the parts of the vascular course that degenerate are left free, and those which continue to be functional are marked by a heavy central line will serve to illustrate this metamorphosis.
 
First, as early as the beginning of the nuchal flexure, the first and second vascular arches with the exception of the connecting portions through which the blood flows to the carotis externa (b) disappear.
 
The third arch (c) persists, but loses its connection with the dorsal end of the fourth, and therefore now conveys all its blood toward the head into the carotis iiiterna (), of which it has now become the initial part.
 
The chief role in the metamorphosis is assumed by the fourth arid fifth arches (fig. 317 C). They soon exceed all other vessels in size, and as they lie nearest to the heart, they are converted into the two chief arteries which arise from it, the aortic arch and the arteria pulmonalis. An important modification is effected at the place of their origin from the tnmcus arteriosus when the latter is divided lengthwise by means of the development of the partition previously
 
 
574
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
r-Ot
 
 
 
mentioned. The fourth arch (fig. 318 e) then remains in connection with the trunk (d) which arises from the left ventricle and receives blood exclusively from that source. The fifth arch (n), on the contrary, forms the continuation of that half (m) of the truncus arteriosus which emerges from the right ventricle. Thus the division of the blood into two separate currents initiated in the heart is also continued into the nearest vessels, but for a short distance only, since the fourth and fifth pairs of vascular arches (fig. 317) still empty their blood together into the aorta cominunis (ad), with the
exception of a certain portion which runs through their accessory branches, in part to the head (c.c) and upper limbs, in part to the still diminutive lungs. Gradually, however, the, process of separation thus introduced is continued still farther into the region of the peripheral vessels and finally leads to the establishment of the entirely distinct major and minor circulations. The final condition is attained by the degeneration of certain portions of the vessels and the enlargement of others.
 
A preponderance of the vascular arches of the left side over those of the right is soon recognisable (fig. 318). The former continually increase in size, while those of the right side become less and less apparent and finally in places disappear altogether. They are retained only in so far as they conduct the blood to the lateral branches which, arising from them, go to the head, the upper limbs, and the lungs. Consequently of the right aortic arch there remains only the tract which gives rise to the right carotis cominunis (c) and the right subclavia (i-\-l). We designate its initial part as the arteria anonyma brachiocephalica. With this the permanent condition is now established. The remnant of the right fourth vascular arch appears as a side branch only of the aorta (e), which forms an arch 011 the left side of the body, and here gives rise to the carotis cominunis sinistra (c) and the subclavia sin. (A) as additional lateral branches.
 
The right half of the fifth [sixth] pair of vascular arches likewise undergot'H degeneration, except for the portion that conveys blood
 
 
m
 
 
Fig. 318. Diagrammatic representation of the metamorphosis of the bloodvessels of the visceral arches in a Mammal, after RATHKE.
 
a, Carotis intei'na ; b, carotis externa ; c, carotis communis ; d, body or systemic aorta ; e, fourth arch of the left side ; /, dorsal aorta ; g, left, k, right vertebral artery ; /i, left subclavian artery ; i, right subclavian (fourth arch of the right side) ; I, continuation of the right subclavian ; m, pulmonary artery ; n, its ductus Botalli.
 
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 575
 
 
to the right lung. On the left side of the body, on the contrary, the pulmonary arch still persists for a long time and conducts blood into the left lung and also through the ductus arteriosus Botalli (n), into the aorta. After birth, in connection with pulmonary respiration, the duct of BOTALLI also degenerates. For the lungs, when they are expanded by the first act of inspiration, are in a condition to receive a greater quantity of blood. The consequence is that blood no longer flows into the ductus Botalli, and that the latter is converted into a connective-tissue cord, which extends between aorta and art. pulmonalis.
 
In addition to the regressive changes mentioned, there are effected meantime alterations of position in the large vascular trunks that arise from the heart. They move at the same time with the heart from the neck region into the thoracic cavity. In this fact lies the explanation of the peculiar course of the nervus laryngeus inf. or recurrens. At the time when the fourth
 
 
 
vascular arch still lies forward in the region
 
 
Fig. 319. Diagrammatic representation of the metamorphosis of the arterial arches in Birds, after RATHKE.
 
, Intez-nal, b, external, c, common carotid ; d, systemic aorta ; e, fourth arch of the right side (root of the aorta) ; /, rightsubclavian; g, dorsal aorta ; h, left subclavian (fourth arch of the left side) ; i, pulmonary artery ; k and I, right and left ductus Botalli of the pulmonary arteries.
 
 
 
of its formation in the fourth visceral arch,
the vagus sends to the larynx a small nerve
branch, which, to reach its destination,
passes below [caudad of] the vascular arch.
 
When the latter migrates downwards, the
nervus laryngeus must thereby be carried
down with it into the thoracic cavity, and
must form a loop, one portion of which,
arising in the thoracic cavity from the vagus,
bends around the arch of the aorta on the
left side of the body (but around the subclavia on the right side of
the body) to become continuous with the second portion, which takes
the opposite or upward course to the region of its distribution.
 
The processes of development discussed also throw light on a series of abnormalities which are quite frequently observed in the large vascular trunks. I shall cite and explain two of the most important of these cases.
 
Occasionally in the territory of the vessels of the fourth visceral arches the original symmetrical condition is retained. The aorta is then divided in the adult into right and left vascular arches, which
 
 
576 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
convey the blood into the unpaired aorta. From each of them there arises, as in the embryo, a separate carotis commnnis and subclavia.
 
Another abnormality is brought about by the development of the aortic arch of the right side of the body instead of that of the left, a condition which is met with in the class of Birds (fig. 319) as the normal state. This malformation is always connected with an altered position of the organs of the chest, a situs inversus viscerum. Of the other changes in the region of the arterial system the metamorphosis of the primitive aorta is to be mentioned before all others. As in the other Vertebrates (fig. 127 o), so in Man, there are formed a right and a left aorta ; but they subsequently move close together and fuse. This, again, explains an abnormality, which, it is true, has very rarely been observed in Man. The aorta is divided into right and left halves by means of a longitudinal partition ; the process of fusion, therefore, has not been fully effected.
 
The aorta gives off at an early period as branches the unpaired mesenterica sup. and rnesenterica inf. to the intestinal canal ; furthermore, near its posterior end, the two voluminous navel vessels, arteries unibilicales (fig. 139 Al). These run from the dorsal wall of the trunk along the sides of the pelvic cavity ventrally to that part of the allantois which is subsequently differentiated into urinary bladder and urachus, here bend upward and pass on either side of the latter in the abdominal wall to the navel, enter the umbilical cord, and are resolved in the placenta into a capillary network, from which the blood is re-collected into the veme unibilicales. During their passage through the pelvic cavity the umbilical arteries give off lateral branches that are at first inconspicuous, the iliacae internee, to the pelvic viscera, the iliacae externse to the posterior limbs now sprouting forth from the trunk as small knobs. The more the latter increase in size in older embryos, the larger do the iliacse externse and their continuations, the femorales, become.
 
After giving off the two umbilical arteries, the aorta becomes smaller and is continued to the end of the vertebral column as an inconspicuous vessel, the aorta caudalis or sacralis media.
 
At birth an important alteration occurs in this part of the arterial system also. With the detachment of the umbilical cord, the umbilical arteries can 110 longer receive blood ; they therefore waste away with the exception of the proximal portion, which has given off as lateral branches the internal and external iliacs, and is
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 577
now designated as the iliaca communis. However, two connectivetissue cords result from the degenerating vessels, the ligamenta vesico-umbilicalia lateralia, which run to the navel on. the right and left of the bladder.
 
(cZ) Meta/niorphoses of the Venous System.
 
The older excellent works of KATHKE and the more recent meritorious investigations of His and HOCHSTETTER constitute the foundation of our knowledge in the difficult field with which we are now concerned. They show us that originally all of the chief trunks of the venous system, with the exception of the inferior vena cava, are established in pairs and sij HI metrically. This holds true not only for the vessels which collect the blood from the walls of the trunk and from the head, but also for the veins of the intestinal tube and the embryonic appendages which arise from it.
 
In the first place, so far as regards the veins of the body, the venous blood is collected from the head into the two jugular veins (fig. 320 vj and fig. 321 A je, ji), which run downwards along the dorsal side of the visceral clefts and unite in the vicinity of the heart with the cardinal veins (fig. 320 vca and fig. 321 A ca). The latter advance in the opposite direction, from below upwards, in the dorsal wall of the trunk, and collect the blood especially from the niesonephros. There arise from the confluence of the two veins the Cuvierian ducts (figs. 320, 321 A dc), from which are subsequently developed the two superior venae cavse. The veins of the trunk in Fishes exhibit a symmetrical arrangement like this throughout life.
 
In the earliest stages the Cuvierian ducts lie for some distance in the lateral wall of the pericardio-pleural cavity, where they run downwards from the dorsum to the front [ventral] wall of the trunk (fig. 320). On arriving at this point, they enter into the septum transversum, KOLLIKER'S mesocardiuni laterale, in order to reach the atrium of the heart. This important embryonic structure forms a point of collection for all the venous trunks emptying into the heart. In it there are joined to the Cuvierian ducts the veins from the viscera (fig. 313 V.om and Vu, fig. 320 dv and nv), the paired yolk veins and umbilical veins, all of which are joined into the common sinus venosus, which was previously (p. 558) mentioned apropos of the development of the heart, and which is situated directly between atrium and septum transversum.
 
The two vitelline veins (v. omphalomeseiitericre) return the blood
37
 
 
578
 
 
EMBRYOLOGY.
 
 
 
from the yolk-sac ; they are the two oldest and largest venous trunks of the body, but they become inconspicuous in the same ratio as the yolk-sac shrinks to an umbilical vesicle. They run close together along the intestinal tube, and come to lie at the sides of the duodenum and stomach, where they are united to each other by transverse anastomoses even at a very early period.
 
The navel veins (vena? umbilicales) are also originally double. At first very small, they subsequently become, in contrast with the vitelline veins, more and more voluminous, as the placenta, from
 
 
ab uk
Ith
 
 
 
Fig. 320. Sagittal reconstruction of a human embryo 5 mm. long, neck measurement (embryo R, His), to illustrate the development of the pericardio-thoracic cavity and the diaphragm, after His.
 
ab, Aortic bulb ; brh, thoracic cavity (recessus parietalis,jHis) ; hit, pericardial cavity ; tie, ductus Cuvieri ; dc, vitelline vein (v. omphalomesenterica) ; nv, umbilical vein ; vca, cardinal vein ; vj, jugular vein ; Ig, lung ; z + I, fundament of the diaphragm and the liver ; uk, lower jaw.
 
which they convey the blood back to the body of the embryo, is further developed. At the time of their first appearance the umbilical veins are found to be imbedded in the lateral wall of the abdomen (fig. 313 Vu), in which they make their way to the septum transversuni and the sinus venosus (sr).
 
The inferior vena cava (fig. 321 A ci] is established later than any of these paired trunks. It makes its appearance as an inconspicuous, from the beginning unpaired, vessel (in the Rabbit on the twelfth day, HOCHSTETTER) on the right side of the aorta in the tissue between the two primitive kidneys ; caudalwards it is connected by
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 579
lateral anastomoses with the cardinal veins. At the heart it opens into the sinus venosus.
 
From this primitive form of the venous system (fig. 321 A) is derived the ultimate condition in Man. There are three changes which are conspicuous in this connection. (1) The veins empty directly into the atrium instead of a venous sinus. (2) The symmetrical arrangement in the region of the Cuvierian ducts and the jugular and cardinal veins gives place to an unsymmetrical arrange
 
 
 
 
 
Fig. 321. Diagram of the development of the venous system of the body.
 
dc, Ductus Cuvieri ; je, ji, vena jugularis externa, interna ; s, v. subclavia ; ch, v. hepatica revehens ; U, v. umbilicalis ; ci (ci 2 ), v. cava inferior ; ca (ca l , cor, ca 3 ), v. cardinalis ; ilcd, ilcs, v. iliaca communis dextra, sinistra ; ad, us, v. anonym a brachiocephalica dextra, sinistra ; cs, v. cava superior ; csd, v. cava superior dextra ; ess, rudimentary portion of v. cava superior sinistra ; cc, v. coronaria cordis ; o.z, v. azygos ; liz (kz 1 ), v. hemiazygos ; He, v. iliaca externa ; ill, v. iliaca interna ; /, v. renalis.
 
meiit accompanied by a degeneration or stunting of some of the chief trunks. (3) With the development of the liver there is formed a special portal system.
 
The alteration first mentioned is accomplished by the incorporation of the sinus venosus in the atrium. At first enclosed in the septum transversum, the sinus elevates itself above the upper surface of the latter, from which it detaches itself, and conies to lie as an appendage to the atrium in the anterior trunk-cavity. Finally it fuses completely with the heart and furnishes the smooth region of the atrial wall, which is destitute of the pectinate muscles (His).
 
 
 
580 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
There are in it separate openings for the two Cuvierian ducts the future venae cavae superiores and an opening distinct from them for the veins coming from the viscera below (the future cava inferior).
 
The metamorphoses in the region of the Cuvierian ducts begin with a change in their position. Their course from above downward becomes more direct. At the same time, like the sinus venosus, they emerge from the niveau of the transverse septum and lateral walls of the trunk into the body-cavity and carry before them the serous membrane, with which they are covered, as a crescentshaped fold, which contributes to the formation of the pericardial sac, and has been already described as the j)leuro-j)ericardial fold. By fusing with the mediastinum the Cuvierian ducts pass from the walls of the trunk into the latter and come to lie nearer together in the median plane. Of their affluents the jugular veins gradually predominate over the cardinal veins (fig. 322 B). There are three reasons for this. First, the anterior part of the body, and especially the brain, far outstrips in growth the posterior part ; secondly, there arises in this region a competitor of the cardinal veins, the inferior vena cava, which assumes in place of them the function of returning the blood. Thirdly, when the anterior limbs are established, the venae subclavise (s) empty into the jugulares. Consequently the lower portion of the jugular, from the entrance of the subclavia onward, now appears as the immediate continuation of the Cuvierian duct, and together with it is designated as superior vena cava (fig. 322 B csd).
 
There exists between the right and left sides a difference in the course of the superior venae cavae, which, as GEGENBAUR has pointed out, is the cause of the asymmetry that is developed in Man. While the right vena cava superior (fig. 322 B csd) descends more directly to the heart, the left (ess) describes a somewhat longer course. Its terminal portion is bent from the right to the left around the posterior [dorsal] wall of the atrium, where it is imbedded in the coronal furrow and receives the blood from the coronal vein (cc) of the heart.
 
In Reptiles, Birds, and many Mammals a stage of this kind, with two venae cavae superiores, becomes permanent ; in Man it exists only during the first months. Then there is a partial degeneration of the left vena cava superior. The degeneration is initiated by the formation of a transverse anastomosis (fig. 322 B as) between the right and left trunks. This conveys the blood from the left to the right side, where the conditions are more favorable for the
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME. 581
return of the blood to the heart. In consequence of this the proximal end of the right cava becomes much larger, the left, on the contrary, proportionately smaller. Finally, there is a complete wasting away of the latter blood course (fig. 322 ess] as far as the terminal part (cc), which is lodged in the coronal groove. This part remains open, because the cardiac veins convey blood to it, and is now distinguished as sinus coronarius.
 
A process in many respects similar to this is repeated in the case
 
 
 
 
 
Fig. 322. Diagram of the development of the venous system of the body.
 
ilc, Ductus Cuvieri ; je, ji, vena jugularis externa, interna ; s, v. subclavia ; r/&lt;, v. hepatica revehens ; U, v. umbilical is ; cl (cl~), v. cava inferior; ca (ca l , ca' 2 , ccr), v. cardinal is ; ilcd, ilcs, v. iliaca communis dextra, sinistra ; ail, *, v. anonyma brachiocephalica dextra, sinistra ; cs, v. cava superior ; csd, v. cava superior dextra ; c.s-.s, nidimentary portion of v. cava superior sinistra ; cc, v. coronaria cord is ; az, v. azygos ; hz (/&lt;:'), v. hemiazygos ; He, v. iliaca externa ; Hi, v. iliaca iuterna ; r, v. renalis.
 
of the cardinal veins (fig. 322 A ca). The latter collect the blood from the primitive kidneys and the posterior wall of the trunk, from the pelvic cavity and the posterior limbs. From the pelvic cavity they receive the vente hypogastrica? (Hi), and from the limbs the v. iliacae externae (He) and their continuation, the v. crurales. In this way the cardinal veins are at first, as in Fishes, the chief collecting trunks of the lower half of the body. Subsequently, however, they diminish in importance, since the inferior vena cava becomes the main collecting trunk instead of them.
 
It is only within the last few years that the development of the
 
 
582 EMBKYOLOflY.
 
inferior vena cava has been (by HOCHSTETTER) explained. According to his investigations there are to be distinguished two tracts which are of dill'erent origin, a shorter anterior and a longer posterior. The former, as previously mentioned, makes its appearance as an inconspicuous vessel on the right side of the aorta in the tissue between the two primitive kidneys (fig. 322 A and B ci) ; the latter, on the contrary, is developed subsequently out of the posterior region of the right cardinal vein (fig. 322 B ci 2 ). The anterior, independently arising part of the inferior vena cava, soon after its establishment, unites with the two cardinal veins by means of transverse branches in the vicinity of the vena renalis (?*). In consequence of this increase of drainage territory, it soon increases considerably in calibre, and since it presents more favorable conditions for the conveyance of blood from the lower half of the body than the upper portion of the cardinal veins does, it finally becomes the chief conduit.
 
If the stage thus far described were to become the permanent condition (fig. 322 It), we should have an inferior vena cava, which forks in the region of the renal veins (r) into two parallel trunks, that descend at both sides of the aorta to the pelvis. Such cases, as is known, are found among the varieties of the venous system ; they are derived from the previously described stages of development as malformations by arrested growth. However, they are only rarely observed, for in the normal course of development there is established at an early period an asymmetry between the lower portions of the two cardinal veins, from the moment, indeed, when they have united themselves to the lower part of the inferior vena cava by means of anastomoses. The right portion acquires a preponderance, becomes enlarged, and finally alone persists (fig. 322 B, C), whereas the left lags behind in growth and withers. This results from two conditions. First, the right cardinal vein (ci 2 ) lies more in the direct prolongation of the vena cava inferior than does the left, and thus occupies a more favorable situation ; secondly, there is formed in the pelvic region an anastomosis (ilcs) between the two cardinal veins, which conducts the blood of the left hypogastrica and the left iliaca externa and cruralis to the right side. Owing to this anastomosis, which becomes the vena iliaca communis sinistra, the portion of the left cardinal vein lying between the renal veins and the pelvis (fig. 322 C c 3 ) is rendered functionless, and with the degeneration of the primitive kidney disappears. The right cardinal vein has now become for a certain distance a direct continuation of the inferior
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENCHYME, 583
vena cava; it furnishes that portion of the latter which is situated between the renal veins and the division into the two ven;i&gt; iliacse cornmunis (fig. 322 B and C ci 2 }.
 
While the abdominal part of the left cardinal vein (fig. 322 C e 3 ) succumbs and the corresponding region of the right cardinal vein produces the lower part of the inferior vena cava (ci 2 ), their thoracic portions persist in a reduced form, since they receive the blood from, the intercostal spaces (fig. 322 7? c). In this region occurs still another and last metamorphosis, by which likewise an asymmetry is brought about between the halves of the body. In the thoracic part of the body the original conditions of the circulation are altered by the degeneration of the left cava superior (fig. 322 C ess). The direct flow of the left cardinal vein to the atrium is thereby rendered more difficult, and finally ceases altogether, the tract designated by ca 2 undergoing complete degeneration. Meanwhile a transverse anastomosis (hz l ], which has been formed in front of the vertebral column and behind the aorta between the corresponding vessels of both sides, receives the blood of the left side of the body and transports it to the right side. In this manner the thoracic part of the left cardinal vein and its anastomosis become the left hemiazygos (hz and hz l ) ; the right and larger cardinal vein becomes the azygos (az).
 
Thus by many indirect ways, is attained the permanent condition of the venous system of the trunk, with its asymmetry and its preponderance of the venous trunks in the right half of the body.
 
A third series of metamorphoses, which we shall now take into consideration, concerns the development of a liver circulation.
 
The liver receives its blood in different stages of the embryonic development from various sources : for a time from the vitelline veins ; during a second period from the umbilical veins ; after birth, finally, from, the veins of the intestines the portal vein. This threefold alteration finds its explanation in the conditions of growth of the liver, the yolk-sac, and the placenta. As long as the liver is small, the blood corning from the volk-sac suffices for its
O v
nourishment. But when it increases greatly in size the yolk-sac, on the contrary, growing smaller other blood-vessels at this time, the umbilical veins, must supply the deficiency. When, finally, at birth the placental circulation ceases, the venous trunks of the intestinal canal, which meanwhile have become very large, can supply the needs.
 
These circumstances must be kept in mind, in order to comprehend
 
 
584 EMBRYOLOGY.
 
the shifting conditions of circulation in the liver and the profound altrr.il ions lo which the venous trunks connected with it the vitelline, imihilic:il, and portal veins are naturally subjected in the changing supply of blood.
 
When the hepatic ducts grow out from the duodenum into the ventral mesentery and septum transversnm and send out shoots, they enclose the two vitelline veins accompanying the intestine, which are at tins place connected with each other by ring-like anastomoses (sinus annularis, His) which surround the duodenum (fig. 320 dv). They are supplied with blood by lateral branches given oft' from these veins. The more the liver increases in size, the larger do the lateral branches (venae hepaticse advehentes) become. Between the network of hepatic cylinders (fig. 187 lc] they are resolved into a capillary network (&lt;y), from which at the dorsal margin of the liver large efferent vessels (vena? hepaticse revehentes) re-collect the blood and convey it back into the terminal portion of the vitelline vein, which empties into the atrium. In consequence of this the portion of the vitelline vein which lies between the vena3 hepaticse advehentes and revehentes continually becomes smaller, and finally atrophies altogether, since all the blood from the yolk-sac is employed for the hepatic circulation. The same process in the main is accomplished here as in the vessels of the visceral arches of gill -breathing Vertebrates, which upon the formation of branchial lamellae are converted into branchial arteries, branchial veins, and a capillary network interpolated between the two.
 
The two umbilical veins participate, even at an early period, in the hepatic circulation. Originally they run from the umbilical cord in the front [ventral] wall of the abdomen (fig. 313 Vu], from which they receive lateral branches, and then enter the sinus venosus (/Sr) above the fundament of the liver. They pursue, therefore, an entirely different course from that which they do later, when the terminal part of the umbilical vein is situated under the liver. According to His, this change in their course takes place in the following manner : The right umbilical vein in part atrophies (as also in the Chick, p. 552) and becomes, as far as it persists, a vein of the ventral wall of the abdomen. The left umbilical vein, on the contrary, gives off anastomoses in the septum transversum to neighboring veins, one of which makes its way under the liver to the sinus annularis of the vitelline veins, and thereby conducts a part of the placental blood into the hepatic circulation. Since by its rapid growth the liver demands a large accession of blood, the
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESENC'HYME. 585
 
 
anastomosis soon becomes the chief course, and finally with the degeneration of the original tract receives all the blood of the umbilical veins. This, mingled with the blood of the yolk-sac, circulates through the liver in the vessels which took their origin from the vitelline veins in the venae hepaticre advehentes and revehentes. Then it flows into the atrium through the terminal part of the vitelline vein. The latter also receives the inferior vena cava, which at this time is still inconspicuous, and can therefore be designated even now, in view of the ultimate condition, as the cardiac end of the inferior vena cava.
 
During a brief period all of the placental blood must first traverse the hepatic circuit in order to reach the heart. A direct passage to the. inferior vena cava through the ductus venosus Arantii does not yet exist. But such an outlet becomes necessary from the moment when, by the growth of the embryo and the placenta, the blood of the umbilical veins has so increased in amount that the hepatic circu
 
 
c.i'
 
 
 
- r.le
 
 
n.v
 
 
lation is no longer able
 
 
Fig. 323. Liver of an 8-months human embryo, seen from
the under surface, from GKGENBAUR. Lie, Left lobe of the liver ; r.le, right lobe ; n.r, umbilical
vein ; d.A, ductus venosus Arantii ; j&gt;f.a, portal vein ;
ha. .v, Jta.il, vena hepatica advehens sinistra and dextra ;
/(./, vena hepatica revehens ; c.i', cava inferior; c.i",
terminal part of the cava inferior, which receives the
vente hepaticae revehentes (/&lt;./).
 
 
 
to contain it. There is then developed on the
under surface of the liver out of anastomoses a more direct connecting branch, the ductus venosus Arantii (fig. 323 d.A), between umbilical vein (n.v) and inferior vena cava (c.i"). Thus is established and it persists until birth a condition by which the placental blood (n.v) is divided at the porta into two currents : one passing through the ductus venosus Arantii (d.A) into the inferior vena cava (c.i ") ; the other pursuing a round-about way, passing through the venae hepaticse advehentes (ha.s and ha.d) into the liver, here mingling with the blood brought to the liver through the vitelline vein (pf.a) from the yolk-sac and from the intestinal canal, which has in the meantime become enlarged, and finally passing through the venae hepaticse revehentes (h.r), also to reach the inferior vena cava (c.i").
 
There is still something to be added concerning the development of
 
 
586 EMBRYOLOOY.
 
tin' portal vein. It is to be seen in fig. 323 as an unpaired vessel (/&gt;/'.}. It. empties into the rig-lit aflerent hep.-itie vein, derives its roots from the region of the intestinal canal, and conveys the venous blood from the latter into the right lobe of the liver. It takes its origin from the two primitive vitelline veins.
 
According to the account of His, the two vitolline veins fuse along the tract where they run close together on the intestinal canal ; on the contrary, in the region where they run to the liver and are connected with each other to form two ring-like anastomoses, each of which encircles the duodenum, an unpaired trunk is formed by the atrophy of the right half of the lower [posterior] ring and the left half of the upper one. The portal vein thus formed therefore runs first to the left and backward [dorsad] around the duodenum, and then emerges on the right side of it ; it draws its blood partly from the yolk-sac and partly from the intestinal canal through the vena mesenterica. Afterwards the first source is exhausted with the regressive metamorphosis of the yolk-sac, but the other becomes more and more productive with the enlargement of the intestine, the pancreas, and the spleen, and during the last months of pregnancy conveys a large stream of blood to the liver.
 
The additional changes, which occur at birth, are easily comprehended (fig. 323). With the detachment of the after-birth the placental circulation ceases. The umbilical vein (n.v) conveys no more blood to the liver. That portion of its tract which extends from the umbilicus to the porta hepatis degenerates and becomes a fibrous ligament (the lig. hepato-umbilicale or lig. teres hepatis), Likewise the ductus Arantii (d.A) produces the well-known ligament enclosed in the left sagittal fissure (lig. venosum). The right and left venas hepaticre advehentes (ha.d, ha.s) again receive their blood, as in the beginning of the development, from the intestinal canal through the portal vein (pf.a).
 
Now that we have become acquainted with the details of the morphological changes, I close this section on the vascular system with a short sketch of the fcetal circulation of the blood. It is characteristic of this that no division into two separate circulations, into the major or systemic and the minor or pulmonary, has yet taken place ; further, that in most of the vessels neither purely arterial nor purely venous blood circulates, but a mixture of the two. Purely arterial blood is contained only in the umbilical veins as they come from the placenta, whence we will follow the circulation.
 
Having arrived at the liver, the current of the umbilical veins is
 
 
THE ORGANS OF THE INTERMEDIATE LAYER OR MESEXCHYME. 587
divided into two branches. One stream goes directly through the ductns Arantii into the inferior vena cava, and is here mingled with the venous blood which returns to the heart from the posterior limbs and the kidneys. The other stream passes through the liver, where there is added to it the venous blood of the portal vein coming from the intestine ; by this circuitous course it also reaches, through the venae hepaticse revehentes, the inferior vena cava. From the latter the mixed blood flows into the right atrium, but, in consecjuence of the position of the Eustachian valve and because the foramen ovale is still open, the greater part of it passes through the latter into the left atrium. The other smaller part is again mingled with venous blood, which has been collected by the superior vena cava from the head, the upper limbs, and (through the azygos) from the walls of the trunk, and is propelled into the right ventricle and from there into the pulmonaiis. The latter sends a part of its highly venous blood to the lungs, the other part through the ductns Botalli to the aorta, where it is added to the arterial current coming from the left ventricle.
 
The blood of the left ventricle comes principally from the inferior cava, only a small part of it from the lungs, which pour their blood, which at this time is venous, into the left atrium. It is driven into the aortic arch and part of it is given off through lateral branches to the head and upper limbs (carotis communis, subclavia) ; the rest is carried on downwards in the aorta descendens, where the venous current of blood from the right atrium by the way of the cluctus Botalli is united with it. The mixed blood is distributed to the intestinal canal and the lower limbs, but the most of it reaches the placenta through the umbilical veins, where it is again made arterial.
 
In the distribution of the blood in the anterior and the posterior regions of the body a noteworthy difference is easily recognised. The former receives through the carotis and subclavia a more arterial blood, since to the stream in the aorta descendens is added the venous blood of the right ventricle through the ductus Botalli. Especially in the middle of pregnancy is this difference important. There has been an endeavor to refer to this fact the more rapid growth of the upper part of the body in comparison with the lower.
 
As this sketch has shown, there is everywhere a mingling of the different kinds of blood. This, it is true, is not uniform in the different months of embryonic life, because, indeed, the separate organs do not alter in size uniformly, and especially because the lungs during the later stages are in a condition to receive more blood, and finally because the foramen ovale and the ductus Botalli become narrower
 


588 EMBRYOLOGY.
===Summary===


during the last months. On account of theso facts, less blood passes, even before birth, from the inferior vena, cava into the left atrium, and likewise less from the pulmonary artery into the descending aorta, than was the case in earlier months. Thus there is gradually introduced toward the end of pregnancy a separation into a right and a left heart, with their separate blood-currents (HASSE). But it is almost at a single stroke that this separation, in consequence of birth, becomes complete.  
# The organ of smell is developed out of two pit-like depressions of the outer germ-layer, which are formed on the frontal process at a considerable distance from each other.  
# At a later stage the pits are united with the angle of the oral cavity by means of the nasal grooves.
# The inner and outer margins of the olfactory pits and the nasal grooves project out as ridges arid constitute the inner and outer nasal processes.
# By fusion of the margins of the nasal grooves the organ of smell is converted into two nasal passages, which open out on the frontal process by means of the external nares and on the roof of the primitive oral cavity a little back of the upper lip by means of the internal nares.
# The internal nares afterwards become fissure-like and move nearer together, owing to the nasal septum becoming thinner and growing downward somewhat into the primitive oral cavity.
# The upper part of the primitive oral cavity shares in the formation of the organ of smell and serves for the increase of its respiratory region, since horizontal ridges (the palatal processes) grow inward from, the maxillary processes toward the lower margin of the nasal septum, with which they fuse, and produce the hard and soft palate.  
# In the organ of smell a further enlargement of the spaces serving for respiratory purposes is produced by
## The formation of folds of its mucous membrane, by which the turbinated processes arise
## Evaginations of its mucous membrane into the adjacent parts of the cartilaginous and bony cephalic skeleton (formation of the " cells " in the cribriform plate, the frontal and sphenoidal sinuses, and the antrum of HIGHMORE).  
# In human embryos there is early formed in the olfactory pit a special depression of the outer germ -layer as fundament of the organ of JACOBSON, which receives a special branch of the olfactory nerve.
# JACOBSON'S organ comes to lie at the base of the nasal septum remote from the olfactory region.
# The ducts of STENSON in many Mammals and the canales incisivi in Man are preserved as remnants of the so-called palatal fissures the original fissure-like communications between nasal cavities and secondary oral cavity.


Great alterations are now brought about by the beginning of pulmonary respiration and by the cessation of the placental circulation. Both events cooperate to increase the blood-pressure in the left heart, and to diminish that in the right. The blood -pressure becomes reduced because no more blood runs into the right atrium from the umbilical vein and because the right ventricle must furnish more blood to the expanding lungs. In consequence of this the ductus Botalli (fig. 318 n) is closed and then converted into the ligamentuiu Botalli. Since, moreover, a greater quantity of blood now flows from the lungs into the left atrium, the pressure in the latter is increased, and since at the same time the pressure is diminished in the right atrium, the closure of the foramen ovale, owing to the peculiar valvular arrangements, is now effected. For the margin of the valvula foraminis ovalis applies itself firmly to the limbus Vieussenii and fuses with it.


By the closure of the oval foramen and the Botallian duct the division of the blood -current into a major, systemic circuit and a minor, pulmonary circuit, which was initiated before birth, is now completed.
{{Hertwig1892 footer}}

Latest revision as of 17:41, 15 September 2012

Embryology - 26 Apr 2024    Facebook link Pinterest link Twitter link  Expand to Translate  
Google Translate - select your language from the list shown below (this will open a new external page)

العربية | català | 中文 | 中國傳統的 | français | Deutsche | עִברִית | हिंदी | bahasa Indonesia | italiano | 日本語 | 한국어 | မြန်မာ | Pilipino | Polskie | português | ਪੰਜਾਬੀ ਦੇ | Română | русский | Español | Swahili | Svensk | ไทย | Türkçe | اردو | ייִדיש | Tiếng Việt    These external translations are automated and may not be accurate. (More? About Translations)

Hertwig O. Text-book of the embryology of man and mammals. (1892) Translated 1901 by Mark EL. from 3rd German Edition. S. Sonnenschein, London.

Textbook Contents  
Text-Book of the Embryology of Man and Mammals: Description of the Sexual Products | The Phenomena of the Maturation of the Egg and the Process of Fertilisation | The Process of Cleavage | General Discussion of the Principles of Development | The Development of the Two Primary Germ-Layers | The Development of the Two Middle Germ-Layers | History of the Germ-Layer Theory | Development of the Primitive Segments | Development of Connective Substance and Blood | Establishment of the External Form of the Body | The Foetal Membranes of Reptiles and Birds | The Foetal Membranes of Mammals | The Foetal Membranes of Man | The Organs of the Inner Germ-Layer - The Alimentary Tube with its Appended Organs | The Organs of the Outer Germ-Layer | The Development of the Nervous System | The Development of the Sensory Organs | The Development of the Skin and its Accessory Organs | The Organs of the Intermediate Layer or Mesenchyme | The Development of the Blood-vessel System | The Development of the Skeleton
--Mark Hill 21:14, 10 May 2011 (EST) This historic embryology textbook is at only an "embryonic" editing stage with many typographical errors and no figures.
Historic Disclaimer - information about historic embryology pages 
Mark Hill.jpg
Pages where the terms "Historic" (textbooks, papers, people, recommendations) appear on this site, and sections within pages where this disclaimer appears, indicate that the content and scientific understanding are specific to the time of publication. This means that while some scientific descriptions are still accurate, the terminology and interpretation of the developmental mechanisms reflect the understanding at the time of original publication and those of the preceding periods, these terms, interpretations and recommendations may not reflect our current scientific understanding.     (More? Embryology History | Historic Embryology Papers)

The Development of the Sensory Organs, Eye, Ear, and Organ of Smell

As the outer germ-layer is the parental tissue of the central nervous system, so also does it form the substratum for the higher sensory organs, the eye, the ear, and the organ of smell. For it furnishes the sensory epithelium, a component which, in comparison with the remaining parts, derived from the mesenchyrna, is, it is true, of very small volume, but, notwithstanding, by far the most important both from a functional and a morphological point of view. Whether a sensory organ is adapted for seeing, hearing, smelling, or tasting depends primarily upon the character of its sensory epithelium, i.e., upon whether it is composed of optic, auditory, olfactory, or gustatory cells. But also morphologically the epithelial part is preeminent, because it is chiefly this which determines the fundamental form of the sensory organs and affords the fixed centre around which the remaining accessory components are arranged. The genetic connection with the outer germ-layer may be most clearly recognised in many Invertebrates, inasmuch as here the sensory organs are permanently located in the epidermis? whereas in Vertebrates, as is well known, they are, for the sake of protection, embedded in deep-lying tissues. I begin with the eye, and then proceed to the organ of hearing and that of smell.

The Development of the Eye

As has already been stated in the description of the brain, the lateral walls of the primary fore-brain (figs. 234, 263) are evaginated and produce the primary optic vesicles (au), which are constricted off more and more and remain in connection with the between-brain by means of a slender stalk only (fig. 204 A st). They possess spacious cavities within, which are connected with the system of brain-ventricles through the narrow canal of the stalk of the optic vesicle. In many Vertebrates, in which the central nervous system is formed as a solid structure, as in the Cyclostom.es and Teleosts, the optic vesicles are also without cavities ; these do not make their appearance until the central nervous system becomes a tube.


Hertwig263.jpg

Fig. 263. Brain of a human embryo of the third week (Lg). Profile reconstruction, after His. yh, Cerebral vesicle; zh, between-brain vesicle; mh, mid-brain vesicle; kh, nh, vesicles of cerebellum and medulla oblongata ; au, optic vesicle ; gb, auditory vesicle ; tr, infundibulum ; rf, area rhomboidalis ; nb, nuchal flexure ; kb, cephalic flexure.


Since the brain is for a long time separated from the primitive epidermis by only an exceedingly thin sheet of connective tissue, the primary optic vesicles at the time of their evagination either apply themselves directly to the epidermis, as in the case of the Chick, or are separated from it by only a very thin intervening layer, as in Mammals.

Upon each optic vesicle can be distinguished a lateral, a median, an upper and a lower wall. I designate as lateral that surface which reaches the epidermis at the surface of the body, as median the opposite wall joined with the stalk of the optic vesicle, and finally as lower the one which lies on a level with the floor of the between-brain. These designations will be useful in acquainting ourselves with the changes which the form of the optic vesicle undergoes during its imagination, which occurs at two places, namely, at its lateral and lower surfaces. One of the imaginations is connected with the development of the lens, the other with the formation of the vitreous body.

Hertwig264.jpg

Fig. 264. Two diagrams illustrating the development of the eye.

  • A, The primary optic vesicle (au), joined by a hollow

stalk (st) to the between-brain (zh), is invaginated as a result of the development of the lens-pit (Ig).

  • B, The lens-pit has become abstricted to form a lens

vesicle (Is). From the optic vesicle has arisen the optic cup with double walls, an inner (ib) and an outer (ab) ; 1st, stalk of the lens ; gl, vitreous body.


The first fundament of the lens appears in the Chick as early as the second day of incubation, in the Rabbit about ten days after the fertilisation of the egg. At the place where the epidermis passes over the surface of the primary optic vesicle (fig. 264 A Ig), it becomes slightly thickened and invaginated into a small pit (lenspit). The pit, by its deepening and by the approximation of its edges until they meet, is converted into a lens-vesicle (fig. 264 B Is], which for a time preserves its connection with its parental substratum, the epidermis, by means of a solid epithelial cord (1st). Upon being constricted off the lens-vesicle naturally pushes the adjacent lateral wall of the optic vesicle before it and folds the latter in against the median wall.


At the same time with the development of the lens, the primary optic vesicle is also invaginated from below along a line which stretches from the epidermis to the attachment of the stalk of the optic vesicle, and is even continued along the latter for some distance (tig. 265 aus). A loop of a blood-vessel from the enveloping connective tissue, embedded in soft, gelatinous substance (gl), here grows against the lower surface of the primary optic vesicle and its stalk, and pushes up before it the lower wall.


In consequence of the two invaginations the optic vesicle acquires the form of a beaker or cup, the foot of which is represented by its stalk (Sn). But the optic cup, as we can from this time forward designate the structure, exhibits two peculiarities. First, it has, as it were, a defect (fig. 265 aus) in its lower wall ; for there runs along the latter from the margin of the broad opening which embraces the lens (/) to the attachment of the stalk (Sn) a fissure (aus), which is caused by the development of the vitreous body (gl) and bears the name fcetal optic fissure [or choroid fissure\. At first it is rather wide, but then becomes narrower and narrower by the approximation of its edges and finally closed altogether. Secondly, the optic cup, like the toy called the cup of Tantalus, is provided with double walls, which are continuous with each other along the edge of the front opening and also along the fissure. They will henceforth be designated as inner (figs. 264 B and 265 ib) and outer (ab) layers; the former is the invaginated, the latter the uninvaginatecl part of the primary optic vesicle.


Hertwig265.jpg

Fig. 265. Plastic representation of the optic cup with lens and vitreous body.

o.b, Outer wall of the cup ; lb, its inner wall ; h, cavity between the two walls, which later disappears entirely ; Sn, fundament of the optic nerve. (Stalk of the optic vesicle with a furrow on its lower surface.) aus, Optic [choroid] fissure ; yl, vitreous body ; I, lens.


At the beginning of the infolding the two layers are separated by a broad space (k), which leads into the third ventricle through the stalk of the vesicle (/Sn) ; but afterwards the space becomes reduced proportionally to the increase in the size of the vitreous body.


Finally outer and inner layers come to lie in close contact (fig. 2G(> pi and ?). The fundaments of the lens (le and If) and the vitreous body (g) constitute the contents of the cup. The vitreous body fills the bottom of the cup, the lens its opening.


Hertwig266.jpg

Fig. 266. Section through the optic fundament of an embryo Mouse, after KESSLER.

j>i, Pigmented epithelium of the eye (outer lamella of the optic cup, or secondary optic vesicle) ; r, retina (inner lamella of the optic cup) ; /M, marginal zone of the optic cup, which forms the pars ciliaris et iridis retinas ; y, vitreous body with blood-vessels ; tv, tunica vasculosa lentis ; bk, blood-corpuscles ; ch, choroidea ; If, lens-fibres ; le, lens-epithelium ; I' ', zone of the lens-fibre nuclei ; It, fundament of the cornea ; he, external corneal epithelium.


In the process of invagination the stalk of the optic vesicle has also changed its form. Originally it is a small tube with an epithelial wall, but afterwards it becomes an inverted trough with double walls, inasmuch as its lower surface participates in the invagination caused by that growth of connective tissue which toward the periphery furnishes the vitreous body. Later the edges of the trough bend together and fuse with each other. In this way the connective tissue cord, with the arteria centralis retina?, which traverses it, is enclosed within the stalk, which is now a quite compact structure.


Finally the tissue of the intermediate layer, apart from its producing the vitreous body, takes a further active share in the development of the whole eye, inasmuch as that portion of it which is adjacent to the optic cup is differentiated into the choroid membrane (tig. 266 ch) and the sclerotica of the eye.


After having thus delineated briefly the source of the most important components of the eye, it will be my purpose in what follows to pursue in detail the development of each part separately. I shall begin with the lens and vitreous body, then pass to the optic cup, and at that point add an account of the formation of the choroid membrane and the sclerotica, as well as the optic nerve ; in a final section I shall treat of the organs that are accessory to the optic cup the eye-lids, the lachrymal glands and their ducts.

The Development of the Lens

When the lens- vesicle has been completely constricted off from the primitive epidermis (fig. 264 B Is), it possesses a thick wall, which is composed of two or three layers of epithelial cells, and encloses a cavity that in Birds is partially filled with fluid, but in the case of Mammals by a mass of small cells. The mass of cells is the result of a proliferation of the most superficial flattened sheet of the primitive epidermis ; it is without importance in the further development a transient mass, that soon degenerates and is absorbed when the lensfibres are developed. (ARNOLD, MIHALKOVICS, GOTTSCHAU, KORANYI.) Externally the epithelial vesicle is sharply limited by a thin membrane, which is afterwards thickened into the capsule of the lens (capsula lentis). There are two opposing views in regard to its development. According to one, the capsule is a cuticular structure, that is to say, a structure secreted by the cells of the lens at their bast's ; according to the other view it is the product of a connectivetissue layer, to be described more fully hereafter, enveloping the lens-vesicle.


In later stages considerable differences arise in the development of the anterior and posterior walls (fig. 266). In the region of the anterior wall the epithelium (le) becomes more and more flattened ; the cylindrical cells are converted into cubical elements, which are preserved throughout life in a single layer and constitute the so-called lens-epithelium in the lens of the adult (fig. 266 le). In the posterior wall, on the contrary, the cells increase greatly in length (fig. 266) and grow out into long fibres, which form a protuberance projecting into the cavity of the vesicle. The fibres stand perpendicular to the posterior wall, are longest in its middle, become shorter towards the equator of the lens (figs. 266, 267 Z), and finally appear as ordinary cylindrical cells; these in turn become still shorter and are continuous with the cubical cells (le) of the lens-epithelium. In this way there exists at the equator a zone of transition between the fibrous portion and the epithelial part of the lens.

Hertwig267.jpg

Fig. 267. Part of a section through the fundament of the eye of an embryo Mouse. Somewhat older stage than that shown in fig. 266. After KESSLER.

A part of the lens, the rim of the optic cup, the cornea, and the anterior chamber of the eye. pi, 1'igmented epithelium of the eye ; r, retina ; rz, marginal zone of the optic cup; y, bloodvessels of the vitreous body in the vascular capsule of the lens ; tv, tunica vasculosa lentis ; x, connection of the latter with the choroid membrane of the eye ; I', transition of the lensepithelium into the lens-fibres ; Ic, lens-epithelium ; k, anterior chamber of the eye ; d, Descemet's membrane ; //, cornea ; he, corneal epithelium.


The next change consists in the elongation of the fibres until their anterior ends have reached the epithelium (fig. 267). Consequently the vesicle has now become a solid structure, which, as the lens-core, furnishes the foundation of the lens of the adult.


The further increase in the size of the lens is an appositional growth. Around the core first formed arise new lens-fibres, which are arranged parallel to the surface of the organ and are united into coats. These lie in layers one over another, which in macerated lenses may be detached like the coats of an onion. All fibres (fig. 268 If, If") extend from the anterior to the posterior surface, where their ends meet one another along regular lines, which in the embryo and the new-born animal have the form of two three-rayed figures, the so-called stars of the lens (fig. 268 vst and list). These exhibit the peculiarity that the rays of the anterior face alternate with those of the posterior face, so that the three rays of one star halve the spaces between the three rays of the other.


In the adult the figure becomes more complicated, because lateral rays arise on each of the three chief rays.


How have the newly deposited fibres been formed ? Their origin is ultimately to be referred to the lens-epithelium of the front surface of the organ. In these cells figures of nuclear division can frequently be observed even in late stages of development. The cells which result from division serve to replace those which grow out into lens-fibres, and are placed upon the already formed layers. The new formation takes place only at the equator of the lens (fig. 267) in the zone of transition (I'} previously described, where, in the adult as well as in the recently born animal, the cubical epithelial cells gradually merge into cylindrical and fibrous elements, as one can convince himself from any properly directed section.

In the adult, as is well known, there exist no special provisions for the nutrition of the lens, which, after attaining full size, is not much altered, and certainly undergoes only a slight metastasis. With the embryo it is otherwise. Here a more active growth necessitates a special apparatus for nutrition. This is furnished in Mammals by the tunica vasculosa lentis (figs. 266, 267 tv}. By this is understood a highly vascular connective -tissue membrane, which envelops the outer surface of the capsule of the lens on all sides. In Man it is already distinctly developed as early as the second month. Its vessels are derived from those of the vitreous body. Consequently on the posterior wall of the lens they are large. These, resolved into numerous fine branches, bend around the equator of the lens, and run toward the middle of the anterior surface, where they form terminal loops, and also unite with blood-vessels of the choroid membrane (fig. 267 x).

Hertwig268.jpg

Fig. 268. Diagram of the arrangement of the lens-fibres.

One sees the opposite positions of the anterior (vsl) and the posterior (/<*<) stars of the lens. if, Course of the lens-fibres on the anterior surface of the lens and their termination at the anterior star of the lens ; If", continuation of the same fibres Co the posterior star on the posterior surface.


Separate parts of the nourishing membrane of the lens, having been discovered at different times by various investigators, have received special names, as membrana pupillaris, m. capsulo-pupillaris, m. capsularis. The first to be observed was the membrana pupillaris, the part of the vascular membrane which is situated behind the pupil on the anterior surface of the lens. It was the most easily found, because occasionally it persists even after birth as a fine membrane closing the pupil, and producing atresia pupillw congenita. Later it was found that the membrana pupillaris is also continued laterally from the pupil on the anterior face of the lens, and this part was called membrana capsulo-pupillaris. Finally it was discovered that the blood-vessels are spread out on the posterior wall of the lens the membrana capsularis. It is superfluous to retain all these names, and most suitable to speak of a nutritive membrane of tlie lens, or a membrana vasculosa lentis.


This vascular membrane attains its greatest development in the seventh month, after which it begins to degenerate. Ordinarily it has entirely disappeared before birth ; only in exceptional cases do some parts of it persist. Toward the end of embryonic life, moreover, the chief growth of the lens itself has ceased. For according to weighings carried on by the anatomist HUSCHKE, it has a weight of 123 milligrammes in the new-born child, and 190 milligrammes in the adult, so that the total increase which the organ undergoes during life amounts to only 67 milligrammes.

The Development of the Vitreous Body

The question of the development of the vascular membrane of the lens leads to that of the vitreous body. As was previously mentioned, there grows out from the embryonic connective tissue a process with a vascular loop, which makes its way into the primary optic vesicle and its stalk (fig. 265). The vascular loop then begins to send out new lateral branches ; likewise the connective-tissue matrix, which is at first scanty, increases greatly and is characterised by its extraordinarily slight consistency and its large proportion of water (figs. 266, 267 g). There are also to be found in it here and there isolated stellate connective -tissue cells ; but these disappear later, and in their place occur migratory cells (leucocytes), which are assumed to be immigrated white blood-corpuscles.


There are two opposing views regarding the nature and development of the vitreous body. According to KESSLER we have to do, not with a genuine connective substance, but with a transudation,a fluid, which has been secreted from the vascular loops ; the cells are from, the beginning simply immigrated white blood -corpuscles KOLLIKER, SCHWALBE, and other investigators, on the contrary, regard the vitreous body as a genuine connective substance. According to SCHWALBE'S definition, to which I adhere, it consists of an exceedingly watery connective tissue, whose fixed cells have early disappeared, but whose interfibrillar substance infiltrated with water is traversed by migratory cells. The vitreous body is afterwards surrounded by a structureless membrane, the membrana hyaloidea, which, according to some investigators, belongs to the retina, although, according to the researches of SCHWALBE, this view is not admissible.


The vitreous body, which in the adult is quite destitute of bloodvessels, is bountifully supplied with them in the embryo. They come from the arteria centralis retince, the branch of the ophthalmic artery that runs along the axis of the optic nerve.


The arteria centralis retinae is prolonged from the papilla of the optic nerve as a branch which is designated as the arteria hyaloidea. This, resolved into several branches, runs forward through the vitreous body to the posterior surface of the lens, where its numerous terminal ramifications spread out in the tunica vasculosa, and at the equator pass over on to the anterior face of the lens. During the last months of embryonic life the vessels of the vitreous body, together with the nutritive membrane of the lens, undergo degeneration ; they entirely disappear, with the exception of a rudiment of the chief stem, which runs forward from the entrance of the optic nerve to the anterior surface of the vitreous body, and during the degeneration is converted into a canal filled with fluid, the canalis liyaloideus.


The Development of the Secondary Optic Cup and the, Goats of the Eye

The optic cup is further metamorphosed at the same time with the layer of mesenchyma which envelops it, and which furnishes the middle and outer tunics of the eye, so that it seems to be desirable to treat of both at the same time. I begin with the stage represented in figures 266 and 269. The optic cup still possesses at this time a broad opening, in which the lens (le) is embraced. The latter is either separated from the epidermis by only an exceedingly thin sheet of mesenchyma, as in the Mammals (fig. 266), or its anterior face is in immediate contact with the epidermis, as in the Chick (fig. 269). In the beginning, therefore, there is no separate fundament for the cornea between lens and epidermis ; moreover, both the anterior chamber of the eye and the iris are wanting.


The fundament of the cornea is derived from the surrounding mesenchyma, which, as a richly cellular tissue, envelops the eyeball. In the Chick (fig. 269), as early as the fourth day, it grows in between the epidermis and the front surface of the lens as a thin sheet (bi}. At first this sheet is structureless, then numerous mesenchymatic cells migrate into it from, the margin and become the corneal corpuscles. These produce the cornea! fibres in the same way that embryonic connective-tissue cells do the connectivetissue fibres, while the structureless sheet in part goes to form the cementing substance between them, and in part is preserved on the anterior and posterior walls as thin layers destitute of cells ; these layers, undergoing chemical metamorphosis, become respectively the membrana elastica anterior and the membrane of DESCEMET.

Hertwig269.jpg

Fig. 269. Section through the anterior portion of the fundament of the eye in an embryo Chick on the fifth day of incubation, after KESSLEE.

he, Corneal epithelium ; h, lens-epithelium ; h, structureless sheet of the corneal fundament ; li, embryonic connective stibstance, which envelops the optic cup and, penetrating between lensepithelium (/c) and corneal epithelium (Ac), furnishes the fundament of the cornea ; ah, outer, ib, inner layer of the secondary optic cup.

The internal endothelium of the cornea is developed at an extraordinarily early epoch in the Chick. For as soon as the structureless sheet previously mentioned (fig. 269 A) has attained a certain thickness, mesenchymatic cells proceeding from the margin spread themselves out on its inner surface as a single-layered thin cell-membrane. With this begins also the formation of the anterior chamber of the eye. For the thin fundament of the cornea, which at first lay in immediate contact with the front surface of the lens, now becomes somewhat elevated from the latter, and separated from it by a fissure-like space filled with fluid (humor aqueus). The fissure is first observable at the margin of the secondary optic cup, and spreads out from this region toward the anterior pole of the lens. The anterior chamber of the eye does not, however, acquire a greater size and its definite form until the development of the iris.


Two opposing views exist concerning the origin of the structureless sheet which has been described as constituting the first fundament of the cornea in the Chick. According to KESSLER it is a product of the secretion of the epidermis, whereas the corneal corpuscles migrate in from the mesenchyma. In his opinion, therefore, the cornea is composed of two entirely different fundaments. According to KOLLIKER, on the contrary, all its parts are developed out of the mesenchyma, and the homogeneous matrix simply outstrips the cells in its growth and extension.


In Mammals (fig. 266) the conditions differ somewhat from those of the Chick ; for as soon as the lens-vesicle in Mammals is fully constricted off, it is already enveloped by a thin sheet of mesenchyma (fi) with few cells, which separates it from the epidermis. The thin layer is rapidly thickened by the immigration of cells from the vicinity. Then it is separated into two layers (fig. 267), the pupillar membrane (tv) and the fundament of the cornea (A). The former is a thin, very vascular membrane lying on the anterior surface of the lens ; its network of blood-vessels communicates on the one hand posteriorly with the vessels of the vitreous body, together with which it constitutes the tunica vasculosa lentis, and on the other anastomoses at the margin of the optic cup with the vascular network of the latter. The fundament of the cornea is first sharply delimited from the pupillary membrane at the time when the anterior chamber of the eye and is formed as a narrow fissure, which gradually increases in extent with the appearance of the iris.

Hertwig270.jpg

Fig. 270. Section through the margin of the optic cup of an embryo Turdus musicus, after KESSLER.

/, Retina ; pi, pigmented epithelium of the retina (outer lamella of the optic cup) ; It, connective-tissue envelope of the optic cup (choroidea and sclera) ; * ora serrata (boundary between the marginal zone and the fundus of the optic cup) ; ck, ciliary body ; 1, 2, 3, iris ; 1 and 2, inner and outer lamellae of the pars iridLs retinae ; 3, connective-tissue plate of the iris ; Ip, ligamentum pectinatum iridis ; sch, canal of SCHLEMM ; D, DESCEMET'S membrane ; h, cornea ; he, corneal epithelium.


During those processes the condition of the optic cup itself has also changed. Its outer and inner lamellae continually become more and more unlike. The former (figs. 2G6, 2G7 pi) remains thin and composed of a single layer of cubical epithelial cells. Black pigment granules are deposited in this in increasing abundance, until finally the whole lamella appears upon sections as a black streak. The inner layer (?), on the contrary, remains entirely free from pigment, with the exception of a part of the marginal zone ; the cells, as in the wall of the brain vesicles, become elongated and spindleshaped, and lie in many superposed layers.


Moreover the bottom of the cup and its rim assume different conditions, and hasten to fulfil different destinies; the former is converted into the retina, the latter is principally concerned in the production of the ciliary body and the iris.


The edge of the cup (fig. 267 rz, fig. 270*, and fig. 271) becomes very much reduced in thickness by the cells of its inner layer arranging themselves in a single sheet, remaining for a time cylindrical, and then assuming a cubical form. But with its reduction in thickness there goes hand in hand an increase in its superficial extent. Consequently the margin of the optic cup now grows into the anterior chamber of the eye between cornea and tbe anterior surface of the lens, until it has nearly reached the middle of the latter. Then it at last bounds only a small orifice which leads into the cavity of the optic cup the pupil. The pigment layer of the iris is derived from the marginal region of the cup, as KESSLER first showed (fig. 270 l and 2 ). Pigment granules are now deposited in the inner epithelial layer, just as in the outer lamella, so that at last the two are no longer distinguishable as separate layers.


The mesenchymatic layer which envelops the two epithelial lamella keeps pace with them in their superficial extension. It becomes thickened and furnishes the stroma of the iris with its abundant non-striated muscles and blood-vessels (fig. 270 s ). In Mammals (fig. 267 x) this is for a time continuous with the tunica vasculosa lentis (tv), in consequence of which the pupil in embryos is closed by a thin vascular connective-tissue membrane, as has already been stated.


The part of the optic cup which is adjacent to the pigment layer of the iris and surrounds the equator of the lens, and which likewise belongs to the attenuated marginal zone of the cup (fig. 270 c), undergoes an interesting alteration. In conjunction with the neighboring layer of connective substance, it is converted into the ciliary body of the eye. This process begins in the Chick on the ninth or tenth day of incubation (KESSLER), in Man at the end of the second or beginning of the third month (KOLLIKER). The attenuated epithelial double lamella of the cup, in consequence of an especially vigorous growth in area, is laid into numerous, [nearly] parallel short folds, which are arranged radially around the equator of the lens. As in the iris, so here, the adjacent mesenchymatic layer participates in the growth and penetrates between the folds in the form of fine processes. A cross section through the foldeel part of the optic cup of a Cat embryo 10 cm. long (fig. 271) affords information concerning the original form of these processes in Mammals. It shows that the individual folds are very thin and enclose within them only a very small amount of embryonic connective tissue (bi ') with fine capillaries, and that, unlike the pigment epithelium of the iris, only the outer of the two epithelial layers (ab) is pigmented, whereas the inner (ib) remains unpigmented even later and is composed of cylindrical cells.

Hertwig271.jpg

Fig. 271. Cross section through the ciliary par of the eye of an embryo Cat 10 cm. long, after KESSLEB.

Three ciliary processes formed by the folding of the optic cup are shown, li, Connective-tissue part of the ciliary body ; ib, inner layer, a I. outer pigmented layer of the optic cup li', sheet of connective tissue that has penetrated into the epithelial fold.


Subsequently tho ciliary processes become greatly thickened through increase of the very vascular connective-tissue framework, and acquire a firm union with the capsule of the lens through the formation of the zonula Zinnii. In Man the latter is formed, according to KOLLIKER'S account, during the fourth month, in a manner that here, as well as in other Mammals, is still incompletely explained.


LIEBEEKi'JKN remarks that the zonula is distinctly recognisable in eyes which have attained half their definite size. If one takes out of an eye the vitreous body together with the lens, and then removes the latter by opening the capsule on the front side, the margin of the capsule appears surrounded by blood-vessels which pass from the posterior over on to the anterior surface.


" At the places where the processus ciliares are entirely removed, tufts of fine fibres are to be seen which correspond to, and fill up, the depressions between the ciliary processes ; but between these tufts is also to be seen a thin layer of the same kind of finely striate masses, which must have lain at the same level as the ciliary processes." Furthermore LIEBERKUKN states that " there lie within this striated tissue numerous cell-bodies of the same appearance as those that are found elsewhere in the embryonic vitreous body at a later period."


ANG-ELUCCI believes that the zonula arises from the anterior part of the vitreous body ; at the time when iris and ciliary processes are developed he finds the vitreous body traversed by fine fibres, which extend from the ora serrata to the margin of the lens. He describes as lying between the fibres sparse migratory cells, which are maintained, however, to have no share in the formation of the fibres.


The fundus of the optic cup (figs. 266, 267, 270) furnishes the most important part of the eye the retina. The inner lamella of the cup (r) becomes greatly thickened, and, in consequence of its cells being elongated into spindles and overlapping one another in several layers, acquires an appearance similar to that of the wall of the embryonic brain. Subsequently it becomes marked off by an indented line, the ora serrata (at the place indicated by a star in fig. 270), from the adjoining attenuated part of the optic vesicle, which furnishes the ciliary folds. It also early acquires at its two surfaces a sharp limitation through the secretion of two delicate membranes : on the side toward the fundament of the vitreous body it is bounded by the membrana limitans interim ; on that toward the outer lamella, which becomes pigmented epithelium, by the membrana limitans externa.


In the course of development its cells, all of which are at first alike, become specialised in very different ways, as a result of which there are produced the well-known layers distinguished by MAX SCHULTZE. I shall not go into the details of this histological differentiation, but shall mention some further points of general importance.


As WILHELM MULLER in his " Stammesentwicklung des Sehorgans der Wirbelthiere " has clearly shown, the development of the originally similar epithelial cells of the retina takes place in all Vertebrates in two chief directions : a part of them become sensory epithelium and the specific structures of the central nervous system ganglionic cells and nerve-fibres ; another part are metamorphosed into supporting and isolating elements into MULLER'S radial fibres and the granular [reticular or molecular] layers, which can be grouped together as epithelial sustentative tissue (fulcrum). Finally, with the descendants of the epithelium are associated connective-tissue elements, which grow from the surrounding connective tissue into the epithelial layer for its better nutrition, in the same manner as in the central nervous system. These ingrowths are branches of the arteria centralis retinae with their extremely thin connective-tissue sheaths. The Lampreys alone form an exception, their retina remaining free from blood-vessels. In all other Vertebrates bloodvessels are present, but they are limited to the inner layers of the retina, leaving the outer granular (Kb'rner) layer and that of the rods and cones free ; the latter have been distinguished as sensory epitheliuni from the remaining portions with their nerve-fibres and ganglionic cells the brain-part of the retina.


Of all the parts of the retina the layer of rods and cones is the last to be developed. According to the investigations of KOLLIKER, BABUCHIN, MAX SCHULTZE, and W. MULLER, it arises as a product of the outer granular (Korner) layer, which, composed of fine spindle-shaped elements, is held to be, as has been stated, the essential sensory epithelium of the eye. In the Chick the development of the rods and cones can be made out on the tenth day of incubation. MAX SCHULTZE states concerning young Cats and Rabbits, which are born blind, that the fundament of the rods and cones can be distinguished for the first time in the early days after birth ; in other Mammals and in Man, on the contrary, they are formed before birth.


In all Vertebrates, as long as rods and cones are not present, the inner layer of the optic cup is bounded on the side toward the outer layer by an entirely smooth contour, due to the membrana limitans externa. Then there appear upon the latter numerous, small, lustrous elevations, which have been secreted by the outer granules or visual cells. The elevations, which consist of a protoplasmic substance and are stained red in carmine, become elongated and acquire the form of the inner limb of the retinal element. Finally there is formed at their outer ends the outer limb, which MAX SCHULTZE and W. MULLER compare to a cuticular product, on account of its lamellate structure.


Inasmuch as the rods and cones of the retinal cells grow out in this way beyond the membrana limitans externa, they penetrate into the closely applied outer lamella of the optic cup, which becomes the pigmented epithelium of the retina (figs. 266, 267, 270 pi} ; their outer limbs come to lie in minute niches of the large, hexagonal pigment-cells, so that the individual elements are separated from one another by pigmented partitions.


A few additional words concerning the connective tissue enveloping the fundament of the optic cup. It acquires here, as on the ciliary body and the iris, a special, and for this region characteristic, stamp. It is differentiated into vascular [choroid] and fibrous [sclerotic] membranes, which in Man are distinguishable in the sixth week (KOLLIKER). The former is characterised by its vascularity at an early period, and develops on the side toward the optic cup a special layer, provided with a fine network of capillary vessels, the membrana choriocapillaris, for the nourishment of the pigment-layer and the layer of rods and cones, which have no blood-vessels of their own. It further differs from the ciliary body in the fact that at the fundament of the optic cup the choroid membrane is easily separable from the adjoining membranes of the eye, whereas in the ciliary body a firm union exists between all the membranes.


If we now glance back at the processes of development last described, one thing will appear clear to us from this short sketch : that the changes in the form of the secondary optic cup are of preeminent importance for the origin of the individual regions of the eye. Through different processes of growth, which have received a general discussion in Chapter IV., there have been formed in the cup three distinct portions. By means of an increase in thickness and various differentiations of the numerous cell-layers, there is formed the retina ; by an increase of surface, on the contrary, is produced an anterior, thinner part, which bounds the pupil and is subdivided into two regions by the formation of folds in the vicinity of the lens. From the folded part, which joins the retina at the ora serrata, is formed the epithelial lining of the ciliary body ; from the thin portion which surrounds the pupil and which remains smooth, the pigniented epithelium (uvea) of the iris. Consequently there are now to be distinguished on the secondary optic cup three regions, as retinal, ciliary, and iridal parts. To each of these territories the contiguous connective tissue, and especially the part which becomes the middle tunic of the eye, is adapted in a particular manner ; here it furnishes the connective- tissue plate of the iris with its non-striated musculature, there the connective-tissue framework of the ciliary body with the ciliary muscle, and in the third region the vascular choroidea with the choriocapillaris and lamina fusca.


In the development of the optic cup there arose on its lower wall a fissure (fig. 265 cms), which marks the place at which the fundament of the vitreous body grew into the interior of the cup. What is the ultimate fate of this fissure, which is usually referred to in the literature as choroid fissure It is for a time easily recognisable, after pigment has been deposited in the outer lamella of the optic cup. It then appears on the lower median side of the eyeball as a clear, unpigmented streak, which reaches forward from the entrance of the optic nerve to the margin of the pupil.


The name choroid fissure takes its origin from this phenomenon. It was given at a time when the formation of the optic cup was not adequately known, when the pigmented epithelium was still referred to the choroidea. Therefore in the absence of pigment along a clear streak on the under side of the eyeball it was supposed that a defect of the choroidea a choroid fissure had been observed.


The clear streak afterwards disappears. The fissure of the eye is closed by the fusion of its edges and the deposition of pigment in the raphe. In the Chick this takes place on the ninth day, in Man during the sixth or seventh week.


In still another respect is the choroid fissure noteworthy.


In many Vertebrates (Fishes, Reptiles, Birds) a highly vascular process of the choroidea grows through the fissure, before its closure, into the vitreous body and there forms a lamellar projection, which extends from the optic nerve to the lens. In Birds it has received the name " pecten," because it is folded into numerous parallel ridges. It consists almost entirely of the walls of blood-vessels, which are held together by a small amount of a black pigmented connective tissue.


In Mammals such a growth into the vitreous body is wanting.


The closure of the choroid fissure takes place at an early period and completely.


Occasionally in Man the normal course of development is interrupted, so that the margins of the choroid fissure remain apart. The usual consequence of this is a defective development of the vascular tunic of the eye at the corresponding place an indication of the extent to which the development of the connective-tissue envelope is dependent on the formative processes of the two epithelial layers, as has already been stated. Both retinal and choroidal pigment are therefore wanting along a streak which begins at the optic nerve, so that the white solera of the eye shows through to the inside and can be recognised in examinations with the ophthalmoscope. When the defect reaches forward to the margin of the pupil, a fissure is formed in the iris which is easily recognised upon external observation of the eye. The two structures resulting from this interrupted development are distinguished from each other as choroidal and iridal fissures (coloboma choroidere and coloboma iridis).

The Development of the Optic Nerve

The stalk of the optic vesicle (fig. 272), by which the vesicle is united with the between-brain, is in direct connection with both lamellae of the optic cup, the primary optic vesicle having been infolded from below by the fundament of the vitreous body to form the cup. Its dorsal wall is continuous with the outer lamella or pigment-epithelium of the retina ; its ventral wall is prolonged into the inner lamella, which becomes the retina. Thus, aside from the formation of the vitreous body, the development of a choroid fissure also has a significance in view of the persistence of the direct connection between retina and optic nerve. For if we conceive the optic vesicle invaginated merely at its anterior face by the lens, the wall of the optic nerve would be continued into the outer, uninvaginated lamella only; direct connection with the retina itself, or the invaginated part, would be wanting.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

Fig. 272. Plastic representation of the optic cup with lens and vitreous body.

ab, Outer wall of the cup; ib, its inner wall ; h, space between the two walls, which afterwards entirely disappears ; Sn, fundament of the optic nerve (stalk of the optic vesicle with groove-formation along its lower face) ; ims, choroid fissure ; yl, vitreous body ; I, lens.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

Originally the optic nerve is a tube with a small lumen, which unites the cavity of the optic vesicle Avith the third ventricle (tig. 264 A). It is gradually converted into a solid cord. In the case of most Vertebrates this is produced simply by a thickening of the walls of the stalk, due to cell-proliferation, until the cavity is obliterated. In Mammals only the larger portion, that which adjoins the brain, is metamorphosed in this manner ; the smaller part, that which is united with the optic vesicle, is, on the contrary, infolded by the prolongation of the choroid fissure backward for some distance, whereby the ventral wall is pressed in against the dorsal. Consequently the optic nerve here assumes the form of a groove, in which is imbedded a connective-tissue cord with a blood-vessel that becomes the arteria centralis retinae. By the growing together of the edges of the groove, the cord afterwards becomes completely enclosed.

For a time the optic nerve consists exclusively of spindle-shaped, radially arranged cells in layers, and resembles in its finer structure the wall of the brain and the optic vesicle. Different views are held concerning its further metamorphoses, and especially concerning the origin of nerve-fibres in it. Differences similar to those concerning the origin of the peripheral nerve-fibres are maintained. Upon this point three theories have been brought forward.

According to the older view, which LTEBERKUHN shares, the optic fibres are developed in loco by the elongation of the spindle-shaped cells. According to His, KOLLIKER, and W. MULLER, 011 the contrary, the wall of the optic vesicle furnishes the sustentative tissue only, whereas the nerve-fibres grow into it from outside, either from the brain toward the retina (His, KOLLIKER), or in the reverse direction (MULLER). The stalk of the optic vesicle would constitute, according to this view, only a guiding structure as it were would predetermine the way for its growth. When the ingrowth has taken place, the sustentative cells are, as KOLLIKER describes them, arranged radially and so united with one another that they constitute a delicate framework with longitudinally elongated spaces. In the latter are lodged the small bundles of very fine non-nuclear nervefibres and numerous cells, arranged in longitudinal rows, which likewise belong to the epithelial sustentative tissue and help to complete the trestle-work.

The embryonic optic nerve is enveloped in a connective-tissue sheath, which is separated, as in the case of the brain and secondary optic cup, into an inner, soft, vascular and an outer compact fibrous layer. The former, or the pial sheath, unites the pia mater of the brain and the choroid membrane of the eye ; the latter, or the dural sheath, is a continuation of the dura mater and at the eyeball becomes continuous with the sclerotica. Later the optic nerve acquires a still more complicated structure, owing to the fact that vascular processes of the pial sheath grow into it and provide the nerve-bundles and the epithelial sustentative cells belonging to them wit] i connective-tissue investments.

As has been previously stated, the direction in which optic fibres grow into the stalk of the optic vesicle is still a subject of controversy. His, with whom KOLLIKER is in agreement, maintains that they grow out from groups of ganglionic cells (thalamus opticus, corpora quadrigemina), and are only secondarily distributed in the retina. He supports his view on the one hand by the agreement in this particular which exists with the development of the remaining peripheral nerves, and on the other by the circumstance that the nerve-fibres are first distinctly recognisable in the vicinity of the brain.

W. MULLEE, on the contrary, believes that the outgrowth takes place in the opposite direction ; he maintains that the nerve-fibres arise as prolongations of the ganglionic cells located in the retina, and that they enter into union with the central nervous apparatus only secondarily. He is strengthened in his opinion by the conditions in Petromyzon, which he declares to be one of the most valuable objects for the solution of the controversy concerning the origin of the optic nerve. I refer, moreover, in connection with this controversy, to the section which treats of the development of the peripheral nervous system (p. 452).

The Development of the Accessory Apparatus of the Eye

There are associated with the eyeball auxiliary apparatus, which serve in different ways for the protection of the cornea : the eyelids with the Meibomian glands and the eyelashes, the lachrymal glands and the lachrymal ducts.

The eyelids, the upper and under, are developed at an early period by the formation, at some distance from the margin, of the cornea, of two folds of the skin, which protrude beyond the surface. The folds grow over the cornea from above and below until their edges meet and thus produce in front of the eyeball the conjunctival sac, which opens out through the fissure between the lids. The sac derives its name from the fact that the innermost layer of the lid-fold, which is reflected on to the anterior surface of the eyeball at the fornix conjuiictme, is of the nature of a mucous membrane, and is designated as the conjunctiva, or connecting membrane, of the eye.

In many Mammals and likewise in Man there is during embryoniclife a temporary closure of the conjunctival sac. The edges of the lids become united throughout their whole extent, their epithelial investments fusing with each other. In Man the concrescence begins in the third month, and usually undergoes retrogression a short time before birth. But in many Reptiles (Snakes) the closure is permanent. Thus a thin transparent membrane is formed in front of the cornea.

In Man during the concrescence of the eyelids there are developed at their margins the Meibomian glands. The cells of the rete Malpighii begin to proliferate and to send into the middle connectivetissue plate of the eyelid solid rods, which afterwards become covered with lateral buds. The glands, at first entirely solid, acquire a lumen by the fatty degeneration and dissolution of the axial cells.

At about the time of the development of the Meibomian glands, the formation of the eyelashes takes place ; this corresponds with the development of the ordinary hair, and therefore will be considered along with the latter in a subsequent section of this chapter.

In most of the Vertebrates there is associated with the upper and under lids still a third, the nictitating membrane or membrana nictitaiis, which is formed at the inner [median] side of the eye as a vertical fold of the conjunctiva. In Man it is present only in a rudimentary condition as plica semilunaris. A number of small glands which are developed in it produce a small reddish nodule, the caruncula lacrymalis.

The lachrymal gland is an additional auxiliary organ of the eye, which is destined to keep the sac of the conjunctiva moist and the anterior surface of the cornea clean. In Man it is developed in the third month through the formation of buds from the epithelium of the conjunctival sac on the outer side of the eye, at the place where the conjunctiva of the upper lid is continuous with that of the eyeball. The buds form numerous branches, and are at first solid, like the Meibomian glands, but gradually become hollow, the cavity beginning with the chief outlet and extending toward the finer branches.

A special efferent lachrymal apparatus, which leads from the inner angle of the eye into the nasal cavity, has been developed for the removal of the secretions of the various glands collected in the conjunctival sac, but particularly the lachrymal fluid. Such an apparatus is present in all classes of Vertebrates from the Amphibia upward ; its development has been especially investigated by BORN in a series of researches.

In the Amphibia it begins to be formed at the time the process of chondrification becomes observa.ble in tho membranous nasal capsule. At that time the mucous layer of the epidermis, along a line that extends from the median side of the eye directly to the nasal cavity, undergoes proliferation and sinks into the underlying connectiveI issue layer as a solid ridge. Then from the nose to the eye the ridge becomes constricted off, subsequently acquires a lumen, whereby it is converted into a canal lined with epithelium, and opens out into the nasal cavity. Toward the eye-end the canal is divided into two tubules, which at the time of detachment from the epidermis remain in connection with the conjunctival sac and suck up out of it the lachrymal fluid.

In Birds and Mammals, including Man (fig. 273), the place where the lachrymal duct is located is early marked externally by a furrow which runs from the inner angle of the eye to the nasal chamber. By means of this furrow two ridges, which play an important part in the formation of the face, the maxillary process and the outer nasal process, are sharply marked off from each other ; these will engage our attention later. According to COSTE and KOLLIKER the lachrymal duct arises by the simple approximation and concrescence of the edges of the lachrymal groove. These older conclusions have been contradicted by BORN and LEGAL, one of whom has investigated Reptiles and Birds, the other Mammals. According to them there arises, in nearly the same manner as in Amphibia, through proliferation of the mucous epithelium, at the bottom of the lachrymal groove an epithelial ridge, which becomes detached but is not converted into a canal until a rather late period. When we raise the question, how phylogenetically the lachrymal duct may have first originated, we shall doubtless find that it has been derived from a groove, by means of which the sac of the conjunctiva and the nasal chamber are first put into connection. When, therefore, we see the lachrymal duct established from the very beginning simply as a solid ridge, as for example in the Amphibia, we must call to mind how in other cases also originally groove-like fundaments, such as the medullary furrow, make their appearance, under special circumstances, as solid ridges,

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

Fig. 273. Head of a human embryo, from which the mandibular processes have been removed to allow a survey of the roof of the primitive oral cavity.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

Finally, as far as regards the development of the lachrymal tubules in Birds and Mammals, BORN and LEGAL refer the upper tubule to the proximal part of the epithelial ridge, and maintain that the lower one buds out from the upper. EWETSKY, on the contrary, declares that the proximal end of the epithelial ridge expands at the inner angle of the eye, and becomes divided by the ingrowth of underlying connective tissue, and metamorphosed into the two tubules, so that both arise from a common fundament.

Summary

  1. The lateral walls of the primary fore- brain vesicle are evaginated to form the optic vesicles.
  2. The optic vesicles remain united by means of a stalk, the future optic nerve, with that part of the primary fore-brain vesicle which becomes the bet ween -brain.
  3. The optic vesicle is converted into the optic cup through the imagination of its lateral and lower walls by the fundaments of the lens and vitreous body.
  4. At the place where the lateral wall of the primary optic vesicle encounters the outer germ-layer, the latter becomes thickened, then depressed into a pit, and finally constricted off as a lens-vesicle.
  5. The cells of the posterior wall of the lens-vesicle grow out into lens-fibres, those of the anterior wall become the lens-epithelium.
  6. The fundament of the lens is enveloped at the time of its principal growth by a vascular capsule (tunica vasculosa lentis), which afterwards entirely disappears.
  7. The membrana capsulo-pupillaris is the anterior part of the tunica vasculosa lentis and lies behind the pupil.
  8. The development of the vitreous body causes the choroid fissure.
  9. The optic cup has double walls ; it consists of an inner and an outer epithelium, which are continuous with each other at the opening of the cup, which embraces the lens, and at the choroid fissure.
  10. Mesenchymatic cells from the vicinity grow in between the lens and the somewhat closely applied epidermis to form the cornea and DESCEMET'S membrane, the latter being separated from the tunica vasculosa lentis by a fissure, the anterior chamber of the eye.
  11. The optic cup is differentiated into a posterior portion, within the territory of which its inner layer becomes thickened and constitutes the retina, and an anterior portion, which begins at the ora serrata, becomes very much reduced in thickness, and extends over the front surface of the lens, growing into the anterior chamber of the eye until the originally wide opening of the cup is reduced to the size of the pupil.
  12. The anterior attenuated portion of the cup is, in turn, divided into two zones, of which the posterior becomes folded at the periphery of the equator of the lens to form the ciliary processes, whereas in front it remains smooth ; so that in the whole cup three parts may now be distinguished, as retina, pars ciliaris, and pars iridis retinae.
  13. Corresponding to the three portions of the epithelial optic cup, the adjoining connective -tissue envelope takes on somewhat different conditions as the choroid proper, and as the connective-tissue framework of the ciliary body and that of the iris.
  14. The skin surrounding the cornea becomes infolded to form the upper and lower eyelids and the nictitating membrane, of which the last is rudimentary in Man, persisting only as the plica semilunaris.
  15. The epithelial layers of the edges of the two eyelids grow together in the last months of development, but become separated again before birth.
  16. The lachrymal groove in Mammals passes from the inner angle of the eye, between the maxillary and outer nasal processes, to the nasal chamber.
  17. The lachrymal duct for carrying away the lachrymal fluid is formed by the downgrowth and constricting off of an epithelial ridge from the bottom of the lachrymal groove, the ridge becoming hollow.
  18. The two lachrymal tubules are developed by the division of the epithelial ridge at the angle of the eye.

The Development of the Organ of Hearing

In the case of the ear numerous parts of quite different origin unite, in much the same manner as in the case of the eye, to form a single very complicated apparatus ; of these, too, it is the portion to which the auditory nerve is distributed the membranous labyrinth with its auditory epithelium that is by far the most important, outstripping as it does all the remaining parts in its development : it must consequently be considered first.


The Development of the Otocyst into the Labyrinth

The membranous labyrinth is preeminently a product of the outer germ-layer. However great its complication in the adult is, a complication that has given it the name labyrinth, its earliest fundament is exceedingly simple. It arises on the dorsal surface of the embryo in the region of the medulla oblongata (fig. 263 gb), above the first visceral cleft and the attachment of the second visceral arch (fig. 274 above the numeral 3). Here over a circular territory the outer germ-layer becomes thickened and soon sinks down into an auditory pit. This process can be traced very easily in the embryo Chick on and after the end of the second day of incubation, and in the embryo Rabbit fifteen days old. The auditory nerve makes its way from the brain, near at hand, to the fnndus of the pit, where it terminates in a ganglionic enlargement.

The Bony Fishes alone exhibit a deviation from these conditions. Just as the central nervous system was in their case formed not as a tube, but as a solid body, and the eye not as a vesicle, but as an epithelial ball, so we see here that instead of an auditory pit there is formed by means of the proliferation of the outer germ-layer a solid epithelial plug. This, like the brain-tube and the eye-vesicle, acquires an internal chamber at a later period only namely, after being constricted off.

The next stage shows the pit converted into an auditory vesicle. In the Chick this takes place in the course of the third day. The invagination of the outer germ-layer grows deeper and deeper, and by the approximation of its margins becomes pear-shaped ; soon the connection with the outer germ-layer becomes entirely lost, as is shown by a section through the head of an embryo Sheep (fig. 275 Ib).

In nearly all Vertebrates the auditory vesicle is constricted off from the ectoderm in the same manner. The Selachians are an exception : here the auditory vesicle which is metamorphosed into the labyrinth retains permanently its connection with the surface of the body in the form of a long narrow tube, which traverses the cartilaginous primordial cranium and is in union dorsally with the epidermis at the sin-face of the body, where it possesses an external opening.

Hertwig274.jpg

Fig. 274. Head of a human embryo 7.5 mm. long, neck measurement. From His, "Menschliehe Embryonen."

The auditory vesicle lies atove the first visceral cleft. In the circumference of the visceral cleft there are to be seen six elevations, designated by numerals, from which the external ear is developed.

In its first fundament the organ of hearing in Vertebrates resembles in the highest degree those structures wliicli, in the Invertebrates are interpreted as organs of hearing. These are lymph-filled vesicles lying under the skin, which are likewise developed out of the epidermis. Either they are wholly constricted off from the epidermis, or they remain connected with it by means of a long, ciliate, epithelial canal, as in the Cephalopods, even after they have become surrounded by connective tissue. In both cases the vesicles are lined with epithelium which consists of two kinds of cells : first of low, flat elements, which ordinarily exhibit ciliary movements and thereby put in motion the fluid within the vesicle, and secondly of longer cylindrical, or thread-like, auditory cells with stiff hairs, which project into the endolymph. The auditory cells are either distributed individually over the inner surface of the auditory vesicle or arranged in groups, or they are united at a particular place into an auditory epithelium, the auditory patch (macula acustica) or the auditory ridge (crista acustica), which may be either single or double. To all the auditory vesicles of the Invertebrates there is sent, moreover, a nerve which ends at the sensory cells in fine fibrillre. Finally, there is present as a characteristic structure a firm, crystalline body, the otolith, which is suspended in the midst of the endolymph and is ordinarily set in vibration by the motion of the cilia. It consists of crystals of phosphate or carbonate of lime.


Sometimes there is only a single large, in most cases concentrically laminated, spherical body, sometimes a number of small calcareous crystals, which are held together by means of a soft pulpy substance.

Hertwig275.jpg

Fig. 275. Vertical cross-section through the vesicle of the labyrinth of an embryo Sheep 1-3 cm. long, after BOETTCHER. Magnified 30 diameters.

wh, Wall of the after-brain ; rl, recessus labyrinthi ; Ib, vesicle of the labyrinth ; gc, ganglion cochleare, which is in contact with a part of the labyrinth-vesicle (dc) that grows out into the ductus cochlearis.

It is difficult to follow the formation of the otoliths within the otocyst. In one case, which FOL was able to follow, they were developed by an epithelial cell in the wall of the vesicle. The cell secretes small calcareous concretions in its protoplasm, becomes enlarged in consequence, and protrudes as an elevation into the endolymph. When it has become more heavily loaded with calcic salts, it is connected with the wall by means of a stalk only, and finally it becomes entirely detached from the wall and falls into the cavity of the vesicle, in which it is kept floating and rotating by the ciliate cells.

In Vertebrates the otocyst, which, as we have seen, agrees in its first fundament with the organ of hearing in Invertebrates, is converted into a very complicated structure, the membranous labyrinth, -the evolution of which in Mammals I shall describe in some detail. It undergoes metamorphoses, in which the formation of folds and constrictions plays the principal part (fig. 276). The auditorv sac detached from the epidermis, and lying at the side of the after-brain, soon exhibits a small, dorsally directed projection, the recessus labyrinthi or ductus endoly niphaticus (fig. 275 rl). Probably we have to do in this with the remnant of the original stalk by means of which the auditory vesicle was connected with the epidermis. According to some investigators, on the contrary, the .stalk disappears entirely and this evagination is a new structure. The first assumption is favored especially by the previously mentioned condition in the Selachians the presence of a long tube, which maintains a permanent connection between labyrinth and epidermis.

Hertwig276.jpg

Fig. 276. Membranous labyrinth of the left side of a [human] embryo, after a wax model by KRAUSE.

//, Recessus labyrinth! ; dc, ductus cochlearis ; hb, pocket from which the horizontal semicircular canal is formed ; a in', enlargement of the pocket which becomes the ampulla of the horizontal canal ; am (rb), vb', * common pocket from which the two vertical semicircular canals are developed ; am (vb), enlargement of the common pocket from which the ampulla of the anterior vertical canal arises. An opening (w) has been formed in the pocket, through which one sees the recessus labyrinthi. * Region of the pocket which becomes the common arm of the two vertical canals (sinus superior) ; rb', part of the common pocket which furnishes the posterior vertical canal.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

Later this appendage of the labyrinth (figs. 276-9 rl) grows out dorsally to a great length, during which its walls come into dose contact with each other, excepting at the blind end, which is enlarged into a small sac (fig. 279 rl*).

Meanwhile the auditory sac itself (figs. 275-7) begins to be elongated and to be formed into a ventrally directed conical process (dc), the first fundament of the ductus cochlearis, which is curved inward a little toward the brain (fig. 277 nh), and the concave side of which lies in close contact with the previously mentioned ganglionic enlargement (yc) of the auditory nerve (hn).


Hertwig277.jpg

Fig, 277. Cross section through the head of a Sheep embryo 1'6 cm. long, in the region of the labyrinth-sac. On the right side is represented a section which passes through the middle of the sac ; on the left, one that is situated somewhat farther forward. After BOETTCHER.

hn, Auditory nerve ; vb, vertical semicircular canal ; gc, ganglion cochleare (spirale) ; dc, ductus cochlearis ; /, inward-projecting fold, whereby the sac of the labyrinth is divided into utriculus and sacculus ; rl, recessns labyrinth! ; tth, after-brain.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


It will be serviceable in the following description if we now distinguish an upper and a lower division of the labyrinth. They are not yet, it is true, distinctly delimited from each other, but in later stages they become more sharply separated by an inward-projecting fold (figs. 277-9/).

The upper part (pars superior} furnishes the utriculus and the semicircidar canals. Of the latter the two vertical canals arise first, the horizontal canal being formed later. The method of their origin was early ascertained by the zoologist RATHKE in the case of Coluber. Recently KRAUSE has still further elucidated the interesting processes by the construction of wax models of the conditions in mammalian embryos.

As is to be seen from the various sections (figs. 277, 278), but still better from the model (fig. 276) produced by reconstruction, the semicircular canals are developed by the protrusion of several evaginations of the wall of the sac, which have the form of thin pockets or discs (hb, vb) with a semicircular outline. The marginal part of each such e vagination now becomes con side i 1 ably enlarged, whereas the remaining portions of the two epithelial layers come into close contact and begin to fuse. As the result of this simple process -the enlargement at the margin and the fusion of the walls which takes place in the middle there is formed a semicircular canal, which communicates at two places with the original cavity of the vesicle. At one of its openings the canal is early enlarged into an ampulla (fig. 276 am and am'}. The middle part, in which the fusion has taken place, soon disappears, the epithelial membrane being broken through by a growth of the connective tissue (fig. 276 6).

There exists an interesting difference between the development of the horizontal and the two vertical canals, which was discovered by KRAUSE. Whereas the horizontal canal is established as a small pocket by itself (fig. 276 hb), the two vertical canals arise together from a single large pocket-like fundament (fig. 276 am (vb), *, vb').

File:Hertwig278.jpg

Fig. 278. Cross section through half of the head of a foetal Sheep 2 cm. long, in the region of the labyrinth, after BOETTCHEK. Magnified 30 diameters.

rl, Recessus labyrinth! ; vb, hb, vertical and horizontal semicircular canals; U, utriculus ; f, inward-projecting fold, by which the labyrinth-sac is divided into utriculus and sacculus ; dc, ductus cochlearis ; yc, ganglion cochleare.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


The walls of this large pocket come into contact with each other and fuse at two different places. At one of them there has already been formed, in the preparation from which this model (fig. 276) was constructed, an opening (o) by the resorption of the fused epithelial areas, whereas at the second place (vb 1 ) the epithelial membrane is still preserved. Between the fused parts of the pocket there remains open a middle region, which is indicated in the model by an asterisk, and this becomes the common arm (sinus superior) of the two vertical canals. Thus embryology furnishes for this peculiarity, too, a simple satisfactory explanation.


File:Hertwig279.jpg

Fig. 279. View produced by combination from two cross sections through the labyrinth of a Sheep embryo 2-8 cm. long, after BOETTCHKR. rl, Recessus labyrinth! ; rl*, its flask-like enlargement ; vb, hb, vertical and horizontal canals ; U, utriculus ; S, sacculus ; /, fold by means of which the labyrinth is divided into saccuhis and utriculus ; cr, canalis reunions ; dc, ductus cochlearis ; kk, cartilaginous capsule of the cochlea ; sp, sinus petrosus inferior.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


That which remains of the upper portion of the auditory vesicle, after the semicircular canals have grown forth from its wall, is called the utriculus (figs. 278-80 U).

Meanwhile no less significant and fundamental alterations take place in the lower part of the auditory sac and lead to the formation of sacculus and ductus coc/ilearis.

By a continually deepening constriction (fig. 279 /) the lower portion (S) is delimited from the utriculus (U), and finally remains connected with it by a very narrow tubule only (canalis utriculo-saccularis figs. 280 R and 282 2 ). Since the constriction affects exactly that place of the labyrinth-sac from which the recessus labyrinth! arises, the opening of the latter subsequently comes to lie within the territory of the canalis utriculo-saccularis, at about its middle (figs. 280 R and 282 2 ). In this manner there is produced an appearance as though the recessus labyrinthi were split at its beginning into two narrow tubules, one of which leads into the sacculus, the other into the utriculus.

By a second deep constriction (figs. 279, 280, 282) the sacculus (S) is separated from the developing ductus cochlearis (dc). Here also a connection is maintained by means of an extraordinarily fine connecting tubule only (cr), which HENSEN discovered and has described as canalis reuniens. The ductus cochlearis itself increases greatly in length, and at the same up in spiral turns in the soft, envt loping, embryonic connective tissue, until in Man it describes two and a half turns (figs. 280 C and 282 Con). Since the first whorl is the largest, and the others are successively narrower, it acquires a great resemblance to a snail-shell.

File:Hertwig280.jpg

Fig. 280. Diagram to illustrate the ultimate condition of the membranous labyrinth, after WALDEYER.

U, Utriculus ; S, sacculus; Cr, canalis reunions ; R, recessus labyrinthi ; C, cochlea ; K, blind sac of the cupola ; V, vestibular blin 1 sac of the ductus cochlearis.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


The alterations in the external form of the vesicle are accompanied by changes in the nature of its epithelium also. This is separated into the indifferent epithelial cells, which simply serve as a lining, and the real auditory cells. The former are flattened, becoming cubical or scale-like, and cover the greater part of the inner surface of the semicircular canals, the sacculus, the utriculus, the recessus labyrinthi, and the ductus cochlearis. The auditory cells, on the contrary, are elongated, become cylindrical or spindle-shaped, and acquire at the free surface hairs, which project into the endolymph. By the separation of the vesicle into its various divisions the auditory epithelium is distributed into an equal number of separate patches, to which then the auditory nerve is distributed. Accordingly the auditory epithelium is resolved into a macula acustica in the sacculus and another in the utriculus, into a crista acustica, in each of the ampulla} of the semicircular canals, and into an especially complicated termination in the ductus cochlearis. Hero the auditory epithelium grows out into a long spiral band, which is known under the name of CORTI'S organ.

Upon the separation of the auditory epithelium into maculae, cristae, and organ of CORTI, the originally single auditory nerve distributed to the auditory vesicle is likewise resolved into separate branches. We distinguish in the case of the auditory nerve the nervus vestibuli, which is in turn divided into numerous branches distributed to the maculae and cristse, and the nervus cochlece.

The originally single ganglion acusticum belonging to the auditory nerve also becomes differentiated into two separate portions. The portion belonging to the nervus vestibuli is in the adult located in the internal auditory meatus far from the terminal distribution, forming here the well-known intumescentia gangliformis Scarpae ; the portion belonging to the nervus cochleae, on the contrary, adjoins the terminal distribution of the nerve. In the embryo it (figs. 277, 278 gc) is closely united with the fundament of the ductus cochlearis, and as the latter increases in size grows out to the same extent in the form of a thin band, which reaches to the blind end of the ductus and is known under the name of ganglion spirale (fig. 283 gsp).

(b] Development of the Membranous Ear-Capsule into the Bony Labyrinth and the Perilymphatic Sj)aces.

All of the changes which have been mentioned hitherto have proceeded from the epithelial vesicle which was constricted off from the outer germ-layer. It is now my purpose to direct attention to a series of processes which take place around the epithelial cavities, in the mesenchyme in which they are imbedded. The processes lead to the formation of the bony labyrinth, the perilymphatic spaces and soft connective-tissue layers, which are intimately joined to the purely epithelial structures hitherto treated of, and with the latter are embraced in descriptive anatomy under the name of membranous labyrinth. Changes take place here similar to those in the development of the neural tube and of the eye, in which cases also the connective-tissue surroundings are modified in a special manner and with reference to the epithelial parts. In the present instance there are produced structures which are comparable with those existing in the former cases, as has already been pointed out by Ko" LLIKER, SCHWALBE, and others.

The comparison may be carried into details. The parts arising from the primitive auditory vesicle are at first surrounded by a soft, vascular connective-tissue layer, as the neural tube and the epithelial optic cup are. To the pia mater of the brain corresponds the vascular membrane of the eye and the soft ear-capsule, or the connective-tissue wall of the membranous labyrinth. Around all three organs a firm envelope has been developed for the purpose of protection ; around the brain the dura mater with the cranial capsule, around the eye the sclerotica, and around the organ of hearing the bony labyrinth with its periosteum. To these is to be added still a third noteworthy agreement. In all three cases the soft and firm envelopes are separated by more or less considerable fissure-like spaces, which belong to the lymphatic system. Around the neural tube the subdural and the subarachnoid spaces are found, around the eye the perichoroid fissure, around the organ of hearing the perilymphatic spaces, which have received in the cochlea the special names of scalse (fig. 283 ST and SV}.

The details of the formation of the enveloping structures around the epithelial auditory vesicle are as follows : Soon after the auditory sac is constricted off from the epidermis it is enveloped on all sides by a richly cellular mesenchyme, the individual cells of which lie in an extremely scanty, soft, and homogeneous intercellular substance, and possess each a large nucleus with a thin protoplasmic covering having short processes. Gradually the envelope is differentiated into two layers (figs. 279, 281). In the vicinity of the epithelial canals the soft intercellular substance increases in amount ; the cells become either stellate or spindle-shaped, in the former case sending out long processes in various directions. There is formed here that modification of connective substance known as mucous or gelatinous tissue (figs. 281 and 283 </), in which there are also blood-vessels. Outside of this the cells remain smaller and more closely crowded together, and are separated from one another by thin partitions of a firm intermediate substance. With an increase of the latter the tissue soon acquires the character of embryonic cartilage (&&).

The further changes must be followed separately in the semicircular canals, the utriculus and sacculus and the ductus cochlearis,

The throe semicircular canals do not lie exactly in the middle of the cavities of the embryonic cartilage containing the gelatinous tissue, but are so situated that their convex borders are in almost immediate contact with the cartilage, whereas their concave sides are separated from it by a thick layer of gelatinous tissue. The latter is differentiated into three layers : into a middle portion, in which the gelatinous intercellular substance is greatly increased in volume, and becomes at the same time more fluid, and into two limiting layers, which are converted into fibrous connective tissue. One of the two [the inner] is intimately united to the epithelial tube, for the nutrition of which it provides by means of a close network of blood-vessels distributed through it ; the other [the outer] lies on the inner surface of the cartilaginous envelope and becomes its perichondrium.


File:Hertwig280.jpg

Fig. 281. Section through the cochlea of a Sheep embryo 7 cm. long, after BOKTTCHER. Magnified 20 diameters.

/,/, Cartilaginous capsule of the cochlea ; S, sacculus with the nerve (ns) distributed to it ; U, utricle ; gs, ganglion connected with the cochlear nerve (nc) and sending nerve-fibres (ns) to the sacculus ; gsp, ganglion spirale ; dc, ductus cochlearis ; C, CORTI'S organ ; g, gelatinous tissue in the periphery of the ductus cochlearis ; x, more compact connective-tissue layers.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


The gelatinous tissue of the middle layer is of only short duration. It soon shows signs of degeneration. The stellate cells become filled with fat granules in the vicinity of their nuclei and in their long processes ; later they disintegrate. In the gelatinous matrix there are formed, by a continually advancing process of softening, cavities filled with fluid. These increase in size and then become confluent, until finally there has arisen between the connective-tissue membrane of the semicircular canals and the perichondrium, in place of the gelatinous tissue, a large space filled with perilymph, which is indicated in the diagram, fig. 282, in black. Here and there, however, connective-tissue cords remain running from one layer of connective tissue to the other, and serving as bridges for the nerves and bloodvessels which are distributed to the semicircular canals.

Finally, a last alteration takes place in the cartilaginous envelope by its becoming converted into bone-substance by endochondral ossification. Thus the membranous semicircular canals are enclosed in the bony semicircular canals (fig. 282 a and 1> KL], which are enlarged reproductions of the former.

Hertwig282.jpg

Fig. 282. Diagrammatic representation of the whole organ of hearing in Man, from WIEDKKSHEIM.

Outer ear: M, M, auricle; Mae, meatus auditorius externus ; 0, its wall; Mt, membrana tympani. Middle car: Ct, Ct, cavum tympani ; O' , its wall; SAp, sound-conducting apparatus, which i.s drawn as a simple rod-like body in place of the auditory ossicles ; the place f corresponds to the stapedial plate, which closes the fenestra ovalis ; Tb, tuba Eustachii ; Tb 1 , its opening- into the pharynx; 0", its wall. Inner car: the bony labyrinth (KL, KL') for the most part cut away ; S, sacculus ; a, b, the two vertical membranous and osseous semicircular canals ; S.e, D.e, saccus and ductus endolymphaticus, of which the latter is divided at 2 into two arms ; Cp, cavum perilyinphaticum ; Cr, canalis reunions ; Con, membranous cochlea, which produces at + the vestibular cceciun ; Con 1 , bony cochlea ; Sv and St, scala vestibuli and scala tympini, which at * communicate with each other at the cupula tenninalis (Ct) ; D.p, ductus perilymphaticus, which arises from the scala tympani at (I and opens out at D.p 1 . The horizontal semicircular canal is not specially designated, but is easily recognisable.


Corresponding changes (fig. 282) are also accomplished in the periphery of the utriculus and sacculus (#), and lead to the formation of (1) a perilymphatic space (Cp), which is in communication with the perilymphatic spaces of the semicircular canals, and (2) a bony envelope (A"7/') of the atrium or vestibulum, which constitutes the middle region of the bony labyrinth.

The envelope of the epithelial cochlear duct, which becomes the bony cochlea with its scalse, undergoes a more complicated alteration. It is already differentiated, at the time when the duct (fig. 279 dc) makes only half of a spiral turn, into an inner, soft and an outer, firm layer, the latter becoming cartilage (kk). The cartilaginous capsule (fig. 281 kk), which is continuous with the cartilaginous mass of the remaining parts of the labyrinth and together with them constitutes a part of the ospetrosum, afterwards encloses a lenticular cavity and possesses below a broad opening, through which the cochlear nerve (no) enters. The resemblance to a snail-shell is not yet observable ; it takes place gradually and is produced by two changes : by the outgrowth of the epithelial duct and by the differentiation of the soft tissue surrounding it into parts which are fluid and such as become more firm.

In its outgrowth the epithelial ductus cochlearis describes within its capsule the previously mentioned spiral turns (dc), shown in cross section in fig. 283 ; at the same time it remains quite closely approximated to the inner surface of the capsule (kk). The cochlear nerve (nc) ascends from its place of entrance straight up through the centre of the turns, consequently in the axis of the capsule, and gives off numerous lateral branches to the concave side of the cochlear duct (dc), where they are enlarged into the ganglion (gsp), which has now also grown out into a spiral band. The nutritive blood-vessels have taken the same course as the nerves.

When the development has advanced as far as this, there still remains to be accomplished only an histological differentiation in the soft mesenchyme which fills the cartilaginous capsule in order to produce the parts of the finished cochlea that are still wanting the modiolus, the lamina spiralis ossea, the bony cochlea, and the vestibular and tympanic scalse (fig. 283). Here, as in the vicinity of the semicircular canals the utriculus and the sacculus, the mesenchyme is differentiated into a firmer connective substance, which becomes fibrous, and into a gelatinous tissue (g), which is continually becoming softer. Fibrous connective substance is developed first around the trunks of the nerves (nc) and blood-vessels that enter the cartilaginous capsule ; furnishing the foundation of the future bony axis of the snail-shell (M), secondly it furnishes an envelope for nerve-fibres (N) that run from the axis to the epithelial cochlear duct, for the ganglionic cells (ysp), and for the blood-vessels, and constitutes a connectivetissue plate which is subsequently ossified to form the lamina spiralis ossea. Thirdly, it clothes with a thin layer the epithelial ductus, serving for the distribution of the blood-vessels on the latter, and together with it is designated as the membranous ductus cochlearis. Fourthly, it lines the inner surface of the cartilaginous capsule as perichondrium (P). Finally, fifthly, there is formed a connective tissue plate (Y) extending between the cartilaginous ridge which, as previously described, projects inward from the capsule and the connective -tissue axis of the cochlea (M). It is stretched out between and separates the successive turns of the membranous cochlear duct, so that the latter now comes to lie in a large canal, the wall of which is in part cartilaginous, in part membranous. This canal is the foundation of the bony cochlea.

That portion of the mesenchyme which is not converted into fibrous connective tissue becomes gelatinous tissue (g and </). It forms bet\veen the parts just mentioned two spiral tracts, one of \vhich is located above and the other below the membranous ductus cochlearis and the membranous lamina spiralis. The tracts therefore occupy the place of the scala vestibuli (SV) and the scala tympani (>ST). The latter arise, even before the process of ossification begins, in exactly the same w r ay as the perilymphatic spaces in the case of the semicircular canals and the vestibule. In the gelatinous tissue the matrix becomes softer and more fluid, and the cells begin to undergo fatty degeneration. Small fluid-filled cavities make their appearance ; these become joined to one another, and finally the \vhole space occupied by gelatinous tissue is filled with perilymph. The process of softening begins at the base of the cochlea in the region of the first spiral (ST and SV), and advances slowly toward the cupola. Here vestibular and tympanic scalse finally unite, after the last remnant of the gelatinous tissue has been dissolved. Figure 283 exhibits a stage in which, at the base of the cochlea, the perilymphatic spaces (SV and >ST) have been formed, and only small remnants of the gelatinous tissue ((/') are present, whereas at the apex of the cochlea the process of liquefaction of the gelatinous tissue (y) has not yet taken place.

With the development of the scala? the membranous ductus cochlearis changes form. Whereas its cross section was formerly oval, it now assumes the form of a triangle (dc). For those portions of the wall which are adjacent to the vestibular and tympanic scalse, and which have been named from them, gradually become flattened, and are stretched out smoothly between the free margin of the lamina spiralis and the inner wall of the cartilaginous capsule. In this process the tympanic wall (C) comes to lie in the same plane as the lamina spiralis, the vestibular wall (Iv) forms with the tympanic an acute angle, and the third wall (x) is everywhere in close contact with the perichondrium of the cartilaginous capsule.


Hertwig283.jpg

Fig. 283. Part of a section through the cochlea of an embryo Cat 9 cm. long, after BOETTCHER.

kk, Cartilaginous capsule, in which the cochlear duct describes ascending spiral turns; dc, ductus cochleares ; C, organ of Coim ; ie, lamina vestibularis ; x, outer wall of the membranous ductus cochlearis with ligamentum spirale ; SV, scala vestibuli ; ST, ST', scala tympani ; g, gelatinous tissue, which still fills the scala vestibuli (sv') in its last turns ; g', remnant of the gelatinous tissue, which is not yet liquefied ; M, firm connective tissue surrounding the cochlear nerve (nc) ; gsp, ganglion spirale ; N, nerve which runs to CORTI'S organ in the future lamina spiralis ossea ; Y, compact connective-tissue layer, which becomes ossified and shares in bounding the bony cochlear duct ; P, perichondrium.


The epithelial lining of the membranous duct us cochlearis assumes very different conditions in the three corresponding regions of its wall. Whereas the epithelial cells of the vestibular and the outer walls become in part cubical, in part quite flat, those of the tympanic wall become elongated, and are in connection with the terminal filaments of the cochlear nerve ; they produce the complicated organ of CORTI (C), which, like the auditory ridges and auditory patches of the ampullre, the sacculus and utriculus, contains the terminal ends of the auditory nerve.

The construction of the intricate cochlea approaches completion with the beginning of the process of ossification. The latter is accomplished by two methods. First, the cartilaginous capsule ossifies in the endochoiidral manner, as does the whole cartilaginous os petrosum, of which it constitutes a small part. The osseous tissue thus formed is for a long time spongy and provided with large medullary spaces. Secondly, the previously mentioned fibrous connective-tissue layersthe partitions between the cochlear canals, the connective-tissue axis or the niodiolus and the lamina spiralis undergo direct ossification. At the same time compact bone-lamell?e are laid down from within on the spongy bone-tissue formed from the cartilaginous capsule; these lamelke are formed, as BOETTCHER has shown, by the original perichondrium, which becomes the periosteum. Consequently the bony cochlear capsule, since it is produced by periosteal secretion, may be easily detached from the loose osseous tissue of endochoiidral origin during early post-natal years.

Development of the Accessory Apparatus of the Organ of Hearing

(Middle and External Ear.)

With the membranous and bony labyrinth, which are together called the inner ear, there is associated a subsidiary apparatus, in the same way that the eye-muscles, the lids, and the lachrymal glands and ducts are added to the eyeball. It is made up of structures which are wanting in the lower Vertebrates (Fishes), but, beginning to be developed in the Amphibia, become more and more complete in the higher forms. Their function is to transmit vibrations to the labyrinth, and consequently they are together called the conducting apparatus. From their position they are also known as middle and outer ear. The former consists in Mammals, where it attains its highest development (diagram, fig. 284), of the tympanic cavity (67), the Eustachian tube (Tb), and the three auditory ossicles ($Ap] ; the latter, of the tympanic membrane (M), the external meatus (Mae), and the external ear or auricle (M). The statement just made, that these parts are wanting in Fishes, is to be taken cum grano salis : it is as a sound-conducting apparatus only that they are wanting, for they are present even in the case of Fishes, but only as structures of a different function and in a more simple condition. For the various accessory apparatus of the, organ of hearing are developed out of the first visceral cleft and certain parts which are located in its periphery.

Here also it will be well to acquaint ourselves with the originalthe initial condition, for which the Selachians may serve as an example.

In them the greater part of the first visceral cleft, which is situated between the mandibular and hyoid arches and between the nervus trigeminus and n. acustico-facialis, disappears ; at the side of the throat it becomes closed, remaining open only at the origin, or base, of the two visceral arches. It then has the form of a short canal, which possesses a small round opening at its inner and another at its outer end, and which passes in very close proximity to the labyrinth-region of the skull, in which the organ of hearing is located. The canal, here called the spiracle, has no longer anything to do with respiration, since the branchial leaflets on its wall have undergone degeneration. Owing to its position in the immediate vicinity of the labyrinth, it presents, even in the Selachians, the best course for the propagation of the sound-waves to the inner ear, and this is the chief ground for its entering wholly into the service of the organ of hearing in the remaining Vertebrates, and for its being developed in a more serviceable manner for this particular function.

The structures in the higher Vertebrates corresponding to the spiracle of the Selachians are (fig. 284) the tympanic cavity (Ct), the Eustachian tube (77>), and the external meatus (Mae). They likewise are developed out of the upper part of the first visceral cleft. Although it lias recently been asserted by certain investigators (URBANTSCHITSCH) that they have nothing to do with the first visceral cleft, but are established independently by the evagination of the pharynx, this view is opposed not only to comparativeanatomical considerations, but also to statements of KOLLIKER, MOLDENHAUER, and HOFFMANN, which relate to the development in Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals.

In the classes of Vertebrates just mentioned the first visceral cleft is closed in its upper part also, contrary to the condition in Selachians.* The closure becomes more firm and complete owing to the ingrowth of a connective-tissue layer between the inner and outer epithelial plates. Remnants of the first visceral cleft are preserved on both sides of the closing membrane as depressions of greater or less depth ; an inner one on the side toward the pharyngeal cavity, and an outer one which is surrounded by ridges of the first and second visceral arches.

  • See the statements discussed in a previous chapter (p. 2X7), concerning the mooted question whether the visceral clefts remain closed by means oi' an epithelial membrane or are temporarily open.

File:Hertwig284.jpg

Fig. 284. Diagrammatic representation of the whole organ of hearing in Man, from WIKDEKSHEIM.

Outer car: M, M, auricle; Mac, meat/us axiditorius externus ; O, its wall; Mt, membrana tympani. Middle car: Ct, Ct, cavum tympani ; O 1 , its wall; SAj>, sound-conducting apparatus, which is drawn as a simple rod-like body in place of the auditory ossicles; the place t corresponds to the stapedial plate, which closes the fenestra ovalis ; Tb, tuba Eustachii ; Tb 1 , its opening into the pharynx; 0", its wall, fiitu .rmr: the bony labyrinth (KL, A'Z 1 ) for the most part cut away ; S, sacculus ; a, b, the two vertical membranous and osseous semicircular canals ; S.e, D.e, saccus and ductus endolymphaticus, of which the latter is divided at 2 into two arms ; Cp, cavum perilymphaticum ; Or, canalis reuiiiens ; Con, membranous cochlea, which produces at -t- the vestibular ccecuru ; Con 1 , bony cochlea ; Sv aad St, scala vestibuli and scala tympani, which at * communicate with each other at the cupula terminalis (Ct) ', D.z>, ductus perilymphaticus, which arises from the scala tympani a b d and opens out at D.p\ The horizontal semicircular canal is not specially designated, but is easily recognisable.


The inner depression, which is called canalis or sulcus tubo-tym panicus (pharyngo-tympanicus), is located, like the spiracle, between trigeminus and acustico-faeialis, It becomes the middle ear, and is enlarged by an evagination that is directed upward, outward, and backward. The evagination inserts itself between the labyrinth and the place of closure of the first visceral cleft, and takes the form of a laterally compressed space, which is now to be distinguished as tympanic cavity from the tubular remnant of the sulcus tympanicus, or Eustachian tube. Its lumen is very small, especially in the case of advanced embryos of Man and Mammals, its lateral and median walls being almost in immediate contact. This results chiefly from the fact that there is present beneath the epithelial lining of the middle ear a richly developed gelatinous tissue. The latter still encloses at this time structures, the auditory ossicles and the chorda tympani, which later come to lie, as it were, free in the tympanic cavity.

The tympanic membrane also is now in a condition very unlike that which it afterwards acquires. The history of its formation is by no means so simple as was formerly supposed. For it is not derived exclusively from, the narrow closing membrane of the first visceral cleft ; the neighboring parts of the first and second membranous visceral arches also participate in its production. The embryonic tympanic membrane is therefore at first a thick connective-tissue plate, and encloses at its margins the auditory ossicles, the tensor tympani, and the chorda tympani. The reduction in the thickness of the tympanic membrane takes place at a late period, simultaneously with an increasing enlargement of the tympanic cavity. Both are brought about by shrinkage of the gelatinous tissue, and by an accompanying growth of the mucous membrane lining the tympanic cavity. Wherever the gelatinous tissue disappears the mucous membrane takes its place, inserting itself between the individual ossicles and the chorda tympani, which thus come to lie apparently free in the tympanic cavity. In reality, however, they lie outside of it, for they continue to be clothed on all sides by the growing mucous membrane, and are connected with the wall of the tympanic cavity by means of folds of that membrane (malleusfold, incus-fold, etc.), in much the same manner as the abdominal organs which grow into the body-cavity are invested by the peritoneum and supported from its walls by the mesenteries.

With a reduction in the thickness of the tympanic membrane there occurs a condensation of its connective-tissue substance, whereby it is enabled to fulfil its ultimate function as a vibrating membrane.

A more extended discussion of the development of the auditory ossicles will be deferred to a subsequent section, which deals with the origin of the skeleton. At present, only a few words further concerning the formation of the external ear, which, as has already been stated, is derived from a depression on the outer side of the place of closure of the first visceral cleft. Its development has been minutely investigated in the Chick by MOLDENHAUER and in the human embryo by His. As the lateral view of a very young human embryo (fig. 274) shows, the first visceral cleft is surrounded by ridge-like margins, which belong to the first and second visceral arches, and are early divided into six elevations designated by Arabic numerals. From these is derived the auricle, which therefore involves a rather extensive tract of the embryonic head (the pars auricularis). The pocket between the ridges, at the bottom of which the tympanic membrane is met with, becomes the external meatus, This is continually growing deeper owing to the surrounding wall of the side of the face becoming greatly thickened ; finally it is developed into a long canal, the wall of which is in part bony, in part cartilaginous. The six elevations mentioned, which surround the orifice of the external ineatus, together constitute a bulky ring. The accompanying representation (fig. 285) shows clearly its metamorphosis into the external ear. It shows that out of the elevations 1 and 5 the tragus and antitrasrus are developed, out of 2 and 3 the helix, and out of 4 the antihelix. The lobule of the ear remains for a long time small ; it is not until the fifth month that it becomes more distinct. It is derived from the hillock marked with the numeral 6. At the close of the second month all the essential parts of the external ear are easily recognisable ; from the third month onward tho upper and posterior part of the auricle grows out more from the surface of the head ; and it acquires greater firmness upon the differentiation of the auricular cartilage, which had already begun at the end of the second month,

Hertwig285.jpg

Fig. 285. Fundament of the outer ear of a human embryo, after His.

The elevation marked 1 produces the tragus ; 5, the antitragus. The elevations 2 and 3 produce the helix ; 4, the antihelix. From the tract 6 is formed the lobule. K, Lower jaw.

Summary

  1. The most essential part of the organ of hearing, the membranous labyrinth, is developed at the side of the after -brain above the first visceral cleft from, a pit-like depression of the outer germlayer.
  2. By closure the auditory pit becomes the auditory vesicle ; it sinks down and becomes imbedded in embryonic connective tissue, from which the cranial capsule is subsequently developed.
  3. The auditory vesicle acquires the complicated form of the membranous labyrinth by various evaginations of its wall, and becomes differentiated into the utriculus, with the three semicircular canals, into the sacculus with the canalis reunions and the cochlea, as well as into the recessus vestibuli, by means of which sacculus and utriculus remain permanently connected with each other.
  4. The auditory nerve and the auditory epithelium, which are at first single, are likewise divided as soon as the vesicle is differentiated into a number of regions into several nerve-branches (nervus vestibuli, n. cochlea?) and nerve-terminations (the cristse acusticse of the three ampullae, a macula acustica for the utriculus and another for the sacculus, and the organ of CORTI).
  5. The embryonic connective tissue, in which are enclosed the auditory vesicle and the products of its metamorphosis, is differentiated into three parts :
    1. Into a thin connective-tissue layer, which is closely applied to the epithelial wall and together with it constitutes the membranous labyrinth
    2. Into a gelatinous tissue, which becomes liquefied during embryonic life and furnishes the perilymphatic spaces (in the cochlea the scala vestibuli and the scala tympani)
    3. Into a cartilaginous capsule, from which there arises by a process of ossification the bony labyrinth.
  6. The middle and outer ear are derived from the upper part of the first visceral cleft (the spiracle of Selachians) and its periphery.
  7. The tympanic membrane, which at first is rather thick and only gradually becomes reduced to a thin, tense membrane, is developed out of the closing plate of the first visceral cleft and the adjacent parts of the visceral arches.
  8. The tympanic cavity and the Eustachian tube are developed out of a depression on the median side of the tympanic membrane, the sulcus tubo-tympanicus, and out of an evagination. from it extending upward, outward, and backward.
  9. The tympanic cavity is at first extremely small, the connective tissue of the mucous membrane that surrounds it being gelatinous [and voluminous].
  10. . The auditory ossicles and the chorda tympani lie at first outside the tympanic cavity in the gelatinous tissue of its wall ; it is only after shrivelling of the gelatinous tissue that they come to lie in folds of the mucous membrane, which project into the now more capacious tympanic cavity (incus-fold, malleus-fold).
  11. The external meatus is developed from the periphery of the depression that lies on the lateral side of the tympanic membrane ; the auricle arises from six elevations, which are converted into tragus, antitragus, helix, antihelix, and the lobule of the ear.

The Development of the Organ of Smell

The organ of smell is, like the eye and ear, a product of the outer germ-layer, from which it is developed somewhat later than the two higher sensory organs. It first becomes noticeable, at either side of the broad frontal process (fig. 274) previously described, as a thickening of the outer germ-layer which His has designated in human embryos as nasal area. Both fundaments soon become more distinct owing to the fact that each nasal area becomes depressed into a kind of trough, the edges of which rise up as folds (fig. 286). An olfactory lobe, which has been formed meantime by an evagination of the cerebral vesicle, grows out on either side to the thickened epithelium of this area, where its nerve-fibrillce terminate.

The two olfactory pits, which are formed in a similar manner in all Vertebrates with the exception of the Cyclostomes, in which only an unpaired pit arises, are separated from each other by a considerable distance. They therefore appear at first as distinctly paired structures, whereas in their ultimate condition in the higher Vertebrates they have approached each other toward the median plane and become an apparently unpaired organ, the nose,

The study of tho development of tin 1 origin of smell acquires additional interest, when one lakes into account the comparative - anatomical conditions. It is then found that the various stages through which the organ of smell passes during embryonic life, in Mammals for example, have been preserved as permanent conditions in lower classes of Vertebrates. Thus in the case of many groups of Fishes the organ of smell is preserved, as it were, in its initial stage in the form of a pair of pits. Upon closer histological investigation, however, this condition acquires a special interest, because it presents points of comparison with simpler sensory organs which are distributed over the integument. As BLAUE especially has shown in a meritorious work, the olfactory nerve does not terminate in this case in a continuous olfactory epithelium, but in individual, sharply differentiated organs (fig. 287 rk), which, although closely crowded in an indifferent ciliate epithelium (fe), are nevertheless separated from each other.

Hertwig286.jpg

Fig. 286. Frontal reconstruction of the oro-pharyngeal cavity of a human embryo (Rg of His) 11.5 mm. long, neck measurement. From His, " Menschliche Bmbryonen." Magnified 12 diameters.

The upper jaw is seen in perspective, the lower jaw in section. The posterior visceral arches are not visible from the outside, since they have moved into the depths of the cervical sinus.

File:Hertwig287.jpg

Fig. 287. Longitudinal section through three olfactory buds from the regio olfactoria of Belone, after BLAUE. Highly magnified.

rk, Olfactory bud ; fe, indifferent ciliate epithelium in several layers ; n, branch of the olfactory nerve.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


The organs (rk) consist of numerous fine, rod-like cells, which at their free ends bear fine bristles and are united into bundles that are distinctly delimited from the ordinary cells of the epidermis. They closely resemble the sensory nerve-terminations which are abimd;intly and widely distributed in the epidermis of Fishes and other lower Vertebrates the beaker-like oryans or the nervous end-buds. BLAUE has therefore named them olfactory buds. He proceeds from the conception that, like the similarly constructed gustatory buds of the oral cavity, they are descended from the sensory organs distributed over the whole integument. The organ of smell is simply a depressed patch of the skin richly provided with terminal nerve-buds, which, undergoing a change of function, has come to subserve a specific sense. The continuous olfactory epithelium of the higher Vertebrates has arisen from the originally scattered, isolated olfactory buds (fig. 287 rk) by a process of fusion, the indifferent epithelium (fe) having gradually disappeared. In certain species of Fishes and Amphibia such a transition can be demonstrated.

The further development of the organ of smell is especially characterised by the olfactory pits coming into relation with the oral cavity. Each of them (fig. 286) develops a furrow which runs downward to the upper margin of the mouth and receives on its outer side the previously described lachrymal groove, coming in an oblique direction from the eye. Nasal pit and nasal furrow become deeper in older embryos (fig. 288), owing to their margins protruding outward as ridges and forming the so-called inner and outer nasal processes. The two inner nasal processes are separated from each other by a shallow furrow running from above downward ; they together produce a thick partition between the two olfactory pits that in the higher Vertebrates subsequently becomes more and more reduced in thickness. They also furnish the middle of the roof <i)f the mouth. The outer nasal processes (also called the lateral frontal processes by His) form on either side a ridge protruding between the eye and the organ of smell, and furnish the material for the formation of the lateral walls of the nose and the alee. Their lower margins meet the front end of the transversely located maxillary processes, from which they are delimited externally by the lachrymal grooves.

File:Hertwig288.jpg

Fig. 288. Fundament of the nose and the roof of the primitive mouthcavity of a human embryo (C. II. of His), seen from below after removal of the lower jaw. From His, "Menschliche Embryonen." Magnified 12 diameters.


On the median wall of the nasal pit there exists a special small depression, which was first found by Dims Y in mammalian embryos, and which is also observable in human embryos at a very early stage (His). It is the fundament of JACOBSON'S oryan, which afterwards makes its way into the septum of the nose. It receives from the olfactory nerve a special branch, which is indeed of remarkable size in embryos.

The stage with the nasal groove exists as the permanent condition in many Selachians. In these cases the deep nasal pits, which are enclosed )in a cartilaginous capsule, and the mucous membrane of which is raised up into numerous parallel folds, lie on the under surface of the elongated snout or rostrum. Deep grooves, which are bounded by folds of the skin containing muscles, and which can be closed as if by valves, lead to the front margin of the mouth at some distance from its angle.


The next stage, which in human embryos is reached in the second half of the second month, exhibits the organ of smell converted into two canals, which have been produced by the fusion of the margins of the two grooves, especially that of the inner nasal process with the maxillary process, which advances toward the median plane. The canals now possess two openings, the external and the internal nasal orifice (fig. 289) or the nares. The two external nares lie only a little above the border of the mouth-opening ; the internal, in the roof of the primitive oral cavity, on account of which they have been named by DURSY the primitive palatal clefts. They are located far forward, only a little removed from the edge of the mouth, a position which they retain permanently in the case of the Dipnoi and Amphibia. At first round, they afterwards become elongated and assume the form of a fissure running from in front backward.

File:Hertwig289.jpg

Fig. 289. Roof of the oral cavity of a human embryo with the fundaments of the palatal processes, after His. Magnified 10 diameters.


With the metamorphosis of the organ of smell into a canal leading into the oral cavity, which has been effected in all Vertebrates that breathe by means of lungs, a second function has been assumed. It is now not exclusively a sensory organ for the perception of odors, but serves at the same time to conduct currents of air both to and from the oral and pharyngeal cavities and the lungs. It has become a kind of respiratory atrium for the apparatus of respiration. The assumption of this accessory function gives a special stamp to the later stages of the development of the organ, and is to be taken into account in a proper estimate of it. For the course of the further development is most of all determined by the tendency to an extensive enlargement of the surface of the olfactory chamber. The increase of surface, however, does not affect the real olfactory mucous membrane or sensory epithelium, to which the olfactory nerve is distributed, but rather the ordinary ciliate mucous membrane. It is therefore less connected with an improvement of the sense of smell than with an accessory function in the process of respiration. By an increase of the surface of the soft, vascular mucous membrane the air that is swept over it becomes warmed and freed from particles of dust, which are caught by the moist surface. From this time forward therefore one must distinguish a regio olfactoria and a regio respiratoria. The former, which is derived from the sensory epithelium of the original olfactory pit, remains relatively small, receives the terminations of the olfactory nerve, and is limited in the case of Man to the region of the upper turbinal process and a part of the septum nasi. It is the respiratory function that causes the vast dimensions which the organ of smell attains in the higher Vertebrates.

The increase in the surface of the nasal cavity is produced by three different events : (1) by the formation of the hard and soft palate, (2) by the development of the turbinal bones, (3) by the appearance of the accessory cavities of the nose.

The first event begins in Man toward the end of the second month. There is then formed on the inner surface of the maxillary process (fig. 289) a ridge, which projects into the wide primitive oral cavity and grows out horizontally into a plate. The right and left palatal plates at first embrace between them a broad fissure, through which may be seen the original roof of the oral cavity and on this the inner nasal orifices, which become more and more slit-like and are separated by a bridge of substance which has arisen from the median frontal process and can now be designated as the nasal septum. In the third month fae embryonic palatal fissu/re becomes gradually narrower.

File:Hertwig290.jpg

Fig. 290. Cross section through the head of an embryo Pig 3 cm. long, crown-rump measurement.

The nasal cavities are seen to be in communication with the oral cavity at the places designated by a * ; A', cartilage of the nasal septum ; m, turbinal cartilage ; J, organ of JACOBSON ; J', the place where it opens into the nasal cavity ; gf, palatal process ; of, maxillary process ; zl, dental ridge.


The horizontal palatal processes of the upper jaw increase in size, and finally their free edges encounter in the median plane the still broad nasal septum, which has grown down yet farther into the oral cavity. Then the parts mentioned begin to fuse with one another from before backward.

Two stages of this process are illustrated by the accompanyin g figures (figs. 290, 291), in which cross sections through the anterior end of two embryo Pigs are represented. Figure 290 shows the stage at which the palatal plate (gf ) of the maxillary process (of) has advanced close to the lower margin of the nasal septum. Oral and nasal cavities are still in communication by means of the very narrow palatal fissure indicated by an asterisk.

In figure 291 the fusion has taken place. In this manner the primitive oral cavity is divided into two storeys, one above the other. One, the upper part, becomes associated with the organ of smell, to the enlargement of which it contributes ; it is distinguished from the space that arose from the original olfactory pit, or the olfactory labyrinth, as naso-pliaryngeal passage,. This opens behind into the pharynx by means of the posterior nares. The lower part becomes the secondary oral cavity. The partition that has been formed from the maxillary process is the palate, which later, when the development of the bones of the head can be traced, is differentiated into the hard and the soft palate.


File:Hertwig291.jpg

Fig. 291. Cross section through the head of an embryo Pig 5 cm. long, crown-rump measurement. k, Cartilaginous nasal septum ; m, nasal turbinal process ; /, JACOBSON'S organ with jk, JACOBSON'S cartilage ; zl, dental ridge ; bl, covering bone.


A small portion of the palatal fissure, which in young embryos traverses the palate from in front backward and unites oral and nasal cavities (fig. 290 *), is preserved in most Vertebrates and constitutes the ductus nasopalatinus or STEXSON'S duct. A probe may be passed through it from the nasal to the oval cavity. In Man the duct of STENSON is closed during embryonic life ; there is preserved, however, in the palatal process of the bony maxilla at the corresponding place a vacuity, the canalis indsivus, occupied by connective tissue, blood-vessels, and nerves.

Where the ducts of STENSON are present, there are found in their vicinity the organs of JACOBSON, concerning which the statement has already been made that they are established very early as special depressions of the two olfactory pits. In Man this organ is converted into a narrow tube, which lies a little above the canalis incisivus and " pursues a straight course backward and slightly upward close to the cartilaginous partition, ending blindly " (SCHWALBE). In Mammals the organ is more highly developed (figs. 290, 291 J) ; it is enveloped in a special cartilaginous capsule (JACOBSON'S cartilage, jlc] and receives a special branch of the olfactory nerve, which terminates in a sensory epithelium, which agrees with that of the regio olfactoria. Frequently (e.g., in Ruminantia) it opens into the beginning of STENSON'S canal, which in this case remains open as a communication between nasal and oral cavities.

I cited the formation of folds as the second means of increasing the internal surface of the organ of smell. These are developed in Mammals (figs. 290, 291) and in Man on the lateral walls of the nasal chambers; they run parallel to one another from in front backward ; their free margins grow downward, and in consequence of the forms which they assume are called the three nasal turbinated processes, while the spaces between them are designated as upper, middle, and lower nasal 2 )assa 9 es - From the cartilaginous cranial capsule they receive in Man as early as the second month a support, which subsequently ossifies. In many Mammals the turbinated processes acquire a complicated form owing to the production upon the first fold of numerous smaller secondary and tertiary folds, which become peculiarly bent and rolled up. On account of the complicated form resulting from, the production of the turbinated processes the olfactory sac has received the name of olfactory labyrinth.

Thirdly and lastly, the mucous membrane of the nose is increased in extent by the formation of evaginations which grow out partly into the ethmoid region of the cranial capsule, which consists of cartilage during early stages of development, and partly into a number of the covering bones (Belegknocheii).

In this manner are formed the numerous small cribriform pits in the cartilaginous cribriform plate. Somewhat later (in Man during the sixth month) an evagination into the upper jaw is developed into the antrum of HIGHMORE. Finally, after birth evaginations penetrate into the body of the sphenoid bone and into the frontal bone, producing the sinus sphenoidales and sinus frontales, which, however, attain their full development only at the time of sexual maturity. In many Mammals the enlargement of the nasal cavity takes place even farther backward into the body of the occipital bone (sinus occipitales). Inasmuch as the accessory cavities of the nose take the place of bone-substance, they naturally contribute to the diminution of the weight of the cranial skeleton.

In connection with the account of the organ of smell the formation of the external nose ought now to be briefly considered. It is developed out of the frontal process and the parts designated as nasal processes (figs. 286, 288, and 289), these becoming elevated more and more above the level of the surrounding parts. At first broad and bulky, the nose later becomes thinner and longer arid acquires characteristic forms. The nostrils, which at their formation are far apart, come together in the median plane. Whereas the distance in an embryo five weeks old is, as His has shown by measurements, 1-7 mm., it has become reduced in an embryo seven weeks old to 1-2 mm., and in one somewhat older to O'S mm. The median frontal process is correspondingly reduced in thickness and furnishes the nasal septum,

Summary

  1. The organ of smell is developed out of two pit-like depressions of the outer germ-layer, which are formed on the frontal process at a considerable distance from each other.
  2. At a later stage the pits are united with the angle of the oral cavity by means of the nasal grooves.
  3. The inner and outer margins of the olfactory pits and the nasal grooves project out as ridges arid constitute the inner and outer nasal processes.
  4. By fusion of the margins of the nasal grooves the organ of smell is converted into two nasal passages, which open out on the frontal process by means of the external nares and on the roof of the primitive oral cavity a little back of the upper lip by means of the internal nares.
  5. The internal nares afterwards become fissure-like and move nearer together, owing to the nasal septum becoming thinner and growing downward somewhat into the primitive oral cavity.
  6. The upper part of the primitive oral cavity shares in the formation of the organ of smell and serves for the increase of its respiratory region, since horizontal ridges (the palatal processes) grow inward from, the maxillary processes toward the lower margin of the nasal septum, with which they fuse, and produce the hard and soft palate.
  7. In the organ of smell a further enlargement of the spaces serving for respiratory purposes is produced by
    1. The formation of folds of its mucous membrane, by which the turbinated processes arise
    2. Evaginations of its mucous membrane into the adjacent parts of the cartilaginous and bony cephalic skeleton (formation of the " cells " in the cribriform plate, the frontal and sphenoidal sinuses, and the antrum of HIGHMORE).
  8. In human embryos there is early formed in the olfactory pit a special depression of the outer germ -layer as fundament of the organ of JACOBSON, which receives a special branch of the olfactory nerve.
  9. JACOBSON'S organ comes to lie at the base of the nasal septum remote from the olfactory region.
  10. The ducts of STENSON in many Mammals and the canales incisivi in Man are preserved as remnants of the so-called palatal fissures the original fissure-like communications between nasal cavities and secondary oral cavity.



Text-Book of the Embryology of Man and Mammals: Description of the Sexual Products | The Phenomena of the Maturation of the Egg and the Process of Fertilisation | The Process of Cleavage | General Discussion of the Principles of Development | The Development of the Two Primary Germ-Layers | The Development of the Two Middle Germ-Layers | History of the Germ-Layer Theory | Development of the Primitive Segments | Development of Connective Substance and Blood | Establishment of the External Form of the Body | The Foetal Membranes of Reptiles and Birds | The Foetal Membranes of Mammals | The Foetal Membranes of Man | The Organs of the Inner Germ-Layer - The Alimentary Tube with its Appended Organs | The Organs of the Outer Germ-Layer | The Development of the Nervous System | The Development of the Sensory Organs | The Development of the Skin and its Accessory Organs | The Organs of the Intermediate Layer or Mesenchyme | The Development of the Blood-vessel System | The Development of the Skeleton


Historic Disclaimer - information about historic embryology pages 
Mark Hill.jpg
Pages where the terms "Historic" (textbooks, papers, people, recommendations) appear on this site, and sections within pages where this disclaimer appears, indicate that the content and scientific understanding are specific to the time of publication. This means that while some scientific descriptions are still accurate, the terminology and interpretation of the developmental mechanisms reflect the understanding at the time of original publication and those of the preceding periods, these terms, interpretations and recommendations may not reflect our current scientific understanding.     (More? Embryology History | Historic Embryology Papers)

Glossary Links

Glossary: A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z | Numbers | Symbols | Term Link

Cite this page: Hill, M.A. (2024, April 26) Embryology Book - Text-Book of the Embryology of Man and Mammals 16-2. Retrieved from https://embryology.med.unsw.edu.au/embryology/index.php/Book_-_Text-Book_of_the_Embryology_of_Man_and_Mammals_16-2

What Links Here?
© Dr Mark Hill 2024, UNSW Embryology ISBN: 978 0 7334 2609 4 - UNSW CRICOS Provider Code No. 00098G